NOJA-5002-08 OSM15 310, OSM27 310, OSM38 300 and RC10 Controller User Manual - Print (Adobe) PDF

NOJA-5002-08
USER MANUAL
OSM Automatic Circuit Recloser

15kV 310, 15kV 312
27kV 310, 27kV 312
38kV 300, 38kV 302
with
RC Control
NOJA-5002-08
Revision History
Rev Author Date Comment
0 AZ 07-05-2013 First issue document of 300 and 310 Series Recloser combined. This new
document replaces the 200 Series Recloser (see NOJA-548 User Manual) with
new product 310 Series Recloser.
1 OA 11-11-2013 New features Power Quality, Maximum Demand Indication (MDI), Last Good Value
Trapped (LGVT), new Fast Key configurations (1-4), LAN Ethernet port added,
USBC2 configuration removed, new I/O Specification added, External Load
(Firmware 1.8).
2 OA 06-01-2014 Negative Phase Sequencing and changes to Live Line (Firmware 1.9).
3 OA 20-02-2014 Advanced Automation, Voltage Sag Protection, OSM 312 (Firmware 1.10).
4 OA 01-11-2014 Sectionaliser functionality, Live Load Blocking, Alarm Mode, Battery Test, User
Configurable Analogue Values, 2179 Protocol, Logic Channel extension from 8 to
32, Write protection of logic channels 17-32, Change in Directional Element
Protection (Firmware 1.12).
5 OA 30-03-2015 Negative Sequence Overvoltage (47N), Neutral Displacement Overvoltage (59N),
Battery Type, DNP3 Security Authentication, Changes to VRC and LLB. Inclusion
of 2 phase 38kV recloser (Firmware 1.13).
6 OA 19-10-2015 Modifications to System Status Menu, Sequence Advance, Modifications to Alarms
and Smart Grid Automation. Updates to Local and Remote Mode (Firmware 1.14).
7 OA 19-02-2016 Synchronism Check (25), Auto-Synchroniser (25A), Relay 15 Module (Mobile
Network, Wi-Fi Access Point, Global Positioning System), Power Flow Direction
Selection, Modifications to Overcurrent High Set and Low Set Elements, Moving
Average Mode and Inhibit trip functionality for OV3 Neutral Displacement
Protection (59N), Variable Fast Key Configuration (VAR1 and VAR2), IEC 61850,
Communication Log Settings. Included drawing for pole installation using C-clamps
(Firmware 1.15).
8 OA 13-09-2016 Relay 15 Communication Features, Broken Conductor (46BC) Protection,

Admittance Protection (21Yn), Switchgear model (3 Phase SEF) with 0.2A SEF,
LL Allow Close, Block functionality for EF, SEF and OV3, Changes to Fault Flags,
Displaying Alerts (Firmware 1.16).
Source: S:\Marketing-500\User Manuals\OSM38\NOJA-5002-08 OSM15 310, OSM27 310, OSM38 300 and RC Controller User
Manual.doc
NOJA Power® and OSM® are registered trademarks of NOJA Power Switchgear Pty Ltd. This
document is copyright and is intended for users and distributors of NOJA Power Switchgear product. It
contains information that is the intellectual property of NOJA Power Switchgear and the document, or any
part thereof, should not be copied or reproduced in any form without written permission from NOJA Power
Switchgear.
NOJA Power® and OSM® are registered trademarks of NOJA Power Switchgear and should not be
reproduced or used in any way without written authorisation.
NOJA Power Switchgear applies a policy of ongoing development and reserves the right to change product
without notice. NOJA Power Switchgear does not accept any responsibility for loss or damage incurred as a
result of acting or refraining from action based on information in this User Manual.
© NOJA Power Switchgear Pty Ltd 2002 - 2017

www.nojapower.com.au
NOJA
A-5002-08
CONTENTS
1 INTR ON .......................................................................................................................................................... 1
RODUCTIO
1.1 APPLICABILITTY ........................................................................................................................................................... 1
1.1.11 RC Firmwware .......................................... ............................................................................................................................ 1
1.1.22 Control annd Management Software (CM MS) ....................................................................................................................... 2
1.2 RMATION ............................................................................................................................................... 2
SAFETY INFOR
1.2.11 Personnell Competence ........................... ............................................................................................................................ 2
1.2.22 Hazard Sttatements .................................. ............................................................................................................................ 2
1.2.33 Safety Insttructions .................................. ............................................................................................................................ 3
1.3 CUSTOMER ACCEPTANCE AND
A NSPECTION ................................................................................................. 3
INITIAL IN
2 SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................................................................................................ 4
2.1 OSM AUTOMATIC CIRCUIT RECLOSER ..................................................................................................................... 4
O
2.1.11 Basic Opeerating Parameters ................. ............................................................................................................................ 4
2.1.22 Ratings .................................................... ............................................................................................................................ 4
2.1.33 Sensor Accuracy ..................................... ............................................................................................................................ 5
2.1.44 D ......................................... ............................................................................................................................ 6
Breaking Duty
2.2 RECLOSER CONTROL
O (RC) CUBICLE ......................................................................................................................... 6
2.2.11 Basic Opeerating Parameters ................. ............................................................................................................................ 6
2.2.22 Measurem ment Accuracy .......................... ............................................................................................................................ 7
2.2.33 Filtering .................................................. ............................................................................................................................ 8
2.2.44 Protectionn Accuracy ............................... ............................................................................................................................ 8
2.2.55 Electromaagnetic Compattibility (EMC) P Performance ........................................................................................................ 9
2.2.66 Power Suppply Module (P PSM) ................ .......................................................................................................................... 10
2.2.77 Local Inpuuts ............................................ .......................................................................................................................... 10
2.2.88 Input Outpput Modules ............................. .......................................................................................................................... 10
2.2.99 Logic ....................................................... .......................................................................................................................... 11
2.2.110 Smart Grid Automation .......................... .......................................................................................................................... 12
2.2.111 Rechargeaable battery.............................. .......................................................................................................................... 12
2.2.112 Mobile Neetwork Modem ........................
. .......................................................................................................................... 12
2.2.113 WiFi Acceess Point................................... .......................................................................................................................... 12
2.2.114 GPS ........................................................ .......................................................................................................................... 12
3 OSM
M AUTOMAT ER .......................................................................................................... 13
TIC CIRCUIIT RECLOSE
3.1 OVERVIEW................................................................................................................................................................ 13
3.2 CROSS SECTIOON DIAGRAM - OSM ........................................................................................................................... 14
3.3 DIMENSIONS – OSM 15-310 0 AND OSM 2 7-310 ...................................................................................................... 15
3.4 DIMENSIONS – OSM 15-312 2 AND OSM 2 7-312 ...................................................................................................... 16
3.5 DIMENSIONS – OSM 38-300 0 .................................................................................................................................... 17
3.6 DIMENSIONS – OSM 38-302 2 .................................................................................................................................... 18
3.7 O
OSM POLE MOUNTING BRA ACKET ........................................................................................................................... 19
3.8 COMBINED OS SM/VT POLE MOUNTING B RACKET .................................................................................................. 20
3.9 MAIN CIRCUITT BUSHINGS ......................................................................................................................................... 20
3.10 DEAD-BREAK K ELBOW CONN NECTORS ....................................................................................................................... 21
3.11 CURRENT AND D VOLTAGE SENSING E .......................................................................................................................... 21
3.12 MECHANICALL TRIP ................................................................................................................................................... 21
3.13 POSITION INDICATOR ................................................................................................................................................ 21
4 REC
CLOSER CO C) CUBICLE ............................................................................................................... 22
ONTROL (RC
4.1 OVERVIEW................................................................................................................................................................ 22
4.1.11 Dimensionns - RC Controll ...................... .......................................................................................................................... 24
4.1.22 Functionaal Diagram ............................... .......................................................................................................................... 25
4.2 OPERATOR PANEL
A .................................................................................................................................................... 26
4.2.11 General Control
C Pushbutttons ................ .......................................................................................................................... 27
4.2.22 LCD Conttrol Pushbutton ns ..................... .......................................................................................................................... 28
4.2.33 Fast Keys ................................................ .......................................................................................................................... 29
4.3 C
CMS SOFTWA ARE ...................................................................................................................................................... 30
4.4 POWER SUPPLLY MODULE (P PSM) ............................................................................................................................. 31
4.5 SWITCHGEAR INTERFACE MODULE (SIM)) .............................................................................................................. 32
4.6 RELAY MODUULE (REL) ............................................................................................................................................ 33
4.7 COMMUNICATTIONS INTERFA ACE................................................................................................................................ 34
4.7.11 Local Diggital Inputs ................................ .......................................................................................................................... 34
4.7.22 I Modules ............................. .......................................................................................................................... 35
Optional I/O
4.7.33 RS-232 .................................................... .......................................................................................................................... 36
4.7.44 USB Comm munications Po orts .................. .......................................................................................................................... 36
NOJA-5002-008
4.7.55 Ethernet (LAN)

(L Communications Port... .......................................................................................................................... 37
4.7.66 Wi-Fi....................................................... .......................................................................................................................... 38
4.7.77 Mobile Neetwork Modem ........................
. .......................................................................................................................... 40
4.7.88 Global Poositioning System m (GPS) .......... .......................................................................................................................... 41
4.7.99 External Load
L Power Sup pply for Commuunications Equipment....................................................................................... 42
4.8 POWER SUPPLLY ........................................................................................................................................................ 43
4.8.11 Battery Ciircuit Breaker .......................... .......................................................................................................................... 43
4.8.22 Battery Teest............................................. .......................................................................................................................... 44
4.8.33 UPS Settinngs ........................................... .......................................................................................................................... 44
4.8.44 Power Maanagement ................................ .......................................................................................................................... 45
4.8.55 External Load
L Supply Tim mer and Controolled Output ....................................................................................................... 46
4.9 SAVING OF SETTINGS
E ................................................................................................................................................ 46
5 MEA NT ........................................................................................................................................................ 47
ASUREMEN
5.1 SAMPLING AN
ND FILTERING ......................
. ................................................................................................................ 48
5.2 MEASUREMEN NT SETTINGS ........................................................................................................................................ 48
5.3 SWITCHGEAR CONFIGURATION ............................................................................................................................... 49
5.4 SWITCHGEAR CALIBRATION N .................................................................................................................................... 50
5.5 REAL TIME CLOCK
L (RTC) SETTINGS
S ....................................................................................................................... 51
5.6 USER CONFIG
GURABLE ANAL LOGUE VALUE ES ............................................................................................................ 51
5.7 LAST GOOD VALUE TRAPPE ED (LGVT).................................................................................................................... 52
6 OTECTION ............................................................................................................................................................. 53

PRO
6.1 OVERCURREN N ................................................................................................................................... 53
NT PROTECTION
6.1.11 Protectionn Elements for OC, O NPS and E EF ....................................................................................................................... 54
6.1.22 Protectionn Settings for OC, NPS and EF F ......................................................................................................................... 54
6.1.33 Time Currrent Characteriistic (TCC) Setttings ................................................................................................................... 55
6.1.44 TCC modif ifiers ........................................ .......................................................................................................................... 56
6.1.55 Sensitive Earth
E Fault (SE EF) ................... .......................................................................................................................... 57
6.1.66 Broken Coonductor .................................. .......................................................................................................................... 58
6.1.77 Directionaal Overcurrent Elements......... .......................................................................................................................... 59
6.1.88 Admittancce .............................................. .......................................................................................................................... 61
6.1.99 Live Line Overcurrent (L LL) ................... .......................................................................................................................... 62
6.1.110 Cold Loadd Pickup Element (CLP) ......... .......................................................................................................................... 65
6.1.111 Inrush Resstraint (IR)............................... .......................................................................................................................... 66
6.1.112 Temporaryy Time Addition n (TTA) ........... .......................................................................................................................... 67
6.2 F/YN) ....................................................................................................... 67
AUTO RECLOSSING (AR OC//NPS/EF/SEF
6.2.11 Loss of Sup
upply Reclosing g Mode (LSRM) .......................................................................................................................... 69
6.2.22 Zone Sequuence Co-ordina ation (ZSC) ..... .......................................................................................................................... 69
6.2.33 Sequence Advance
A .................................. .......................................................................................................................... 69
6.2.44 Auto Recloosing Map ............................... .......................................................................................................................... 69
6.2.55 Sectionalissing ......................................... .......................................................................................................................... 70
6.2.66 Single Shoot Trip (SST) ............................ .......................................................................................................................... 71
6.2.77 AR OC/NP PS/EF/SEF/Yn Settings ........... .......................................................................................................................... 73
6.2.88 Disable Fast
Fa Trips (DFT) T) ...................... .......................................................................................................................... 74
6.2.99 Maximum Number of Trip ps (MNT) ........ .......................................................................................................................... 74
6.2.110 Max No off Trips to Locko out (79 Lockoutt) ........................................................................................................................ 75
6.2.111 Short Sequuence Mode (SS SM) ................. .......................................................................................................................... 75
6.2.112 Alarm Moode ............................................ .......................................................................................................................... 76
6.2.113 Operatingg Mode...................................... .......................................................................................................................... 77
6.2.114 Alarm Lattching ....................................... .......................................................................................................................... 77
6.3 AL BLOCK CLOSE ............................................................................................................................... 78
RESET LOGICA
6.4 VOLTAGE PRO E) .................................................................................................................................. 78
OTECTION (VE
6.4.11 Phase Undder Voltage (UV1) .................. .......................................................................................................................... 80
6.4.22 Line to Linne Under Voltage (UV2) ........ .......................................................................................................................... 80
6.4.33 upply Under Voltage (UV3) .... .......................................................................................................................... 80
Loss of Sup
6.4.44 Voltage Saag Protection (UV4
( Sag) ........ .......................................................................................................................... 80
6.4.55 Phase Oveer Voltage (OV V1) .................... .......................................................................................................................... 81
6.4.66 Line to Linne Over Voltage (OV2) ........... .......................................................................................................................... 81
6.4.77 Neutral Displacement Ovvervoltage (OV3 V3) ....................................................................................................................... 82
6.4.88 Negative Sequence
S Overvvoltage (OV4) . .......................................................................................................................... 82
6.5 AUTO RECLOSSING VOLTAGE ELEMENT (A AR VE) ................................................................................................... 83
6.6 G .......................................................................................................................................................... 84
HOT LINE TAG
6.7 FREQUENCY PROTECTION (F FE)................................................................................................................................ 85
6.7.11 Under Freequency (UF) ........................... .......................................................................................................................... 86
6.7.22 Over Freqquency (OF) ............................. .......................................................................................................................... 86
6.8 R (LSD) ......................................................................................................................... 86
LOSS OF SUPPPLY DETECTOR
6.9 VOLTAGE REC TROL (VRC) ................................................................................................................. 87
CLOSING CONT
NOJA
A-5002-08
6.9.11 B) ..................... .......................................................................................................................... 88

Live Loadd Blocking (LLB
6.10 AUTOMATIC BACKFEED RESTORATION
E (AABR) ...................................................................................................... 88
6.11 AUTO CHANG
GE OVER (ACO O).................................................................................................................................. 90
6.12 SYNCHRONISA
ATION .................................................................................................................................................. 91
6.12..1 Synchroniism-Check ................................ .......................................................................................................................... 93
6.12..2 Auto-Syncchroniser .................................. .......................................................................................................................... 93
6.13 HARMONIC PROTECTION
R .......................................................................................................................................... 95
6.14 PROTECTION STATUS CONTTROL (PSC) .................................................................................................................... 97
7 NITORING .......................................................................................................................................................... 100

MON
7.1 COMMUNICATTION LOG SETTINGS ......................................................................................................................... 100
7.2 CLOSE OPEN (CO)
( OPERATIONS ........................................................................................................................... 101
7.3 FAULT PROFILLE ..................................................................................................................................................... 103
7.4 EVENT LOG ............................................................................................................................................................ 103
7.5 CHANGE LOG......................................................................................................................................................... 103
7.6 LOAD PROFILEE ....................................................................................................................................................... 104
7.7 COUNTERS ............................................................................................................................................................. 104
7.7.11 Lifetime coounters .................................... ........................................................................................................................ 104
7.7.22 Fault counnters......................................... ........................................................................................................................ 105
7.7.33 SCADA Counters
C .................................... ........................................................................................................................ 106
7.7.44 DNP3-SA Counters ................................. ........................................................................................................................ 106
7.7.55 GOOSE Counters
C ................................... ........................................................................................................................ 106
7.8 FAULT FLAGSS ........................................................................................................................................................ 107
7.9 CATIONS ............................................................................................................................................ 108
USER NOTIFIC
7.9.11 Configurinng Alerts .................................. ........................................................................................................................ 108
7.10 MAXIMUM DEMAND
E INDICA ATION (MDI) .............................................................................................................. 109
7.11 POWER QUALLITY ................................................................................................................................................... 109
7.11..1 Oscillograaphy ......................................... ........................................................................................................................ 109
7.11..2 Harmoniccs .............................................. ........................................................................................................................ 110
7.11..3 Long and Short Duration n Interruptions . ........................................................................................................................ 111
7.11..4 Sags and Swells
S ...................................... ........................................................................................................................ 112
7.11..5 Resetting data
d records an nd counters...... ........................................................................................................................ 113
7.11..6 Saving Poower Quality Da ata to USB ....... ........................................................................................................................ 114
8 CON
NTROL AND ON ............................................................................................................................. 115
D INDICATIO
8.1 OPERATOR PANEL
A GS ................................................................................................................................ 117
SETTING
8.1.11 Enabling and
a Disabling Fast F Keys ........ ........................................................................................................................ 118
8.1.22 Delayed Close
C ......................................... ........................................................................................................................ 118
8.1.33 Factory Seettings ...................................... ........................................................................................................................ 118
8.2 C
CMS CONTRO ATION ......................................................................................................................... 119
OL AND INDICA
8.3 S
SCADA CONTROL AND INDDICATION .................................................................................................................... 119
8.3.11 DNP3 Setttings ........................................ ........................................................................................................................ 119
8.3.22 IEC 608700-5-101/104 Settings .............. ........................................................................................................................ 120
8.3.33 IEC 618500 Settings ................................. ........................................................................................................................ 121
8.3.44 2179 Settings .......................................... ........................................................................................................................ 122
8.3.55 Communiccation Port Stattus ................... ........................................................................................................................ 123
8.4 INPUTS AND OUTPUTS (I/O)) .................................................................................................................................. 124
8.4.11 I/O Controol ............................................. ........................................................................................................................ 124
8.4.22 I Modules ............................ ........................................................................................................................ 124
Enabling I/O
8.4.33 Local Diggital Inputs Sign nal Map ........... ........................................................................................................................ 126
8.4.44 I/O Modulles Signal Map........................
. ........................................................................................................................ 126
8.5 LOGIC .................................................................................................................................................................... 127
8.5.11 Smart Grid Automation .......................... ........................................................................................................................ 128
8.5.22 Logic Throottling ...................................... ........................................................................................................................ 129
8.5.33 SGA Throttle Threshold .......................... ........................................................................................................................ 129
9 INST N ....................................................................................................................................................... 130
TALLATION
9.1 DE–CRATING ......................................................................................................................................................... 130
9.2 R
RC CUBICLE PREPARATION N .................................................................................................................................. 130
9.2.11 Auxiliary Supply
S Connections................ ........................................................................................................................ 130
9.2.22 RC and OSSM Compatibillity ................... ........................................................................................................................ 130
9.2.33 Initial Cheecks .......................................... ........................................................................................................................ 131
9.2.44 Control Cable
C ......................................... ........................................................................................................................ 134
9.2.55 OSM Reclloser Operation n....................... ........................................................................................................................ 134
9.2.66 Programm ming Settings ............................ ........................................................................................................................ 135
9.3 O TION ............................................................................................................................ 135
OSM RECLOSSER PREPARAT
9.3.11 OSM HV Terminal
T Connections ............ ........................................................................................................................ 135
NOJA-5002-008
9.3.22 HV Testingg .............................................. ........................................................................................................................ 136

9.3.33 Mounting Bracket ................................... ........................................................................................................................ 137
9.4 ATION ............................................................................................................................................... 137
SITE INSTALLA
9.4.11 Transport to Site ..................................... ........................................................................................................................ 137
9.4.22 HV Surge Arrestors ................................ ........................................................................................................................ 137
9.4.33 OSM Instaallation .................................... ........................................................................................................................ 137
9.4.44 RC Installlation ....................................... ........................................................................................................................ 138
9.4.55 Earthing .................................................. ........................................................................................................................ 138
9.4.66 Bird Guarrds and HV Cab bles .................. ........................................................................................................................ 140
9.4.77 Auxiliary Supply
S ..................................... ........................................................................................................................ 140
9.4.88 Communiccations Interfacce ..................... ........................................................................................................................ 140
10 MAIINTENANCE
E ....................................................................................................................................................... 141
10.1 O
OSM RECLOSSER .................................................................................................................................................... 141
10.2 R
RC CUBICLE .......................................................................................................................................................... 141
10.2..1 Battery Reeplacement ............................... ........................................................................................................................ 141
10.2..2 Door Seall................................................ ........................................................................................................................ 142
10.2..3 Upgradingg RC Firmwaree....................... ........................................................................................................................ 143
10.3 FAULT FINDIN
NG ..................................................................................................................................................... 144
10.3..1 RC Cubiclle ............................................. ........................................................................................................................ 144
10.3..2 Recovery Mode
M ....................................... ........................................................................................................................ 145
10.3..3 Copy Logss to USB .................................. ........................................................................................................................ 145
10.3..4 OSM Reclloser ......................................... ........................................................................................................................ 145
10.4 SCHEMATICS.......................................................................................................................................................... 147
10.4..1 RC Generral Layout ................................. ........................................................................................................................ 147
10.4..2 Control Cable
C ......................................... ........................................................................................................................ 148
10.4..3 Power Suppply .......................................... ........................................................................................................................ 149
10.5 SPARE PARTS LIST ................................................................................................................................................. 150
11 APP
PENDICES ............................................................................................................................................................ 152
11.1 APPENDIX A – GROUP SETT
TINGS ELEMENNTS STRUCTUR RE ................................................................................... 152
11.2 APPENDIX B – DIRECTIONA N .......................................................................................................... 154
AL PROTECTION
11.2..1 Overcurreent directional elements
e (DE O
OC, DE NPS, DE
D EF and DE SEF)
S ................................................................. 154
11.3 APPENDIX C - SYNCHRONISSATION ....................................................................................................................... 157
11.3..1 Synchroniism Limits ................................ ........................................................................................................................ 157
11.4 APPENDIX D – TIME CURRE
ENT CHARACT C) CURVES ....................................................................... 158
TERISTIC (TCC
11.4..1 ANSI TCCC ............................................... ........................................................................................................................ 158
11.4..2 IEC TCC ................................................. ........................................................................................................................ 158
11.4..3 User Definned Universal Inverse I TCC (U UDC) ................................................................................................................ 159
11.4..4 Additionall TCC Curves .......................... ........................................................................................................................ 159
11.4..5 TCC Libraary ........................................... ........................................................................................................................ 159
11.5 APPENDIX E – ANSI SUPPO ORT.............................................................................................................................. 160
11.6 APPENDIX F – INDICATION SIGNALS ..................................................................................................................... 163
11.7 APPENDIX G – EVENTS .......................................................................................................................................... 172
11.7..1 Protectionn Events.................................... ........................................................................................................................ 172
11.7..2 Status Eveents........................................... ........................................................................................................................ 175
11.7..3 Warning Events
E ...................................... ........................................................................................................................ 179
11.7..4 Malfunctioon Events ................................. ........................................................................................................................ 181
11.8 APPENDIX H – CHANGE LOG G MESSAGES .............................................................................................................. 184
11.9 APPENDIX I – CONTROL AND INDICATION
N OF SETTINGS S ...................................................................................... 187
11.10 APPENDIX J – OPERATOR PANEL
A MENU ............................................................................................................... 188
11.100.1 System Staatus Menu ................................ ........................................................................................................................ 188
11.100.2 Group Setttings Menu .............................. ........................................................................................................................ 189
11.100.3 System Setttings Menu ............................. ........................................................................................................................ 190
11.100.4 Event Logg, Counters and d Identification M Menus.............................................................................................................. 191
11.100.5 Reset Dataa, Tests, Chang ge Password annd Save System Data D ....................................................................................... 192
11.100.6 Entering Passwords
P ................................ ........................................................................................................................ 193
12 INDEX ........................................................................................................................................................................ 194
REFERE
ENCED STA
ANDARDS AN MENTS ................................................................................................. 197
ND DOCUM
NOJA-5002-08
ACRONYMS
Item Definition
ABR Auto Backfeed Restoration

ACO Auto Change Over
ACR Automatic Circuit Recloser
AR Auto Reclose
BC Block Close
CD Carrier Detect
CLP Cold Load Pickup
CMS Control and Management Software
CO Close/Open
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
CVT Capacitive Voltage Transformer
CT Current Transformer
CTS Clear to Send
DCD Data Carrier Detect
DCE Data Communication Equipment
DE Directional Element
DFT Disable Fast Trips
DGPS Differential Global Positioning System
DNP3 Distributed Network Protocol 3
DSA Distribution System Automation
DSP Digital Signal Processing
DSR Data Set Ready
DTR Data Terminal Ready
EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility Performance
EF Earth Fault Element
EFLL Earth Fault Live Line Element
FE Frequency Protection Element
FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
GOOSE Generic Object Oriented Substation Events
GPS Global Positioning System
HLT Hot Line Tag
HRM Harmonic
HV High Voltage
IDMT Inverse Definite Minimum Time
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
I/O Input/Output
IP Internet Protocol
IR Inrush Restraint
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
LED Light Emitting Diode
LGVT Last Good Value Trapped
LL Live Line Overcurrent
LLB Live Load Blocking
LSD Loss of Supply Detection
LSRM Loss of Supply Reclosing Mode
LV Low Voltage
MAIFI Momentary Average Interruption Frequency Index
MCB Miniature Circuit Breaker
MDI Maximum Demand Indication
MMS Manufacturing Message Specification
MNT Maximum Number of Trips
NPS Negative Phase Sequence
NPSLL Negative Phase Sequence Live Line
OC Overcurrent
OCLL Overcurrent Live Line
OF Over Frequency
NOJA-5002-08
Item Definition
OSM Outdoor Switch Module

OV Over Voltage
PCB Printed Circuit Board
PDOP Positional Dilution of Precision
PPS Pulse per Second
PROT Protection
PSC Protection Status Control
PSM Power Supply Module
RAM Random Access Memory
RC Recloser Controller
REL Relay Module
RI Ring Indicator
RMS Root Mean Squared
RTC Real Time Clock
RTS Request to Send
RTU Remote Terminal Unit
SAIDI System Average Interruption Duration Index
SAIFI System Average Interruption Frequency Index
SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition
SEF Sensitive Earth Fault
SEFLL Sensitive Earth Fault Live Line
SGA Smart Grid Automation
SIM (Module) Switchgear Interface Module
SIM (Card) Subscriber Identity Module
SSID Service Set Identifier
SSM Short Sequence Mode
SST Single Shot Trip
ST Single Triple
SW Switch
TCC Time Current Characteristics
TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
TD Definite Time
THD Total Harmonic Distortion
TDD Total Demand Distortion
TTA Temporary Time Addition
UDC User Defined Curve
USB Universal Serial Bus
UV Under Voltage
UF Under Frequency
UPS Uninterruptable Power Supply
UTC Coordinated Universal Time
VE Voltage Protection Element
VRC Voltage Reclosing Control
WiFi Wireless Fidelity (wireless networking)
ZSC Zone Sequence Co-ordination
NOJA-5002-08
DEFINITION OF TERMS
Item Definition
AR Reset Time
AR Reset Time refers to the period of time subsequent to a close after
which the Auto Reclosing (AR) element is ready to perform its full
sequence. Please refer to section 6.2 Auto Reclosing (AR
OC/NPS/EF/SEF/Yn).
Fault Reset Time Defines the time after which a pickup is no longer active before the
protection timer resets.
Lockout Lockout is when the device opens and cannot perform any auto
reclosing operation.
Pickup Pickup is an event which is initiated when the measured value exceeds
the pickup value configured by the user.
Protection Operation/ When a protection element detects a fault, a pickup occurs. When the
Trip Request protection time elapses, if the fault is still present a protection operation
is requested such as a trip or alarm.
Protection Trip A Protection Trip is when the device goes into the open position when
a protection operation is requested.
Sectionaliser Count The device waits for detection of Loss of Supply (LSD) before
increasing the sequence counter. In this instance the fault is detected
and “counted” but the device does not open. Please refer to section
6.2.5 Sectionalising.
Sectionaliser Trip A Sectionaliser trip is when the device waits for detection of Loss of
Supply (LSD) before opening. Please refer to section 6.2.5
Sectionalising.
Sequence Counter/Trip Counter The sequence counter is used to keep a record of the number of
protection operations within the sequence that have occurred.
Single Shot A device is in single shot when auto reclosing is disabled for any
reason. Please refer to section 6.2.6 Single Shot Trip (SST).
NOJA-5002-008
1 Inttroduc
ction
This manual appliess to the 300, 310 and 31
12 series ran
nge of OSM Automatic C
Circuit Reclo
oser and RC
C-10
Recloser Controller manufacture
m d by NOJA P
Power.
1.1 Ap
pplicability
The follo
owing produccts are coverred by this m
manual:
• O
OSM 15-16-800-310 (Au
utomatic Circcuit 3-phase Recloser
R rate
ed at 15.5kV
V)
• O
OSM 15-16-800-310-SEF (Automaticc Circuit 3-ph er rated at 155.5kV)1
hase Reclose
• O
OSM 15-16-800-312 (Au
R rate
ed at 15.5kV
V)
• O
OSM 15-16-800-312-SEF (Automaticc Circuit 2-ph er rated at 155.5kV)1
hase Reclose
• O
OSM 27-12-800-310 (Au
R rate
ed at 27kV)
• O
OSM 27-12-800-310-SEF (Automaticc Circuit 3-ph er rated at 277kV)1
hase Reclose
• O
OSM 27-12-800-312 (Au
R rate
ed at 27kV)
• O
hase Reclose
• O
OSM 38-12-800-300 (Au
R rate
ed at 38kV)
• O
hase Reclose
• O
OSM 38-12-800-302 (Au
R rate
ed at 38kV)
• O
hase Reclose
• O
OSM 38-16-800-300 (Au
R rate
ed at 38kV)
• O
hase Reclose
• O
OSM 38-16-800-302 (Au
R rate
ed at 38kV)
• O
hase Reclose
• Recloser Con
RC-10ES (R ntroller).
The OSM M 300 and 310
3 series reclosers
r havve three poles and are used in threee phase applications. The
T
OSM 30 02 and 312 series reclosers only ha ave two pole es, usually configured
c w
with one pha
ase through the
recloser and one pha
ase return for single phasse applications.
Before in
nstalling and / or operatin
ng the Reclosser or contro
ol, read and understand
u tthe contents of this manu
ual.
Note tha
at this manuaal cannot cov ver all the de ations in the equipment oor process being
etails or varia b describ
bed.
Neither is it expectted to addrress all con ntingencies associated
a with
w installattion and op
peration of this
t
equipmeent. In addition, not all features descrribed in this manual
m will apply
a to the O
OSM 312 series recloserrs.
For any further inform
mation or if you
y need asssistance in co n OSM 312 reecloser please contact yo
onfiguring an our
nearest NOJA Power Office or Distributor.
Note 1: SSwitchgear model

m with ma
atched Curren
nt Transforme
ers (CTs) to provide 0.2A
A Sensitive Earth
E Fault (S
SEF)
ssensitivity.
1.1.1 RC Firmware
F e
This manual appliess to Relay Fiirmware Verrsions 1.16.y
y.0, SIM vers
sion 1.10 annd Relay Dattabase Num
mber
19.0.1.0.
Any newwer versionss of firmware e may have additional features
f to those
t descriibed in this manual. The
ese
features will be desccribed in the firmware
f rele
ease notes.
OSM User Ma
anual Intro
oduction
n 1
NOJA
A-5002-08
1.1.2 Con
ntrol and Manage
ement So
oftware (C
CMS)
A compaatible version
n of CMS muust be used with the firm
mware loaded
d into the devvice. The cu
urrent release
e of
firmware
e requires CMMS Version 3.2.0
3 or laterr.
1.2 Safety Info

ormatio
on
Installation, use andd servicing should
s only bbe carried out
o by traine
ed and expe rienced pers
sonnel who are
familiar w
with the equiipment and electrical
e safe
ety requirem
ments.
1.2.1 Pers
sonnel Competen
C nce
It is the
e responsibillity of the purchaser
p to
o ensure thee personnel installing, uusing and maintaining
m the
equipme ent described
d in this manual are comp
petent. Minim
mum personn
nel competenncy requiremments includee:
• Familiarity with
w this manu
ual and its co
ontents.
• TTraining in industry acc
cepted safe operating procedures
p associated
a w
with both low
w and mediium
vvoltage equipment.
• T
Training and appropriate authorisa
ation to ene
ergise, de-e
energise andd earth pow
wer distributtion
e
equipment.
• T
Training in the care an
nd use of prrotective equ
uipment ass
sociated withh low and medium
m volta
age
a
applications..
1.2.2 Haza
ard State
ements
This man
nual containss three types
s of hazard sstatements, as
a follows:
2 Introductio
on OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
1.2.3 Safe
ety Instru
uctions
General hazard state
ements used
d in this manu
ual are described below.
DANNGER: Contacct with hazardo ous voltage will cause deatth or
! seveere personal in
njury. Contact with Recloser or Control C
termiinals should o
only be underttaken when eq
Cubicle
quipment is issolated
from applicable soources of volta
age.
WAR RNING: This e equipment is not

n intended to o protect humaan life.
! Follo
ow all locally a
opera
approved safeety procedures s when installiing or
ating this equiipment. Failurre to comply may
m result in ddeath
or severe personall injury.
WARRNING: Before e working with h equipment described

d in thhis
! manuual carefully re
Impro
oper handling
ead and unde erstand the contents of this m
g, installation, operation or maintenance
m
manual .
ccan
resullt in death, sevvere personall injury or dam
mage to equipm ment.
WAR RNING: Powe er distribution equipment

e mu ust be properlyy
selected for the inttended operation. It must be installed, ussed and
! main
unde
ntained by com mpetent perso
erstand all rele
onnel who hav
evant safety procedures.
p Fa
ve been traineed in and
ailure to compply can
result in death, pe
ersonal injury or
o equipment damage.
1.3 Cu
ustomerr Acceptance and
a Initial Inspe
ection
NOJA Power produccts are assem mbled, tested

d, inspected,, packaged and
a dispatch ed from the factory meetting
all the re
equired qualitty criteria.
Inspect the shipping g packaging g for any exxternal signs s of damage. Unpack tthe product and inspecct it
thorough
hly for any signs of transit damage. F ile a claim with
w the carrie
er if transit daamage is fou
und.
Product damaged byy incorrect handling,
h insstallation or other
o e by the cusstomer or carrier will nott be
misuse
covered by a supplie
er warranty.
OSM User Ma
anual Intro
oduction
n 3
NOJA
A-5002-08
2 Sp
pecific
cations
s
2.1 OS
SM Auto
omatic C
Circuit Reclose
R er
All OSM Automatic Circuit
C Reclo
osers complyy with ANSI/IIEEE C37.60
0-2003, IEC 62271-111 and
a IEC 622
271-
200 stan
ndards.
2.1.1 Basic Opera

ating Parrameters
OSM
M-15-310/312 OSM-27--310/312 OS
SM-38-300/30
02
Current Se
ensing 3 x Current Transformers(31 0) 3 x Current Transfo
ormers (310) 3 x Curre
ent Transformers (300)
2 x Current Transformers (31
12) 2 x Current Transfo
ormers (312) ent Transformers (302)
2 x Curre
Voltage se
ensing 6 x Voltage Sensors
S (310) 6 x Voltage Sensorrs (310) ge Sensors (310)
6 x Voltag
4 x Voltage Sensors
S (312) 4 x Voltage Sensorrs (312) 4 x Voltag
ge Sensors (302
2)
Ambient te
emperature - 40° C to + 55°
5 C - 40
0° C to + 55° C - 40° C to
o + 55° C
Humidity 0 – 100% 0 – 100% 0 – 100%
%
1
Altitude 3000m 300
00m 3000m
Overall dim
mensions 800 x 668 x 653
6 mm (310) 800
0 x 746 x 744 mm (310) 932 x 751
1 x 913mm (300
0)
(length x w
width x height) 800 x 668 x 594
5 mm (312) 800
0 x 749 x 677 mm (312) 932 x 751
1 x 884mm (302
2)
Weight 100kg (310) 109
9kg (310) 150kg (30
00)
77kg (312) 83k
kg (312) 120kg (30
02)
Note 1: Fo
or altitudes abovve 1000m rating
gs should be co
orrected in accorrdance with ANS
SI C37.60-20033.
2.1.2 Ratings
1
OSM Type
e OSM-15-16
6-800 OSM-2
27-12-800 OS
SM-38-12-800 OSM-38-16--800
Manufactu
uring Model 310/312 310/312 3000/302 300/302
Rated maxximum voltage 15.5 kV 27 kV 388 kV 38 kV
Rated conttinuous current 800 A 800 A 8000 A 800 A
Fault make
e capacity RMS
S 16 kA A
12.5 kA 122.5 kA 16 kA
Fault make
e capacity Peakk (50Hz) 40 kA 31.5 kA
A 311.5 kA 40 kA
Fault make
e capacity Peakk (60Hz) 42 kA 32.5 kA
A 322.5 kA 42 kA
Fault breakk capacity 16 kA 12.5 kA
A 122.5 kA 16 kA
Asymmetriical Breaking Cu
urrent 17 kA 13 kA 133 kA 17 kA
DC compo
onent Interruptio
on capacity 20% 20% 200% 20%
Mechanica
al operations 30000 30000 300000 30000
Full Load O
Operations 30000 30000 300000 30000
Fault breakk capacity opera
ations 70 140 1000 140
Short time current withsta
and 3 seconds 16 kA 16 kA 122.5 kA 16 kA
Mainly actiive breaking capacity 800 A 800 A 8000 A 800 A
Cable charrging current 25 A 25 A 400 A 40 A
Line charg
ging current 5A 5A 5A 5A
Impulse wiithstand across the interrupter 110 kV V
150 kV 1770 kV 170 kV
Impulse wiithstand phase to earth and phase to phase 110 kV 150 kV
V 1995 kV 200 kV
Power freq
quency withstan
nd phase to eartth (dry) and 50 kV 60 kV 700 kV 70 kV
across the
e interrupter
2 2
Arc Fault C
Current Duration
n 16kA/0.2s 16kA/0
0.2s 122.5kA/0.2s 12.5kA/0.2s
Closing Tim
me <60 ms <60 ms
s <770 ms <70 ms
Opening T
Time <30 ms <30 ms
s <330 ms <30 ms
Interrupting
g Time <50 ms <50 ms
s <550 ms <50 ms
Arcing Tim
me <20 ms <20 ms
s <220 ms <20 ms
Notes:
1. A Switchgear model
m with match
hed CTs to provvide 0.2A SEF sensitivity
s is ava
ailable for all 3 pphase and 2 pha
ase tanks.
2. A special manu
ufacture type witth 1sec Arc Fau
ult Current Durattion capability is
s available.
4 Spe
ecificatio
ons OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
Interrup
ption and Clo
osing Opera
ation Timing
g Diagram
Initiation Of
Short Circcuit Primary Arcing
Contactss Make
Actuation of
Trip Circuit Primary arcinng
contacts Parrt Final Arc
Extincction
Time
Interrupting Tim
me
Re
eclosing Interval
R
Release
Delay Opening Time Arcing Time
Contact Parting Time
Cle
earing Time
Note: R
Release Delay is the protection n operating time
e and it is defined as the time from when the ffault occurs to when
w the protecction
o
operation is trig
ggered. This tim
me will vary depe
ending on what protection settings have been configured.
2.1.3 Sensor Accu

uracy
Sensorr Type Accuuracy Ranges wheere accuracy guaranteed
Currentt Transformer ±0.2%
% 0 – 800A
odel)1
Currentt Transformer (0.2A SEF mo ±0.03
3% 0 – 800A
Voltage
e Sensors ±5%
Note:
1. A Switchgear model with matched
m CTs to
o provide 0.2A
A SEF sensitiv
vity, is availabble for all 3 ph
hase and 2 ph
hase
ttanks.
2.1.3.1 Current Transform

T mer Speciffication an
nd Operating Param
meters
Winding RRatio 2500:1
Percent RRatio Error 5-8000 A <0.1
Crad Pha ase Error >100A <0.055
Crad Pha ase Error at 10A <0.0333
Cross talkk up to 800A <1.0 A
Ambient ttemperature - 40° C to + 55° C
Protectionn Class Accurracy 5P100
OSM User Ma
anual Spec
cification
ns 5
NOJA
A-5002-08
2.1.4 Brea
aking Du
uty
Vacuum interrupter contact
c life is
s a function o
of interrupting
g current as illustrated in the graph below.
OSM15
5-16-800-310/312
2
OSM3
38-16-800-300/3002
OSM 27-12--800-310/312
OS
SM 38-12-800-300
0/302
h and low currrent numberr of operation

The high ns for each OSM
O type is summarisedd in the table below.
Rate
ed Number off Operations
OSM15-16--310/312 O
OSM27-12-310 0/312 OSSM38-12-300/3302 OSM38-16-300/302
Continuuous current 30,000 at 800 A 30,000 at 80
00 A 30,000
3 at 800 A 30,000 at 800 A
Interrup
pting current 6 kA
70 at 16 140 at 12.5 kA A
100 at 12.5 kA 1440 at 16 kA
Rated O
Operating Se
equence is defined
d as O – 0.1s – CO
C – 1s – CO
C – 1s – C
CO followed by 60 secon
nds
recoveryy time.
2.2 Re
ecloser Control
C l (RC) Cubicle
C
The Reccloser Contro
ol cubicle com
mplies with th
he following standards:
• IEC 62271-1
111/ANSI / IE
EEE C37.60
• IEC 62271 (P
Part 111 and
d Part 200)
• O
Other as notted in section
n 4.
2.2.1 Bas
sic Opera
ating Parrameters
s
Rated frequency, Hzz 50 / 60
Rated cubicle (auxiliary) AC supp
ply voltage, V 0
110/220
uxiliary) supply circuit break

AC (au ker 4A
Standa
ard operating duty O – 0.1s
s – CO – 1s – CO – 1s – CO
O – 60s
Degree of protection
n IP66/NE
EMA4
o
Minimum operating temperature, C - 40
6 Spe
ecificatio
ons OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
Maxim g temperature, oC
mum operating + 55
mum humidity, %
Maxim 100
mum altitude above sea leve
Maxim el, m 3000
1
Opera
ating time afterr loss of AC su
upply , hours
• at -40°C 48
• at 20°C 120
• at +55°C 120
ht 2, kg
Weigh 42
Overall Dimensions, (width x heig
ght x depth) m
mm 400 x 10
080 x 309
Notes:
1. W
Without IO mod dule or other communication
c ns device.
2. B
Battery include
ed.
2.2.2 Mea
asuremen
nt Accurracy
Measured value Accuracy Ra
anges where accuracy gu
uaranteed
Phase to earth voltagess The greate r of ±1.0% or ± 0.1 kV 0.3 – 22.0 kV

Line to lin
ne voltages The greate r of ±2.0% or ± 0.1 kV 0.5 – 38.0 kV
Phase Cu
urrent The greate r of ± 1% or ± 4 A 0 – 800 A
Residual Current The greate r of ±5% or ±0
0.5 A 0 – 80 A
1
Residual Current the greaterr of ±0.02% or ±0.1 A 0.2 – 80 A
(0.2A SEF model)
Negative Sequence Cu
urrent The greate r of ±2% or ±4A 0 – 800 A
Active, re
eactive and tottal power ±2% 0 – 800 A, 4.55 – 38 kV
40
Power facctor ±0.02 0–1
Active and reactive ene
ergy ±2% 40
0 – 800 A, 4.5 – 38 kV
Frequenccy 46
6 – 55 Hz, 555 – 65 Hz
– at dF/d
dt<0.2Hz/s ±0.025 Hz
– at dF/d
dt<0.5Hz/s ±0.05 Hz
Phase An
ngle ±20 0-3600
Rate of C quency2
Change of Freq ± 0.2 Hz/s |dff/dt|≤ 1 Hz/s
± 0.15 Hz/ss 1 Hz/s <|df/dt|≤ 10 Hz/s
Notes:
1. Switchgear model
m with mattched CTs to p
provide 0.2A SEF
S sensitivity
y.
2. Averaging win
ndow: 8 cycles.
Oscillogrraphy
Phase cu
urrent The
T greater of ±1% or ±1 A 0 – 800 A rms
±5%
± 800 – 166000 A rms
Phase Vo
oltage T greater of ±1% or ±0.1 kV
The k 0 – 22 kkV rms
Harmonics
Phase cu
urrent (Harmon
nic 2 -15) T greater of 1% or ±1 A
The H1, 0 – 8800 A rms
OSM User Ma
anual Spec
cification
ns 7
NOJA
A-5002-08
Phase vo
oltage(Harmon
nic 2 -15) T greater of ±1% or ±0.1k
The kV H2-15
THD ±2%
TDD ±2% H1, 0 – 8800 A rms
Note: S
Sampling rate
e is 1600 samp
ples/sec.
2.2.3 Filte
ering
Harmo
onics rejection
n rates, not les
ss than
– seco ond 1:100
– thirdd 1:316
– fifth 1:1000
onse delay to a step change

Respo e in input curre
ent or voltage
– at o
output value ch
hanged by 10%
% of the inputt step 5 ms
– at o
output value ch
hanged by 20%
– at o
output value ch
hanged by 50%
– at o
output value ch
hanged by 80%
– at o
output value ch
hanged by 90%
– at o
output value ch
hanged by 95%
Note: A
All protection and measurement is carrie ed out on the basis
b of fundaamental frequeency values with
w the excep
ption
o
of harmonic prrotection. Refe
fer to Section 6
6.13 Harmonicc Protection.
.
2.2.4 Prottection Accuracy

A y
Paramete
er A
Accuracy Accu
uracy Range
1,2
Operation
nal pickup current
– for p phase overcurrrent elements
s tthe greater of ±1% or ±1 A 0 – 8000 A
±±5% 800 – 16000 A
– for e
earth overcurre
ent elements tthe greater of ±2% or ±1 A 0 – 800 A
tthe greater of ±1% or ±4 A 80 – 8800 A
– for n
negative phase
e sequence ellements tthe greater of ±3% or ±3 A 0 – 8000 A rms
±
±10% 800 – 16000 A rms
s
– for a
admittance pro
otection
- Gn accuracy tthe greater of ±5% or ±0.05

5 mSi 0.05≤≤|Gn|≤327.00 mSi
- Bn accurracy tthe greater of ±5% or ±0.05
5 mSi 0.05≤≤|Bn|≤327.00 mSi
m
Operation
nal pickup volttage tthe greater of ±1% or ±0.1 kV
k 0.5 – 38 kV
Operation
nal pickup freq
quency ±
±0.05Hz 46 – 555 Hz for 50 Hz
H system
55 – 665 Hz for 60 Hz
H system
Tripping ttime for time current

c charac
cteristics: tthe greater of:: 0 – 1220 s for all tim
me current
charaacteristics
Definite tiime +
+1% or +35 ms
m / –10 ms
ANSI2 / IEEC2 / UDC2 / Additional
A MT curve2
IDM +
+3% or +50 ms
m / –10 ms
Reclose ttime tthe greater of ±1% or +10 ms

m 0.1 – 180 s
me3
Reset tim tthe greater of ±1% or +10 ms
m 0 – 100 s for overcurrent
5 – 1880 s for reclos
sing
8 Spe
ecificatio
ons OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
Restoratioon time for au

utomatic backffeed tthe greater of ±1% or +10 ms
m 0 – 1880 s
restoratio
on element
Angle bettween voltage e and current for
f phase
overcurreent (OC), earth
h fault (EF), se
ensitive
earth faullt (SEF) and negative
n phasee sequence
(NPS) dirrectional elements (DE):
• DE OC ±2° At
A U1 ≥ 0.5 kV
V and I1 ≥ 3 A
• EF
DE EF, DE SE ±2° At
A U0 ≥ 0.5 kV
V and I0 ≥ 3 A
• DE SEF ±4° At
A U0 ≥ 0.5 kV
V and 1 A ≤ I0 < 3 A
4
• DE SEF (0.2A
A SEF model ) ±10° At
A U0 ≥ 0.5 kV
V and 0.1 A ≤ I0 < 0.2 A
±4° At
A U0 ≥ 0.5 kV
V and 0.2 A ≤ I0 < 0.3 A
±2° At
A U0 ≥ 0.5 kV and I0 ≥ 0.3 A
• D
DE NPS ±2° At
A U2 ≥ 0.5 kV and I2 ≥ 3 A
Notes:
1. P
Pickup is initia
iated at 100%% of pickup cu urrent value an nd drops off ata 97.5% (2.5% % difference). When a currrent
m
multiplier is ap
pplied to the pickup
p value th
he same perce entage (2.5%) applies to thee new calculatted value.
2. A
Applies to all curves,
c accuraacy in the rang
ge (I / Ip <160
00).
3. Trip time is noot accumulated while the ellement is belo ow the pickup current value.. If the element is between the
p
pickup curren nt value and the dropout cu urrent value then
t the resett timer will alsso not accumulate. When the
e
element is bellow the dropout current valu ue then the resset timer will accumulate.
a
4. S
Switchgear model
m with matcched CTs to p provide 0.2A SEF
S sensitivity
y.
2.2.5 Elec
ctromagn
netic Com
mpatibiliity (EMC) Perform
mance
Rated valu
ue Ap
pplicable stan
ndard
Dielecctric Withstand
d Voltage 2 kV IEC
C 60255 – 5
Rated Impulse Volta
age, at 0.5J 6 kV C 60255 – 5
IEC
Electro
ostatic Discha
arge IEC
C 61000 – 4- 2 (Level IV)
– conntact 8 kV
– air 15 kV
nity to Radiate
Immun ed Electromag
gnetic Fields 1 kHz 80% AM IEC
C 61000 – 4- 3
10 V/m
Electriical Fast Transsient/Burst Immunity 4.4 kV IEC

C 61000 – 4 – 4 (Level IV)
Surge Immunity (extternal AC voltage terminalss) IEC

C 61000 – 4 – 5 (Level IV)
– common 4 kV
– transverse 2 kV
nity to Conduccted Disturban
Immun nces 1kHz 80% AM IEC
C 61000 – 4 – 6
10 Vrms
Powerr Frequency Magnetic
M Field Immunity IEC
C 61000 – 4 – 8
– 1 sec 1000 A/m
– 1 min 100 A/m
Pulse Magnetic Field Immunity (6
6.4/16 ms) 1000 A/m IEC
C 61000 – 4 – 9
Dampe
ed Oscillatoryy Magnetic Fie
eld Immunity 100 A/m IEC
C 61000 – 4 – 10
Immun
nity to Voltage
e Dips and Inte
erruptions 0, 40, 70, 80
8 % IEC
C 61000 – 4 - 11
Immun
nity to Commo on mode disturbance (16.7, 50, 60 Hz) 300 Vrms IEC
C 61000 – 4 - 16
Burst D
Disturbance 1 MHz IEC
C 6100-4-18
Condu
ucted and Rad
diated RFI Emissions Class A FCCC Part 15
IEC
C 60255-2
OSM User Ma
anual Spec
cification
ns 9
NOJA
A-5002-08
2.2.6 Pow
wer Supp
ply Module (PSM))
Rated Vallue
Input AC voltage to PS
SM 99 - 146 V
Vac (110 Vac Setting)
S
198 – 264 Vac (220 Vacc Setting)
Frequenccy of input volttage 46 – 65 Hzz
PSM Output voltage to SIM 24-62 Vdcc (typical 45 Vdc)
V
Output DC
C voltage provvided for 12Vd
dc External Lo
oad 10.2 – 16 V
Ripple co
ontent of outpu
ut DC voltage 100 mV
Maximum
m external Loa
ad consumption
- continuous 20W
- at 50% dutyy cycle over 1 minute 40W
- AC only 15W
1
Maximum
m Power Consumption 65W
External lload short circcuit protection level 4.0A
Battery H
Hold Up Time after
a loss of AC
C Supply Refer to S
Section 2.2.1
Note 1: With no commmunication equ
uipment conneected to extern
nal load. Refe
er to Section 44.7.6 External Load
L Power
S
Supply for Co
ommunicationss Equipment.
2.2.7 Loca
al Inputs
s
Input T
Type Dry connnection
Time ffrom valid inpu
ut to activation
n of the contro
ol 20ms
Note: L
Local digital in
nputs on the re
elay are for usse inside cubic
cle only, unles
ss additional ssurge protectio
on is used.
2.2.8 Inpu
ut Outputt Module
es
Basiic parameters
s:
Module DC voltag
ge range 10.5 – 17.6 Vdc
Typical power con
nsumption 0.1 W
Digital inputs:
ed voltage, Vd
Rate dc 0-150 Vd
dc
Pickup voltage, Vd
dc above 7 Vdc
Rese
et voltage, Vdc below 3.5 Vdc
Maximum continuous voltage, Vdc
V 150 Vdc
c
Input current (per Input) < 3 mA
Edge
e/Level Trigge
ering Yes
Reco
ognition/Reset time, ms User Configurable [200 ms- 2 s]
Reco
ognition time resolution,
r ms
s 10 ms
Maximum time fro
om valid input to activation o
of the control 30 ms
put relay con

Outp ntacts:
Rate
ed voltage
– AC
C 9 – 230 Vac
– DCC 10 – 125
5 Vdc
10 Spe
ecificatio
ons OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
Rateed current tota

al of all relays 12 A
Maximum breaking power
– DC C at L/R=1mss 30 W
– DC C at 125V 62 W
– DC C at 60V 90 W
– DC C at 12V 192 W
– AC C at power facctor 0.3 50 VA
Minimmum switching power
– DC C n 10 V, min 1000 mA)
1 W (min
– AC C 1 VA
Minimmum output pulse
p resolution 20 ms
Pulsse time accuraacy < +25 ms
Maximum time fro om actuation of o control to IO
O output 85 ms
Un RRegulated DCC Source for Inputs:

I
Volta
age Output range 6V
10 - 16.6
Maximum Currentt Output contin
nuous 40 mA
2.2.9 Logic
Rated Value
V
Inpu
ut:
Reco
ognition Time User Configurable [0- 180s]
Rese
et Time User Configurable [0- 180s]
Reco
ognition Time resolution 0.01s
Rese
et Time resolu
ution 0.01s
Outpput:
Maximum time fro om expression becoming Tru o
ue or False to 50 ms
exprression outputt (1) for variable
es, I/O and blo
ocking signals
s.
Maximum time fro om expression becoming Tru ue or False to

o 120 ms
(1)
exprression outputt , for protecttion configurattion and contrrol
signaals.
Minimmum “settling” time after ann expression o

output which has
h 1s
caussed a change to protection configuration
c o
or control of th
he
switcch before anotther configuraation change o
or control of the
switcch can be initiated by logic.
Note
e 1:
• More than 8 channels may result in overall slower operating
o times.
• The relay
r will apply logic
l throttling w
when 200 or mo
ore logic evalua
ations have occuurred within any
y 3 second inte
erval.
Referr to section 8.5.3
3.
OSM User Ma
anual Spec
cification
ns 11
NOJA
A-5002-08
2.2.10
0 Sma
art Grid Automat
A ion
Rated Value
V
1
Averrage time from
m valid input to
o output 500 ms
Maximum Fboot File
F size 1 MB
Notte 1: Respponse time is dependent

d onn the number and
a types of fu unction blockss used. In add dition a time de
elay
is app
plied when the
e throttle thresshold (150 eve
ents) is reache
ed. Refer to seection 8.5.3.
2.2.11 Rechargeable batterry

Rated Value
V
Tyype Sealed Lead Acid
Raated Voltage, V 12 Vdc
Raated capacity, Ah 24 - 26 Ah
A
2.2.12
2 Mob
bile Netw
work Mod
dem
Rated Value
V
SIM
M Card Size 2FF (2ndd Form Factor)) or Mini Sim
M Card Recommended Ratin
SIM ngs - 40° C to
t + 85° C
2.2.13
3 WiFi Access
s Point
Rated Value
V
Proto
ocol Supporte
ed 802.11 b/g/n
b of the W
Wi-Fi protocol
Band
d 2.4 GHz
z
Rang
ge 50 m (Internal Antennna)
2.2.14
4 GPS
S
Rated Value
V
Rece
eiver Type L1 Band
d GPS Receiveer
Systtems Supporte
ed DGPS, QZSS,
Q
SBAS(W
WAAS/EGNOS
S/MSAS/GAGA
AN)
Accu
uracy for PDO
OP < 2 for 95 e:1
5% of the time
Timing 2 s
± 250 µs
Longitude ± 15 m
Latitude ± 15 m
Altitude ± 45 m
Notes
1. Factors such as reflections
s from building
gs, trees and cloud
c cover ca
an degrade thee location accuracy.
2. The stated tiime accuracy y is in referen
nce to the sta ed by GPS”. Time stamp
atus of “Locke ps and any other
displays of tim
me are accura
ate to ± 5ms.
12 Spe
ecificatio
ons OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-08
3 OSM Automatic Circuit Recloser

3.1 Overview
The OSM tank is manufactured from powder coated stainless steel and is arc-fault vented. It has a 30 year
operating design life.
The OSM 300 and 310 Reclosers have three poles and the OSM 302 and 312 reclosers have two poles,
each with its own vacuum interrupter and insulated drive rod contained within a solid dielectric housing. Each
pole has its own magnetic actuator. The OSM tank provides an IP65 rating.
Energy for operation is provided by capacitors located in the Recloser Control (RC) Cubicle. The magnetic
actuators are mechanically interlocked, guaranteeing three phase simultaneous operation for 300 and 310
reclosers and two phase simultaneous operation for 302 and 312 reclosers. Magnetic latching holds the
mechanism in the closed position. Spring assisted trip operation is achieved by reversing actuator current
direction to generate a driving force in the opposite direction to a close operation.
The Recloser can be mechanically tripped by using a hook stick to pull the Mechanical Trip Ring downwards.
Position indication is located in the base of the tank and can be viewed by an operator on the ground.
Recloser open / close status is detected by the RC through monitoring the status of Auxiliary Switches that
reflect the position of the mechanism. An optional mechanical trip counter is available.
Voltage is measured at all six terminals for the 300 and 310 reclosers and all four terminals for the 302 and
312 reclosers, using sensors that are capacitively coupled to the HV terminals.
Current is measured on all three phases for the 300 and 310 recloser and two phases for the 302 and 312
recloser, using Current Transformers. These provide phase current measurement for indication, phase
overcurrent protection and residual current measurement for indication and earth overcurrent protection. The
Current Transformer secondaries are automatically shorted when the tank is disconnected from the control
cubicle.
The main circuit Bushings are manufactured from aromatic epoxy resin. A silicone rubber Bushing Boot
provides the required creepage distance. The Bushings have tin plated, brass connectors for termination of
overhead cables. The Cable Connectors can be supplied in the form of Tunnel Terminals to suit cables up to
260mm2, two hole NEMA Palms and other types of terminations are available.
The same OSM Control Cable is common to all three models. Earthing point is an M12 bolt into the tank.
OSM User Manual OSM Recloser 13

NOJA-5002-08
3.2 Cross Section Diagram - OSM

1. Vacuum Interrupter 9. Current Transformer (position varies with model)
2. Insulated Drive Rod 10. Capacitively Coupled Voltage Sensor
3. Magnetic Actuator 11. Opening spring
4. Aromatic Epoxy Resin Housing 12. Mechanical Trip Ring
5. Silicone Rubber Bushing Boot
6. Cable Connector
7. Stainless Steel Tank
8. Auxiliary Switches
Note: Current Transformer position varies in OSM 30x and OSM 31x series reclosers. OSM 300 model
shown.
14 OSM Recloser OSM User Manual

NOJA-5002-08
3.3 Dimensions – OSM 15-310 and OSM 27-310

The OSM15-310 and OSM27-310 Auto Circuit Recloser is illustrated in the diagram below.
Earth Connector
Arc Fault Vent
Control Cable to RC10
Position Indicator
Mechanical Trip Ring
OSM 15-310 OSM 27-310
Dimension A 653 mm 744 mm

Dimension B 668 mm 746 mm
Dimension C 243 mm 283 mm

NOJA-5002-08
3.4 Dimensions – OSM 15-312 and OSM 27-312

The OSM15-312 and OSM 27-312 Auto Circuit Recloser is illustrated in the diagram below.
Earth Connector
Arc Fault Vent
Position Indicator
OSM 15-312 OSM 27-312
Dimension A 594 mm 677 mm

Dimension B 668 mm 746 mm
Dimension C 514 mm 592 mm

NOJA-5002-08
3.5 Dimensions – OSM 38-300

The OSM38-300 Auto Circuit Recloser is illustrated in the diagram below.
Earth Connector
Arc Fault Vent
Position Indicator

NOJA-5002-08
3.6 Dimensions – OSM 38-302

The OSM38-302 Auto Circuit Recloser is illustrated in the diagram below.
Earth Connector
Arc Fault Vent

Position Indicator

NOJA-5002-08
3.7 OSM Pole Mounting Bracket
Note: The bracket allows for the use of C-clamp

mounting as an alternative to through bolt mounting.

NOJA-5002-08
3.8 Combined OSM/VT Pole Mounting Bracket
Lifting Points
3.9 Main Circuit Bushings

The OSM Auto Circuit Recloser main circuit Bushings are fitted with Silicone Rubber Bushing Boots to
provide the following creepage and taut string distances.
Model Creepage Distance Taut String Clearance

OSM15-310/312 596mm 210mm
OSM27-310/312 1066mm 296mm
OSM38-300/302 1284mm 355mm
The HV terminal Cable Connectors are a tin-plated, brass Tunnel Connector. This connector is suitable for
cable sizes from 40mm2 to 260mm2. Cables are secured in the connector with two hexagonal socket screws.
A tin-plated brass Palm Connector can be fitted to the bushing instead if required. This has two holes
44.45mm (1.75”) apart so a lug can be bolted onto the bushings.
Use an M12
socket to tighten Use an 8mm
the bolts to Allen Key to
50Nm. tighten the hex
screws to 30Nm.
Palm Connector Tunnel Connector

The HV terminals on the (nominal) source side are marked A, B and C. The corresponding HV terminals are
marked R, S and T.

NOJA-5002-08
3.10 Dead-Break Elbow Connectors

For the 310 series reclosers, dead-break elbow connectors can be used instead of the bushing boots. The
connector must be Interface Type C to DIN EN 50181. The model of the connector will vary depending on
many factors including cable voltage, current ratings, conductor size and the diameter over the core
insulation. Customers should take these factors into consideration when selecting a connector.
3.11 Current and Voltage Sensing

Current Sensing is carried out by three (3) Current Transformers, one on each phase.
Voltage sensing is carried out by sensors that are capacitively coupled to the voltage applied to each High
Voltage (HV) terminal.
3.12 Mechanical Trip

The Mechanical Trip Ring is made of stainless steel and is powder coated yellow. Less than 30kg of
downwards force is required to operate the mechanism.
When pulled down, a mechanical trip occurs and the OSM Auto Circuit Recloser is prevented from operating.
A ‘Mechanical Lockout’ is displayed on the panel to provide indication of the locked state. Pushing the Ring
back into the operating position returns the Recloser to normal mode.
3.13 Position Indicator
The OSM position indicator is located under a protective cover

underneath the tank and is clearly visible from the ground.
Indicator colour is RED when closed and GREEN when open.
A choice of language indicator is available at the time of order.
Shown are some available indicators; IEC standard I and O or

Portuguese ABER (ABERTO - Opened) and FECH (FECHADO
– Closed).

NOJA-5002-08
4 Recloser Control (RC) Cubicle
4.1 Overview
The Recloser Control Cubicles are manufactured from powder coated stainless steel and provides IP66
rated protection standard for the equipment it houses.
The RCs have a secure locking system outer door with a door stay and padlock hasp. Battery
Battery GPS
Breaker
Escutcheon
SIM Module
I/O Module
Operator Panel
Document
Pocket
Control Cable
Connection
Relay Module
3 Point Handle
Locking Mechanism Radio/Modem
Mounting Plate
CMS USB Auxiliary Supply

Interface Circuit Breaker
Control Cable
Entry
Power Supply
Module
General Radio Antenna
Purpose Outlet Coax Entry Hole
Auxiliary Supply
Entry Holes
Earth Stud
I/O Wiring
Entry Hole
Note:
• Wi-Fi, GPS and Mobile Network connectivity only available in RC15 cubicle.
22 RC Control OSM User Manual

NOJA-5002-08
The door has a document pocket inside for the User Manual and other customer documentation.
The operator has a clear view of all Operator Controls, Display Panel and CMS Port.
The Auxiliary Supply Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB) and Socket Outlet are easily accessible.
The RC internal modules, connecting cables and their connection points, user communication ports and
relay inputs are easily visible and accessible.
The Radio/Modem Mounting Plate has space for extra Customer devices such as Radio, Modem and other
communication equipment.
The Power Supply Module (PSM) compartment has room for extra circuit breakers and surge protectors.
The Control Cubicle floor has multiple cable entry holes for additional user devices.
RC features include
• Operator Panel
• Provision for a padlock with 12mm hasp
• Space for radio, modem or other communications equipment (300 wide x 165 high x 180 deep)
• Miniature Circuit Breaker for auxiliary supply
• Socket Outlet
• Door stay to hold the door open at an angle of 110o
• Document pocket
• Vandal proof entry for control cable
• Dust proof drainage filter
• M12 Earthing stud
• Multiple Cable Entry Holes
• Battery Breaker.
OSM User Manual RC Control 23

NOJA
A-5002-08
4.1.1 D
Dimensio
ons - RC Control
Notes:
• D
Dimensions in
n inches show
wn in brackets.
• R
RC15 cubicle has two addittional entry ho
oles for Radio Aerial.
24 RC Control OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
4.1.2 Fun
nctional Diagram
m
The funcctional structure of the OS
SM Recloserr with RC cubicle is illustrrated in the bblock diagram
m below.
Note:
• F
For the OSM 312
3 the HV Liine is 2 Phase
e.
OSM Re
ecloser Conttroller Intern
nal Module and Compo
onent Functiion
The Ope
erator Panel Module conttains the Use
er Interface for
f operator control.
c
The Pow SM) takes th

wer Supply Module (PS he auxiliary AC
A input and
d provides D
DC power supply to the SIM
S
module.
The Sw itchgear Intterface Mod dule (SIM) m module prov vides the powwer manageement, batte
ery charger and
a
incorpora
ates the capacitors that provide
p the trripping and closing
c energ
gy to the OS M tank.
The Rellay Module e (REL) con ntains the m

main microprrocessor con
ntrol, Digitall Signal Proocessing (DS
SP)
functiona
ality, Remote
e Terminal Unit
U (RTU), co ommunicatio
ons ports and
d standard diigital inputs.
The Coommunicatio ons Ports and I/O Mo odules provvide externa

al control annd indicationn functions for
Supervissory Control and Data Ac
cquisition (SC
CADA) or oth
her remote control applica
cations (Radio/Modem).
The RC1
10 Cubicle has been testted to stringe
ent EMC stan er to section 2.2.5 for dettails.
ndards. Refe
Note:
• D
Different SIM modules are used dependiing on the swiitchgear type connected
c to iit. Please reffer to section 10.5
1
S
Spare Parts List.
L
OSM User Ma
anual RC Control
C 25
NOJA-5002-08
4.2 Operator Panel

The Operator Panel Module consists of a sealed membrane keypad featuring push button controls with Light
Emitting Diode (LED) indication together with a 320 x 240 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) backlit for night
operation.
The Panel is used to access the following information:
• recloser control and indication
• close/open (CO) operation details (log)
• view and change system and protection settings
• view and change communication settings and ports status
• view all counters (Lifetime Fault and SCADA counters)
• view the event log.
The layout of the Panel is
illustrated opposite, each of
the pushbutton groups are
General explained in the following
Control sections.
Liquid
Crystal LEDs embedded within the
Display panel indicate status. When
(LCD) executing a control the ‘new
status’ LED blinks to
indicate the change has
been accepted and is being
processed. Once the
change of status has been
confirmed, the ‘old status’
LED is extinguished and the
‘new status’ LED is
continually lit. This should
LCD not take longer than one
Controls
second.
The system running LED
flashes once per second in
Fast normal operation.
Keys The Hot Line Tag LED is lit
when the Hot Line feature is
active. HLT is activated from
the Protection Status screen
or remotely and can only be
removed from the source
from which it was applied.

NOJA-5002-008
4.2.1 General Co
ontrol Pushbutton
ns
ON / OFF The
T Panel m must be turn ned on beforre a user caan use it for control and d
indication. Pu
ushing any button
b on thee panel will tturn it on. Th
he Panel willl
automatically
a y turn itself off
o again if no
n operator aactivity is de etected for 5
minutes.
m
The
T ON / OF FF pushbutto on also provides a meanss of testing the t LCD and d
all
a indicating diodes. Pres ssing and hoolding will cauuse all the LED’s to blinkk
and
a a test pa attern to display on the LC
CD.
Contro
ol Mode The
T Control mode pushbutton allows the Reclosser Control to be set to
o
either
e Local C
Control or Re
emote Control mode.
When
W in Loccal control mode,
m ation is avaiilable to botth local and
indica d
remote
r appli cations but controls can n only be exxecuted locally. When in n
Remote
R conttrol mode, indication is available too both local and remote e
applications
a but controls can only be e executed bby Remote applications.
a .
Data
D can stilll be viewed locally on thee LCD panel..
The
T exceptio on to this is an
a Open conttrol, which caan be executted locally orr
remotely,
r ind
dependent of o Control mode
m unless “Restrict Trrip Mode” iss
enabled.
e
When
W “Restrrict Trip Mode” is enabled, if the dev ice is in Rem
mote Controll
mode,
m local Trip comma ands are bloocked and iff the device e is in Locall
Control
C modee, remote Trrip commandds are blockeed. “Restrictt Trip Mode””
can
c be set vi a Logic and SGA.
Note:
N
• All co
ommunications s interfaces inc
cluding I/O annd communica
ations ports
can bbe configured as
a either a Loc cal or Remotee user.
‘I’ (Close) The

T red push hbutton labelled ‘I’ is used to close thhe recloser contacts. The
e
control
c is on ly executed if the Panel is set to Loocal control mode. If the e
Panel
P is set tto Remote co
ontrol mode the control w will not be ac
ccepted.
A delayed clo ose can be programmed d into the Paanel to allow an operatorr
time
t to move e away from the recloserr if required. A message is displayed d
on
o the LCD P Panel when the Close bu utton is pushhed and the Closed LED D
starts
s blinkin
ng. Pressing
g the ESC key k will canncel the clos
se operationn
otherwise
o the
e device will close after the time delaay has expirred. Refer to
o
section
s 8.1.
‘O’ (Op
pen) The
T green puushbutton la
abelled ‘O’ is used to opeen the reclos
ser contacts..
An
A Open con
ntrol can be executed
e in either
e Local oor Remote mode.
m
Note:
N
• Whenn the OSM tannk is disconnec
cted from the cubicle, both Open and
Close
e LEDs are turrned off.
OSM User Ma
anual RC Control
C 27
NOJA
A-5002-08
4.2.2 LCD Contro

ol Pushb
buttons
LCDD Contrast Adjustting LCD co ontrast is carried
c out by holding or repeate edly
pusshbutton pressinng this pus shbutton to cycle througgh the available range e of
contra st settings. Once
O released, the LCDD will retain the last contrrast
setting
g unless the RC is powered-down.
Navvigation These pushbuttonss allow moveement througgh the Panel menu structture
pusshbuttons and ch
hanges to setting values.
Once a field has s been selected for eediting, the up and do own
pushbu uttons are used
u to channge the valuue. Where the
t value be eing
change ed is a nummber, right and
a left arrow
w are used to select eaach
digit, u
up and downn arrows aree used to chaange the va
alue of that digit
d
only.
ENTER The EN NTER pushb button is used to access a field within

n the data meenu
pusshbutton once itt has been selected.
On preessing ENTE ER, the LCD will either ddisplay the ne
ext level scre
een
or sele
ect the brack
keted setting.
All setttings are password proteected exceptt for those accessible
a ussing
the Faast Keys, refe
er section 4.2
2.3.
A requ uest to enterr the passwo
ord is automaatically gene erated when the
user trries to edit protected parameters for tthe first time
e after switch
hing
the Paanel ON. The e only excep ACO setting which does not
ption is the A
requiree a password d. The factory set defaullt password is “NOJA”.
n example of how to enter the passwoord, refer to section11.10
For an s 0.6
ESC
C pushbutton The ESSC pushbuttton is used to
o either movve the user back
b one scre
een
or de–
–select a variable.
The LCD
D control pusshbuttons pro
ovide accesss to the follow
wing function
ns within the Panel menu structure:
• vview system status Date e & Time, Re
ecloser state (Open/Close ed/Lockout), Malfunction
n and Warnin
ngs,
Protection sttatus, I/O sta
atus, Powerr Supply stattus, Indicatio
on signals, C
Communications Port staatus
aand Protectio
on initiated
• vview Event Log, Close//Open (CO) operations record, Lifettime counterrs, Fault cou unters, SCA ADA
ccounters, Syystem setting
gs, Protection
n Group settiings, Commu
unication setttings, Protoc
col settings
• vview RC10 Controller
C component ide
entification an
nd software versions
v
• vview OSM Recloser
R seria
al numbers, measureme
ents and calib
bration coeffficients
• cchange Protection status
s of all setting
gs, except fo
or Protection group namees
• ttest operability of digital input
i / outpu t (I/O) relays
s
• sswitch Panel power OFF
F and externa
al load voltag
ge ON/OFF
• fforce save syystem data.
Refer to section 11.1
10 for detailed menu naviigation and lo
ocation of se
ettings.
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
4.2.3 Fas
st Keys
Fast keyys allow the status of pro
otection elem
ments and th
he active pro
otection grouup to be set by an opera
ator
using a ssingle push button.
b
The Opeerator Panel is supplied with
w one of fiive available
e configuratio
ons of fast keeys. In addittion, in orderr for
an opera
ator to use th
he fast keys, they need to
o be enabled
d in Systems Settings (reffer to section
n 8.1).
Pressingg the Fast Key
K will cycle through O
ON and OFF
F with the ex
xception of the Active Group
G key (ssee
below).
Note: F
Fast Keys can
nnot be chang
ged when the H
Hot Line Tag (HLT)
( is active
e.
The Protection Fast

F s to OFF, all
Key is used to turn Protection ON or O FF. When set
prote
ection elemen
nts for all gro
oups are disa
abled.
The Earth Fault Fast

F used to turn ON or OFF all Earth Fauult overcurre
Key is u ent elements for
all grroups. When set to OFF, all EF elemeents (includin
ng SEF) are disabled.
Note:: This key has
s no effect whe
en connected to an OSM 30
01 Single Phaase Recloser.
The Sensitive Ea arth Fault F Fast Key is used

u to turn
n ON or OF
FF all Sensittive Earth Fa
ault
overccurrent elements for all g
groups.
Note:: This key has
s no effect whe
en connected to an OSM 30
01 Single Phaase Recloser.
On Offf
The Auto-Reclos
sing Fast Keyy is used to
o turn ON or OFF all Autto Reclose elements
e forr all
group
ps.
The Cold
C Load Fast Key is ussed to turn ON
O or OFF Co
old Load Picckup for all grroups.
The Live
L Line Fast Key is use
ed to turn ON
N or OFF all Live Line eleements for all
a groups. It can
c
also be linked to HLT function
n. Refer to Section
S 6.1.8.
The Active
A Group Fast Key iis used to select which of the four P Protection Groups is active.
Once
e the approp priate group has been ch hosen (indica
ated by flashhing LED), press
p ENTERR to
make
e it active. Changing
C the
e Active Prote
ection group will reset all protection elements.
e
The Automatic Backfeed

B Reestoration Faast Key is used to turn ON or OFF
F the Automatic
Backkfeed Restora
ation function
n. Refer to Section
S 6.10.
The Auto
A Change e Over Fast Key is used to turn ON or
o OFF the A
Auto Change
e Over functiion.
Refer to Section 6.11.
The Under Voltag ge Fast Key is used to tu

urn ON or OFF
O Under V
Voltage eleme
ents (UV1, UV2
U
and UV3)
U for all groups.
g Refe
er to Section 6.2.12.
OSM User Ma
anual RC Control
C 29
NOJA-5002-08
4.3 CMS Software

The CMS software package provides configuration and control of all features and functionality. It is a
comprehensive device configuration tool and allows the user to:
• configure all Relay settings
• download all settings from PC to the Relay
• upload all settings, logs, fault profile, load profile, fault counters, lifetime counters from Relay to PC
• go On-Line and view all measurements, operate the OSM, configure Protection Status Control
elements, synchronise time/date to PC clock and erase Load Profile data.
• filter logs and profile information to assist in analysis of data
• print settings and all Relay historical data
• generate graphical representations of fault and load profile data
• import and export configuration files for use by other personnel
• configure User Defined curves and standard Time Current Characteristics using a graphical interface
• ensure relay co-ordination by importing co-ordinating device characteristics from a library of
protection curves
• configure protocol settings for SCADA control.
A PC running CMS can connect to the RC directly via the local Escutcheon USB port (located below the
Operator Panel). The connection type in CMS should be configured as “USB Direct”. The USB cable must
be Type A to B and the maximum length is 3m. If a USB extension cable is used it must have a power
supply.
CMS can also be connected remotely through a Serial, Ethernet or Fibre Optic connection to provide
engineering access to the RC Control.
Refer to sections 8.2 and 8.3 and NOJA-559 CMS Help File for more details on CMS and SCADA Control
and Indication.
Notes:
• In CMS, the switchgear serial number defines the recloser type. Please note that OSM 312 reclosers are
created as 3 Phase devices.
• 0.2A SEF reclosers are created as “3 Phase SEF” devices.

NOJA-5002-08
4.4 Power Supply Module (PSM)

The Power Supply Module (PSM) supplies DC power (rectified AC) filtered and surge protected, to the SIM.
Typically the Customer AC Input supply to the PSM is from a step down Voltage Transformer (VT) or utility
Low Voltage (LV) mains.
A Dual input PSM for connection of second AC source is available as an option.
The double-pole Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB) input and Earth Terminals are accessed by removing a
safety cover. The MCB must be set to OFF before the Voltage Selector Switch is moved to either 110Vac or
220Vac. For wiring configuration see the diagram below.
The secondary side of the power supply has a 6.3A M205 fast blow fuse located on the top.
The PSM provides additional space for fitting customer devices such as surge protection beside the MCB.
Secondary Fuse
MCB
Socket
Outlet
AC Input Voltage Switch
Earth Terminal
Customer AC Connection
Note: The Dual Input PSM module consists of 2 x AC Voltage Switches, 2 x Secondary Fuses and 2 x Customer AC
connections. Please refer to section 10.5 Spare Parts List .

NOJA-5002-08
4.5 Switchgear Interface Module (SIM)

The SIM provides the power management, battery charging, and incorporates the capacitors that provide the
tripping and closing energy to the OSM tank.
The SIM module converts Trip/Close control signals from the Relay Module into current pulses applied to the
magnetic actuator coil to drive the contacts into the open or closed position. It also converts the OSM
auxiliary switch status into a logical position signal for use by protection and indication elements of the Relay
and filters the analogue signals from the OSM Tank.
The health of the OSM coil circuit is monitored by the SIM module. Depending on the problem, an ‘OSM OC’
(Open Circuit), ‘OSM SC’ (Short Circuit) or ‘Coil Isolated’ (Mechanical Trip operated) malfunction event will
be logged by the RC.
The actuator driver Trip and Close capacitors have the capacity to provide a complete rated duty cycle equal
to O – 0.1s – CO – 1s – CO – 1s – CO. The capacitors are re-charged within 60s after execution of the
above duty cycle.
The capacitors are charged within 60s (auxiliary power applied) of the Controller Control Cable being
connected to the Recloser.
Note: Different SIM modules are used depending on the switchgear type connected to it. Please refer to section 10.5
Spare Parts List .
.

NOJA-5002-08
4.6 Relay Module (REL)

The Relay Module (REL) is responsible for all the functionality available in the RC Control through interaction
with the OSM Recloser, Switchgear Interface Module and Operator Panel.
The Relay Module provides the following functions:
• Measurement
• Protection
• Monitoring
• Control and Indication.
SIM Connection Ethernet Port
SIM Connection
I/O Module Connection

Panel (RS232P)
REL-02
Panel USB (CMS)
USB A USB B USB C Relay Running RS232 IN1 IN2 IN3

Flashing LED SCADA Port
SIM Connection Ethernet Port
SIM Connection
I/O Module Connection

Panel (RS232P) REL-15
Panel USB (CMS)
USB A RS232
SCADA Port IN1 IN2 IN3
USB B
Relay Running SIM Card Slot

Wi-Fi Antenna Flashing LED
4G Main and GPS Status LEDs for
Diversity Antenna Wi-Fi, 4G and GPS
Communication Ports
Relay RS232 USBA USBB USBC LAN Wi-Fi 4G GPS
REL-01 X X X X
REL-02 X X X X X
REL-15 X X X X X X
REL-15-4GA (Europe/APAC) X X X X X X X
REL-15-4GB (Americas) X X X X X X X

NOJA
A-5002-08
Note:
• Various REL--15 modules area available for the RC15
5 controller de
epending on ccellular band support requir
ired.
P
Please refer to
o section 10.5
5 Spare Parts List .
• There are thrree additionall Status LEDss on the Rela
ay 15 module
e to indicate sstatus of Wi-F
Fi, 4G and GPS.
G
P
Please refer to
o section 10.3
3.1.2 Relay Mo
odule.
4.7 Co
ommunications
s Interfa
ace
Remote communica ations with th
he RC Conttroller can be
b achieved by connectting to the communicatio
c ons
interface
e or by using the optional I/O Moduless.
All comm
munications interfaces
i inc and communications portts can be connfigured as either
cluding I/O a e a Loca
al or
Remote user.
All comm munications port wiring must be by means of screened cab ble with the screens earrthed to the RC
cubicle eearth at one end only. Where
W commu unications caabling exits the
t RC cubiccle, it must be
b isolated to o at
least 3kVV with surgee protection of 1kW or h higher to pre
event externa al surges froom entering the cubicle. An
appropriate RFI ferrite filter, should be fitted as well, loca side) floor of the
ated as close as possiblee to the (ins
cubicle.
Where a
an antenna iss required, a bulk head m
mounting surg
ge arrestor must
m be fittedd to the floor of the cubicle.
The RC cubicle is suupplied with a Radio/Mod nstallation of equipment with
dem mounting plate for in w dimensio ons
not grea
ater than 300
0w x 165h x 180d
1 mm. Thhe Radio/Mo odem Mounting Plate is ffitted with wing nuts and the
user can
n drill mountin
ng holes to accommodat
a te a suitable Radio/Mode
em.
4.7.1 Loca
al Digital Inputs
The Rela ay has three
e standard loc
cal digital inp
puts. These can be assig gned to any sstandard con
ntrol point, re
efer
to sectio
on 8 Control and
a Indicatioon for a comp plete list of controls availa
able.
The digittal inputs are ctions. No volltage is required to asserrt the input.
e dry connec
The inpu
uts are not issolated and must
m not be connected directly
d to cab
bles that exitt the cubicle. An interpossing
ust be used to isolate the inputs if con
relay mu nnecting to external equip
pment.
applications for these inp
Typical a puts include providing a close
c button on the basee of the cubic
cle or a warn
ning
switch to
o monitor if th
he cubicle do
oor has beenn opened.
Common TTerminals
Relay Modulee
Digital Inputss
IN1 IN2 IN3
Comm
mmon Relay Module TTerminals
IN1 IN2 IN3
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
4.7.2 Optiional I/O Modules

s
Up to tw
wo Input/Outpput Modules can
c be supp lied with the RC cubicle as a an option . Each I/O module
m has
eight optto–coupled in
nputs and eight voltage ffree contact outputs
o with normally opeen and norm
mally closed
contactss.
Using th
he CMS softw ware, any av vailable conttrol can be programmed
p for each inpput, refer to Section 8 fo
or a
complete e list of con ble for the I /O Modules. Any combination of avvailable indications can be
ntrols availab
program
mmed for eacch output, re efer Section 11.6 for a complete list of available indications. Default con ntrol
and indiccation setting
gs for the twoo modules arre listed in Section
S 8.5.
I/O Outputs
Ou
utput 1 NC
Outtput 1 NO
Outtput 2 NC
Output 2 NO
Ou
utput 3 NC
Outtput 3 NO
Output 4 NC
Output 4 NO
Output 5 NC
Output 5 NO
Output 6 NC
Output 6 NO
Output 7 NC
Outtput 7 NO
Output Common
Output 8 NC
Output 8 NO
Output 8 C
A flashin onnection) wiill flash once

ng LED (nearr the CAN co e each second to indicatee it has been allocated ass
I/O Modu ule number 1.
1 The seconnd I/O Modul e LED will flaash twice each second.
e inputs may be sourced ffrom the 12V
Power supply for the V dc terminals on the I/O Module itsellf.
OSM User Ma
anual RC Control
C 35
NOJA
A-5002-08
4.7.3 RS-2
232
An RS23
32 port is ava
ailable on the
e Relay Mod
dule for connection to an RTU.
The RS2 232 port shou
uld not be co
onnected direectly to cable
es that exit th
he cubicle. A
At least 3kV of
o isolation an
nd
1kW of ssurge protecttion must be used if conn
necting to ex
xternal equipm ment.
DCD 1
Rx 2
Tx 3
DTR 4
GND 5
DSR 6
RTS 7
CTS 8
RI 9
Basic po
ort settings can
c be set fro
om the Pane
el as shown below.
b Advanced port coonfiguration is only availa
able
via a PC
C running the CMS softwaare.
RS2
232 SETTING
GS
Panel Na
avigation
anel ON] ⇒ [SYSTEM
[Turn Pa [ TATUS] ⇒ [P
ST [Press ESC] ⇒ Conne
ection Type
e Modem
Devic
ce Mode Local
Ø
Baud Rate 19200
[MAIN M
MENU] Duple
ex Type Half
ª [Systems Settings] Parit
ty None
ª [P
Port Settings]
s]
32] ⇒
ª [RS23
Port Setttings
T
Title Designation Ran
nge Resollution Fac
ctory Defaultt
Connecction Type Connection Type
T Disab
bled/Serial Dirrect/ Modem/ NA Disabled
Radio
o/GPRS
Device Mode Device Mode
e Locall/Remote NA Loca
al
Baud R
Rate Baud Rate 300/6
600/1200/24000/4800/ NA 1920
00
9600//19200/38400
0/57600/11520
00
Duplexx Type Duplex Type Half/F
Full NA Half
Parity Parity None
e/Even/Odd NA None
e
Note: The
e RS232P porrt is the Opera
ator Panel inte
erface.
4.7.4 USB
B Commu
unication
ns Ports
Three USB ports are e located on the Relay – USBA, USBBB and USBC C. Equipmennt with USB serial ports can
c
be directtly connected
d. These cann be used to connect many types of communicatio
c ons equipmeent.
Other intterfaces such
h as Serial, Wi-Fi
W and TC
CP/IP can be
e supported using
u approvved1 USB ada
aptors.
The USB
B ports should not be con
nnected to ca
ables that ex
xit the cubicle
e.
The USB B ports havee power overrload protecttion. Refer to 8.3. Advanceed port configuration is only
o Section 4.8 o
available
e via a PC ru
unning the CM
MS softwaree.
Note 1: O
Only NOJA Po
ower approved
d USB devicess should be co
onnected to these ports.
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
Panel Na
avigation
ST [Press ESC] ⇒
USBA SETTINGS
Ø
[MAIN M
MENU] Connection Type Disable
ed
Device Mode
M Loca
al
ª [System Settings]
S
ª [P
Port Settings]
s]
A] ⇒
ª [USBA
Port Setttings
Title Designa
ation Range Resollution Fac
ctory Default
Conne
ection Type Connection Type Dissabled/Serial Direct/
D Modem
m/ NA Disa
abled
Rad dio/LAN/WLAN/GPRS
Device
e Mode Device Mod
de Loccal/Remote NA Loca
al
4.7.5 Ethe
ernet (LA
AN) Com municattions Porrt
The Rellay, REL-02 has an RJ
J45 Etherne
et port. This is used to connect diirectly to Ethernet enab
bled
communnications equ
uipment.
om the Pane l. Advanced port configuration is onlyy available via a PC runn
ort settings can be set fro
Basic po ning
the CMSS software.
Any Ethhernet cablin
ng entering the t cubicle must be isoolated. Fibree optic cablee is recomm mended. Wh here
cabling exits the RCC cubicle, itt must be issolated with surge prote ection. It shoould also be e fitted with an
appropriate RFI ferrite filter, loca
ated as close
e as possible
e to the (insid T cable shield
de) floor of thhe cubicle. The
must be earthed at th
he customer end (not cub bicle).
Note: Ollder REL-01 relay
re modules do not have a
an RJ45 Ethernet port availlable. In this ccase a NOJA approved USB
B to
Etthernet converrter can be used instead.
Specifica
ations
Ethernet Type: 10
0/100 Base-T Compatible
LED Mea
anings: Le
eft (Orange) = Link, Right (G
Green) = Activvity
Ethernet Cable not exitting the cubicle: Ca

at5, Unshielde
ed Twisted Pair (UTP). Maxximum Length=
=1m
Ethernet Cable exiting the cubicle: Caat6, Screened d Foiled Twis

sted Pair (S//FTP). Maxim
mum Length=9
90m
aftter Surge Arre
estor.
Note: Etthernet surge protection

p (NO
OJA P/N: Ethe
ernetSurge-01
1) must be sup
pplied for all coonnections ou
utside the cubiicle.
LAN
N SETTINGS
Panel Na
avigation
ST [Press ESC] ⇒ Connect
tion Type LAN
Ø Device Mode Remoote
Obtain IP Automat
tically No
[MAIN M
MENU] IP Address 192.168.1.1
150
ª [Syste
ems Settingss] Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0
Default
t Gateway 192.168.1.1
1
ª [P
Port Settings]
s]
ª[LAN] ⇒
OSM User Ma
anual RC Control
C 37
NOJA
A-5002-08
Port Setttings
Factory
Title Designation Range Re
Resolution
Default
Conne
ection Type Connection Type Disabled/LA
AN NA
A Disabled
D
Device
e Mode Device Mode
M Local/Remo
ote NA
A Remote
R
Obtain
n IP Obtain IP
P Yes/No NA
A No
N
Autom
matically Automatically
IP Add
dress IP Address Enter an IP
P address forr the RC NA
A No
N
cubicle.
Subne
et Mask Subnet Mask
M Enter a subnet mask. NA
A No
N
Default Gateway Default Gateway
G Enter a defa
ault gateway. NA
A No
N
Notes:
• R
REL-01 mode
els will not sho
ow the LAN po
ort configuratio
on or status op
ption.
• To drop a DH
HCP lease an
nd establish a new DHCP configuration, the LAN poort must be disabled
d and then
t
e
enabled.
Panel Na
avigation LAN STATUS

[Turn Pa [ ST
TATUS] Detected
d Type LAN
N
ª [Commun
nication Ports
s] Configur
red Type LAN
Device Mode
M Remote
AN] ⇒
ª[LA
Obtain IP
I Automati
ically No
IP Addre
ess 192
2.168.1.150
0
Subnet Mask
M 255
5.255.255.0
0
Default Gateway 192.168.1.1
1 1
MAC E0:A1:9
98:01:01:15
5
TX
X RX
Packets 93
30 929450
Errors 0 163
4.7.6 Wi-F
Fi
The RELL-15 module e incorporates Wi-Fi wire
eless connecctivity. The cu
ubicle suppoorts the 802.11b/g/n verssion
of the W
Wi-Fi protoco
ol which opeerates in the 2.4-GHz ba and and has s a range off up to 130 metres with an
antenna outside the cubicle (50m
m with an inte
ernal antenna
a).
Where a an external antenna
a is used, a bulk head mountting surge arrrestor must be fitted to the floor of the
cubicle. Any cabling entering the cubicle musst be isolated
d with surge protection.
The devvice can be configured
c a a “Client” or “Access Point”. Whe
as en it is confiigured as “A
Access Point””, a
maximum m of 4 clientss are able to connect con
ncurrently bu
ut only one se
ession per prrotocol is permitted.
When th
he connection
n mode is co
onfigured as ““Access Poin wing settings will be displa
nt” the follow ayed.
WLAN
N SETTINGS
Panel Na
avigation
ST [Press ESC] ⇒ Connect
tion Type WLA
AN
Ø Device Mode Remote
[MAIN M
MENU] Connect
tion Mode Access Point
ª [Syste
ems Settingss] SSID NOJA-1513021330055
atically
Provide IP Automa Yes
ª [P
Port Settings]
s] AP IP Address
A 192.168.0.1
N] ⇒
ª[WLAN Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0
Wi-Fi Tx
T Power Low
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-08
Port Settings
Title Designation Range Resolution Factory Default

Connection Type Connection Type Disabled/WLAN NA Disabled
Device Mode Device Mode Local/Remote NA Remote
Connection Mode Connection Mode Access Point/Client NA Access Point
SSID1 SSID NA NA NOJA-Relay Serial Number
Provide IP Provide IP Yes/No NA
Yes
Automatically2 Automatically
AP IP Address3 AP IP Address Enter an IP address NA 192.168.0.1
Subnet Mask Subnet Mask NA NA 255.255.255.0
4 High/Medium/Low Low
Wi-Fi Tx Power Wi-Fi Tx Power NA
Notes:
1. “SSID” which is the name of the access point is configurable in CMS only. By default it is equal to “NOJA-Relay
Serial Number”. In access point mode, the default value for the Network Key (or password) is “12345678”.
2. If “Yes” is selected the access point provides IP address automatically. If “No” is selected the client will need to
have a valid IP address. A maximum of 4 clients are allowed to connect.
3. The AP IP Address should be within one of the following private network ranges:
o 10.0.0.1 – 10.254.254.254
o 172.16.0.1 – 172.31.254.254
o 192.168.0.1 – 192.168.254.154
Values outside these ranges are not guaranteed to work.
4. This setting is used to limit the Effective Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP) of the Wi-Fi. High Power (18+/-2)
dBm)), Medium Power (10 +/-1)dBM) and Low Power (7 +/-1)dBm)).
Panel Navigation WLAN STATUS
[Turn Panel ON] ⇒ [SYSTEM STATUS] Detected Type WLAN

ª [Communication Port Status] Configured Type WLAN
Status Access Point Running
ª[WLAN] ⇒ Device Mode Remote
Connection Mode Access Point
SSID NOJA-1513021330055
Provide IP Automatically Yes
AP IP Address 192.168.0.1
Packets Tx 5 Rx 177
Connected Clients MAC and IP:
E1:A1:BD:17:12:C1 192.168.xxx.xxx
E1:01:28:18:12:AB 192.168.xxx.xxx
A0:A1:CA:C7:11:EE 192.168.xxx.xxx
E5:01:98:77:12:FE 192.168.xxx.xxx
When the connection mode is configured as “Client” the following settings will be displayed.
WLAN SETTINGS
Panel Navigation
[Turn Panel ON] ⇒ [SYSTEM STATUS] ⇒ [Press ESC] ⇒ Connection Type WLAN
Device Mode Remote
Ø
[MAIN MENU] Connection Mode Client
Obtain IP Automatically No
ª [Systems Settings]
IP Address 0.0.0.0
ª [Port Settings] Subnet Mask 0.0.0.0
ª[WLAN] ⇒
Wi-Fi Tx Power Low

NOJA
A-5002-08
Port Setttings
Title Designation Range Ressolution Fa

actory Defaultt
Conne
ection Type Connection Type Disab
bled/WLAN NA Dis
sabled
Device
e Mode Devic
ce Mode Locall/Remote NA Remote
Conne
ection Mode Connection Mode Acces
ss Point/Client NA Acc
cess Point
1
Obtain
n IP Automaticcally Obtain IP Automatiically Yes/N
No NA Yes
IP Add
dress IP Ad
ddress Enterr an IP address NA 0.0
0.0.0
Subne
et Mask Subnet Mask Enterr a subnet mas
sk. NA 0.0
0.0.0
Default Gateway Defau
ult Gateway Enterr a default gate
eway. NA 0.0
0.0.0
Wi-Fi T
Tx Power Wi-Fi Tx Power High//Medium/Low NA Loww
Note:
1. When “Obtainn IP Automaticcally” is set to
o “No”, the “IP
P Address”, “S Subnet Mask” and “Default Gateway” willl be
d
displayed and
d configurable. When “Obta tain IP Automaatically” is sett to “Yes” onlyy the “Default Gateway” willl be
d
displayed and
d configurable..
WLAN STATUS
Panel Na
avigation
[Turn Pa [ ST
TATUS] Detected Type WLAN
Configured Type WLAN
ª [Commun
nication Port Status]
Status Connected to AP
WLAN] ⇒
ª[W Device Mode Remote
Connection Mode Client
Signal Quality Very Good
SSID NOJA-1513021330055
Obtain IP Automati cally Yes
IP Address 192.168.0.1
Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway
G 0.0.0.0
Tx RX
Packets 7 204
Errors 0 0
4.7.7 Mob
bile Netw
work Mod
dem
The REL L-15 module e can include e a mobile n
network mod dem that supports 2G, 33G and 4G mobile netw work
technolo
ogies. Differe
ent cellular bands are su pported depending on th
he relay moddule chosen (please refer to
section 1
10.5 Spare Parts
P List).
The sizee of the SIM card require

ed is 2FF (2n ctor) or “Mini Sim” and it should be an industrial SIM
nd Form Fac S
om - 40 o C to
rated fro o + 85o C.
A bulk head mountin ng surge arre
estor must b e used for any
a external antennas annd must be fiitted to the flloor
of the cu abling entering the cubiccle must be is
ubicle. Any ca solated with surge
s protecction.
Panel Na
avigation MOBILE NE
ETWORK SETT
TINGS
ST [Press ESC] ⇒
Connect
tion Type Mobile Network Modem
Ø
[MAIN M
MENU]
Device Mode Remote
ª [Syste
ems Settingss] tically
Obtain IP Automat No
ª [P
Port Settings]
s] IP Address 0.0.0.0
Subnet Mask 0.0.0.0
Settings] ⇒
ª[Mobille Network S Default
t Gateway 0.0.0.0
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
Port Setttings
Factory
Title Des
signation Range Reesolution
Default
Conne
ection Type Connecttion Type Disabled/Mobile Network NA
A
Disabled
D
Modem
Device
e Mode Device Mode
M Local/Rem
mote NA
A Remote
R
Obtain
n IP Obtain IP Yes/No NA
A
No
Autom
matically Automattically
IP Add
dress IP Addre
ess Enter an IP address NA
A 0.0.0.0
Subne
et Mask Subnet Mask Enter a su
ubnet mask. NA
A 0.0.0.0
Default Gateway Default Gateway Enter a de
efault gateway
y. A
NA 0.0.0.0
Note:
• A
Additional advvanced setting
gs such as SIM M card settinggs are available e from CMS oonly.
• When “Obtain n IP Automaticcally” is set to
o “No”, the “IP
P Address”, “S Subnet Mask” and “Default Gateway” willl be
d
displayed andd configurable. When “Obta ain IP Automa atically” is set to “Yes” onlyy the “Default Gateway” willl be
d
displayed andd configurablee.
MOBILE N
NETWORK STA
ATUS
Panel Na
avigation
[Turn Pa [ ST
TATUS] Detected Type Mobile Network Modem
Configured Type Mobile Network Modem
ª [Commun
nication Port Status]
Connection Stats Connected
ª[M ork] ⇒
Mobile Netwo Network Mode LTE(4G
G)
Signal Quality High
Device Mode Remote

Obtain IP Automa tically Yes
IP Address 0.0.0.0
Subnet Mask 0.0.0.0
T
Tx RX
Packets 1541 16937
Errors 0 0
4.7.8 Glob
bal Posittioning S
System (G
GPS)
The REL--15 module has Global Pos
sitioning Syste
em (GPS) cap
pability which provides syncchronisation for
f accurate time-
stamping and location.
When GP
PS is enabled, the signal quality, time syn
nc status and position
p (latitude, longitude and altitude) are
a displayed..
The signaal quality is determined

d by
y the Position Dilution of Precision (PDO
OP) which relaates to satellite geometry at
a a
given time
e and locationn:
• PDOP less than 2: Excellen

nt
• en 2-5: Very Good
PDOP betwee G
• PDOP betwee
en 5-10: Low signal
s
• PDOP more th
han 10: No sig
gnal.
The time sync status will

w be displaye
ed as “Locked by GPS” if the
e time accurac
cy is less thann or equal to 10 µs.
OSM User Ma
anual RC Control
C 41
NOJA
A-5002-08
Panel Na
avigation GPS
ST [Press ESC] ⇒
GPS Enabled
Ø Status
s Norm
mal
[MAIN M
MENU] Signal
l Quality Excelle
ent
Time Sync
S s
Status Locked
L by GPS
G
ª [GPS] ⇒
Latitu
ude (degree
e) -27.4512
227
Longit ee)
tude (degre 153.1022
239
Altitu
ude (m) 2
Port Setttings
Title
e Designation R
Range Res
solution Factory
y Default
GPS GPS Enabled/Dissabled NA Disabled
Note:
• When GPS iss enabled, it has
h priority oveer SCADA tim me synchronisation and set time comman
nds from the HMI
H
p
panel and CM
MS unless the GPS signal iss not available.
4.7.9 Exte
ernal Loa
ad Powe r Supply
y for Com
mmunica
ations Eq
quipmentt
A 12Vdcc power supply for comm munications equipment is located on
n the SIM m
module. Refer to section 4.5
Switchge e Module (SIM) and sectiion 10.4.1 RC
ear Interface R General Layout.
L External Sup
The E pply Output ccan
be turned ON or OFF F from the Pa
anel or CMSS software.
The powwer supply iss rated at 12
2V 20W on a average ove
er a rolling 60
6 seconds w
window. Th
he external lo
oad
supply switches off im
mmediately ifi the currentt exceeds 5.8
8A.
The exte
ernal power supply
s outpu
ut is software
e managed tot minimize the
t risk of ovverloading th
he power sup
pply
system. Refer to secction 4.8.5 External Loadd Supply Tim
mer and Contrrolled Outputt.
The outp
put/overload protection mechanism
m iss detailed below.
Battery Supply abo
ove 11.0 V:
• If the currentt is above 5.8
8 A for 25mss then the exxternal supply
y will turn offf immediately
y and stay offf
u
until the custtomer turns the
t external supply on ag gain. Please note that theere is a 1 minnute period in
w
which the su upply will stay
y off and can
nnot be turneed back on until the 1 minnute period has
h elapsed.
• T
The externall supply will supply
s 20 W on average over a rolling 60 secondds window. So, S for examp ple,
if the externa
al load supplies 30W in thhe first 30 se
econds then only 10W caan be supplie ed over the next
n
3
30 seconds to t ensure an n overload dooes not occur as shown in Example 2 below.
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
• WWhen the suupply is turne

ed off becausse of the pow
wer being exc
ceeded, it wiill be reported in the even
nt
llog as an extternal supply
y overload.
AC ON, Battery Sup pply below 11.01 V or dis

sconnected:
• T The external supply cann not draw mo ore than 15W
W on average e over a rollinng 60 seconds window. If it
ddoes it will shut
s off within
n 10ms. The state will be
e reported in the event loog as shutdo own. When the
ssupply shutss down under this conditiion it automa atically turns back on wheen a battery supply of more
m
tthan 11.6 vo olts is connec cted.
Drawing morre than 15W in this instan
nce may cau
use the RC to n some cases.
o shutdown aand restart in
AC OFF
F, Battery Su
upply below 11.0 V:
• TThe externall supply is offf.
POWER SUP
PPLY STATUS
Panel Na
avigation
Last Pow
wer Restart
t:
[Turn Pa [ ST
TATUS] 14:00:57
7 14/10/1
11
ª [P y] ⇒
Power Supply
AC Input
t OFF
Battery Voltage (U
Ubt) 13.8V
Battery Current (I
Ibt) 0.50A
Battery Capacity (%) 100
External
l Load Outp
put OFF
Battery Test Initiate

Battery Test Resul
lt:
23:52:00
0 22/01/20014
ed
Battery Test Passe
Warning::
• DDo not connect communica
ations equipme
ent directly to the battery te
erminals. Thiss can drain the
e battery, causse a
ssystem shutdo
own or damag
ge the equipm
ment.
Notes:
• The external load
l output wiill indicate OFF
F when the exxternal supply is shut-down due to Extern nal Load Time-out
when there iss loss of AC Supply
S or whe
en the battery is low. Please
e refer to 4.8..5 External Lo
oad Supply Tiimer
a
and Controlledd Output.
• IIf a device con
nnected to the
e external suppply becomes faulty and the RC-10 is opeerating only fro
om the AC sup
pply
tthen the contrroller may be forced into co ets. Under thiis circumstancce the device connected to the
ontinuous rese
eexternal supplly should be disconnected.
d
4.8 Po
ower Supply
A Powerr Supply Moddule (PSM) provides
p filte ring, surge protection,
p an
nd DC voltagge to the SIM
M module. Re
efer
to sectio
on 4.4 Power Supply Mod
dule (PSM).
The SIMM module pro ovides the po
ower manageement for thee Recloser Control
C with a 12Vdc batttery for backkup.
Refer to section 4.5 Switchgear Interface Mo
odule (SIM).
To manu
ually shutdow
wn the contro
oller, turn offf the auxiliary
y supply and the battery ccircuit breake
er.
4.8.1 Batttery Circuit Break

ker
A circuitt breaker is provided next to the batttery to prote ery from shoort circuit currents. Refer to
ect the batte
section 110.4.3 Power Supply.
OSM User Ma
anual RC Control
C 43
NOJA
A-5002-08
It can alsso be used to

t disconnec ct the batteryy from the cu
ubicle. If the battery is tuurned OFF fo or more thann 60
secondss, or the batte
ery voltage drops
d below 5 volts, thenn the system clock time w will be reset. An inline 6.3A
M205 fasst blow fuse is provided on
o the positivve terminal of
o the battery y for extra prootection.
4.8.2 Batttery Testt

A batterry test can be
b initiated manually
m to check the state
s of the battery. Allternatively the
t test can be
configureed to run auttomatically at a regular tim
me interval (Refer
( to Secction 4.8.3 U PS Settings)).
The batttery test will apply a load 3 seconds. The result of the test will
d across the battery for 30 w be displayyed
on the paanel.
Panel Na
avigation POWER SU
UPPLY STATU
US

[Turn Pa [ ST
TATUS] Last Po
ower Restar
rt:
ª [P y] ⇒
Power Supply 14:00:5
57 14/10/
/11
AC Inpu
ut OF
FF
Battery
y Voltage (
(Ubt) 13.8
8V
Battery
y Current (
(Ibt) 0.50
0A
Battery
y Capacity (%) 10
00
Externa
al Load Out
tput OF
FF
Battery
y Test Initiat
te
Battery
y Test Resu
ult:
11:42:0
00 22/01/22015
Battery
y Test Pass
sed
Notes:
• IIf the battery is not connec cted, AC not a applied, batteery is discharg
ging at > 100m mA or batteryy voltage < 12 2.5V
tthen a “Batterry Test Not Pe erformed” will b
be indicated.
• IIf a battery teest is performed the next ttest will be blo ocked for 5 minutes.
m If ann attempt is made
m to initiatte a
bbattery test duuring this perio od then a “Ba ttery Test Nott Performed” will
w also be inddicated. The reason
r being that
tthe Battery Te est Circuit is re
esting.
• IIf the battery test
t circuit is fa
aulty, “SIM Cirrcuit Faulty” will
w be indicated.
• SSIM software supported is 1.8.x 1 and abovve.
4.8.3 UPS
S Settings
Panel Na
avigation
UPS SETTINGS
ST [Press ESC] ⇒
Ø Battery
y Shutdown Level (%): 20
Rated Capacity
C (A
Ah) 26
[MAIN M
MENU]
Battery
y Type AG
GM
S External Load Timme (min) 120
1
ª [U NGS] ⇒
UPS SETTIN External Load Re set Time (hr) 0
USB Host Ports S hutdown Enable NO
Mobile Network TTime (min) 1
120
Mobile Network RReset Time (hr) 0
WLAN Time (min) 1
120
WLAN Reset Time (hr) 0
Battery
y Test
Auto Test Off
O
Time Interval (d ays) 30
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
UPS Setttings
Factory
Title D esignation Range Resolution
Default
Batteryy Shutdown Level
L (%) Battery Shuttdown Level 10 – 50% 10% 20
Rated battery capaccity (Ah) Rated Capaccity 10 – 50Ah 1Ah 26
(1)
Batteryy Type Battery Type
e AG
GM/GEL - AGM
nal Load Time (2) (min)
Extern External Loa
ad Time 0 – 1440min 1min 120
Extern et Time(3)
nal Load Rese External Loa
ad Reset Time
e 0 – 720hr 1hr 0
(hr)
USB H
Host Ports Shu
utdown USB Host Po
orts Shutdown
n Enable No
o/Yes NA No
e(4)
Enable
(5)
Mobile
e Network Tim
me (min) Mobile Netw
work Time (min
n) 0 – 1440 min 1 min 120
Mobile
e Network Reset
R Time Mobile Netw
work Reset Tim
me (hr) 0 – 720 hr 1 hr 0
(hr)
(6
6)
WLAN
N Time (min) WLAN Time (min) 0 – 1440 min 1 min 120
WLAN
N Reset Time (hr)
( WLAN Rese
et Time (hr) 0 – 720 hr 1 hr 0
(7)
Auto T
Test Auto Batteryy Test On
n/Off NA Off
Time IInterval (days)) Interval (dayys) 1-3
365 NA 30
Notes:
1. Battery Type selection is applicable
a fromm SIM version n 1.9.0 and above
a and it iss password prrotected. Note e: If
the wrong battery type is se elected batteryry can be overrcharged or da amaged.
2. The time to tu urn off the Extternal Load in case of loss of o AC supply. The External LLoad will not turn t off if Exte
ernal
Load Time is set to 0.
3. The External Load Reset Time T will not cyycle the load supply
s if set to
o 0.
4. USB Host Po orts Shutdown n occurs when n External Lo oad Time expiires. If it is seet to 0, the USB
U Ports will not
shutdown.
5. The time to turn off the Mo obile Network Modem in ca ase of loss of AC A supply. Thhe Mobile Nettwork Modem will
not turn off if Mobile Netwo ork Time is sett to 0.
6. The time to tu urn off WLAN in case of losss of AC supply y. The WLAN will not turn ooff if WLAN Tim me is set to 0.
7. Auto Test wiill start a batttery test afterr the first time interval from m being enabbled and then n the test willl be
conducted on n a regular basis at that tim me interval set by the user. If I the system is restarted th
he counter forr the
time interval will
w be reset. Refer
R to sectioon 4.8.2 for iniitiating the batttery test manuually.
4.8.4 Pow
wer Mana
agement
Battery ttemperature is monitored by the SIM
M module an
nd charging current is aadjusted to ensure
e optim
mum
charging
g.
An exterrnal load (e.g
g. radio or modem)
m can b
be supplied for
f a user co onfigurable ti me (Externa
al Load Time
e) of
up to 14440 minutes after
a loss of AC
A supply be
efore automaatically shutting down to cconserve batteries.
In the ca
ase of a prolo o AC supplyy, the Relay Module, SIM
onged loss of M module andd External Lo oad will be shut
s
down in an orderly fashion. On restoration of auxiliary supply, they
y will be auttomatically re
estored to th
heir
normal ooperating con
ndition. See also Section
n 4.8.5 Extern
nal Load.
4.8.4.1 Operatin
ng States
The Pow
wer Supply has five opera
ating states a
as described
d in the table below.
Conttroller Description
D
Sttate
Runnin
ng Thee Power Supp ply is in this sta
ate when eitheer the auxiliary
y supply or baattery is conne
ected with the
batttery voltage above
a the Shu utdown (2) level.
Pro
otection is opeerational.
OSM User Ma
anual RC Control
C 45
NOJA
A-5002-08
Conttroller Description
D
Sttate
Powerring Thee Power Supp ply has receive
ed a messagee that the syste
em is powerin g down.
Down Da
ata is saved to non-volatile m
memory by thee controller during this periood.
After the controller has powere
ed down it entters the Powered Down statte.
Standb
by Thee Power Supp ply enters this mode when th he Auxiliary su upply is off annd the battery is below the
use
er set capacity Power Down (1) Threshold.
y level or the P
This state will ch
hange to Contrroller Running g if the auxiliarry supply is resstored, or the battery
voltage rises aboove the Powerr Down (1) Threshold.
This state will ch
hange to Contrroller Powered d Down (Batte ery supply beloow the Power Down (1)
Threshold and auxiliary supplyy is off) after 5 minutes or if the battery is disconnected d.
Powerred Thee Power Supp ply enters this mode if the auxiliary supply y is off and thee battery switc
ch is off (or the
e
Down batttery voltage is
s below the Shhutdown (2) Thhreshold).
Pro
otection is not operational inn this state.
This state will ch
hange to Contrroller Running g if either the auxiliary
a suppl y or battery is
s restored. The e
batttery voltage must
m be abovee the Power Down (1) Thresh hold.
This state will ch
hange to Contrroller Standby y if the battery has been resttored with a voltage below
e Power Down
the n (1) Threshold but above thee Shutdown (2) Threshold annd there is no auxiliary
sup
pply.
Five m
minutes If th
he controller is
s in the Powerred Down statte, it can be re estored tempoorarily to the Standby state
Grace by turning the ba attery off, then
n ON again. To e Real Time Cllock settings this
o maintain the t should be
don ne within 60 seconds.
(1)
The e controller wiill be allowed tto run for 5 minutes if the baattery is below
w the Power Down
D
(2)
Threshold level (or( until the baattery fails ). This allows th he system to bbe operated fo or a few
min nutes with a flat battery.
Notes:
1. The Power Down
D Thresholld is 10.5V
2. The Battery fail
fa or Shutdow
wn Threshold iis 9.6V.
4.8.5 Exte
ernal Loa
ad Supplly Timer and Con
ntrolled O
Output
The exte ernal load tim
mer starts to
o time down when there is a loss of auxiliary AC
C supply. It shuts down the
external load when the timer expires. Supp ply is autom
matically restored and thhe timer is reset,
r when the
auxiliaryy AC supply is restored.
The extternal load supply can be cycled off, then on again, at regular inttervals to re eset conneccted
communnications equ
uipment. This
s feature can
n be disabled
d by setting th
he External LLoad Reset Time
T to zero.
If batteryy supply is lo
ost or is disc
connected, th
he external looad supply will
w continue to operate usingu AC sup pply
but with reduced cap pacity. Drawiing more thaan 15W on average
a over a rolling 60 seconds win ndow will cau
use
the exterrnal load sup pply to shut down
d and it w
will turn back
k on when ba attery supplyy is restored. Drawing more
m
than 15W W in this instance may ca ause the RC to shutdown n and restart in some casses.
4.9 Saving of Setting

gs
All settin
ngs are saved
d to non-vola
atile memoryy.
Setting cchanges from
m any source
e (Panel, CM
MS, SCADA, I/O, Relay In
nputs or Logicc) are saved
d as follows:
• A single setting change is saved afte r 15 seconds s.
• CConsequent setting chan nges are savved in 15 seccond intervalss
• AAll settings are
a saved wh hen the paneel is turned offf manually or
o after five m
minutes of pa
anel inactivityy
• ““Save System m Data” from
m the Main M
Menu is selec cted
• AAt 6 hourly in
ntervals
ecent entries may be lost if there is a sudden unex
Some re xpected shuttdown of the controller.
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-08
5 Measurement
The SIM Module accepts the signals from the CVT and CT outputs in the OSM tank and transfers them
through to the Relay Module after filtering and scaling the signals.
The Relay Module converts the analogue signals received from the SIM Module into data as indicated in the
table below.
The measurement data is filtered for harmonic content and the RMS value of the fundamental signal is used
by Protection and Indication applications as shown in the table.
For User Configurable Analogue Values please refer to Section 5.6.
Measured Applicability
Measured value Designation Resolution
range Protection Indication
Phase currents Ia, Ib, Ic 0 – 16000 A 1A 9 9
(1)
Residual current In 0 – 16000 A 1A 9 9
Residual Current (0.2A SEF In 0 – 16000 A 0.1 A 9 9
(2)
model)
Phase to earth voltages Ua, Ub, Uc, Ur, Us, Ut 0.5 – 22 kV 0.1 kV 9 9
Line to line voltages Uab, Ubc, Uca, Urs, Ust, Utr 0.5 – 38 kV 0.1 kV 9 9
Positive sequence current I1 0 – 16000 A 1A 9 –
Negative sequence current I2 0 – 16000 A 1A 9 9
Positive sequence voltage U1 0.5 – 38 kV 0.1 kV 9 –
Negative sequence voltage U2 0.5 – 38 kV 0.1 kV 9 –
(3)
Residual voltage Un 0.5 – 22 kV 0.1 kV 9 –
o o
Phase shift between positive A1 0 – 359 1 9 –
sequence voltage and
current
o o
Phase shift between A2 0 – 359 1 9 –
negative sequence voltage
and current
o o
Phase shift between residual A0 0 – 359 1 9 –
voltage and current
Single and three phase total, A, B & C kVA / kW / kVAr 0 – 65535 1 – 9
active and reactive power 3 phase kVA / kVAr / kW
Single and three phase total, A, B & C +/– kVAh 0 – 999999999 1 – 9
active and reactive energy A, B & C +/- kWh
related to forward and
reverse power flow A, B & C +/– kVArh
directions 3 phase +/– kVAh
3 phase +/– kWh
3 phase +/– kVArh
Frequency from ABC and Fabc, Frst 46 – 65 Hz 0.01 Hz 9 9
RST recloser sides
(4)
Phase sequence from ABC Phase seq. ABC / ACB / ? NA – 9
and RST sides RST / RTS / ?
(4)
Single phase and three Power factor: 3phase, A 0 – 1 0.01 – 9

(5)
phase power factor phase, B phase, C phase
Notes:
1. Residual current is equal to three times the zero sequence current.
2. Switchgear model with matched CTs to provide 0.2A SEF sensitivity.
3. Residual voltage is equal to three times the zero sequence voltage.
4. “?” is displayed when any phase voltage drops below 0.5 kV.
5. Signed Power Factor is determined by the quadrant the angle between voltage and current is in and is
dependent on the power flow direction. It is not dependent on the torque angle.
Real time instantaneous measurements can be viewed on the Panel as shown below:
OSM User Manual Measurement 47

NOJA-5002-08
Panel Navigation MEASUREMENTS

>Power< 1 Phase Energy
[Turn Panel ON] ⇒ [SYSTEM STATUS]
Other 3 Phase Energy
ª [Measurements] ⇒
Voltages (kV):
A 6.2 B 6.2 C 6.2
R 6.2 S 6.2 T 6.2
AB 10.7 BC 10.7 CA 10.7

RS 10.7 ST 10.7 TR 10.7
Currents (A):
A 200 B 200 C 200
N 0 I2 0
Note: For 3 Phase SEF models, the measured neutral current is reported with a resolution of 0.1 A.
5.1 Sampling and Filtering

A sigma-delta analogue to digital converter operating at a sample rate of 409kHz eliminates the need to have
a high order low pass filter at the front end, this reduces phase shift and distortion over the full temperature
range.
Current and voltage channels are sampled 32 times during each power frequency cycle. Each current
measurement has a low and high coefficient applied and the measurement algorithm selects the appropriate
value to provide best resolution for each sample.
First harmonic RMS values for phase and residual currents together with zero, negative and positive
sequence voltages are calculated 16 times per cycle by application of digital filtering algorithms using the last
32 samples. The resultant fundamental RMS values are utilised by protection and indication elements.
RMS values for active and reactive power / energy values, power frequency, power direction and phase
sequence are calculated once per cycle.
Metering and display values are updated every 16 cycles.
5.2 Measurement Settings

Current sensing is carried out by Current Transformers (CTs). Voltage sensing is by means of Capacitive
Voltage Transformers (CVTs). An individual calibration coefficient is determined for each of the six voltage
channels received from the OSM. These six measurement coefficients and the OSM serial number are also
entered by the user.
The system frequency is detected automatically by the RC when it is first installed and powered up. The
system frequency is then saved into permanent memory.
Phase Configuration allows a customer the capability to re-configure default phase designations, according
to their own line connections to the Recloser. All measurements, indicators, records, protection settings and
counters operate according to the new phase designations.
All user settings can be changed from the Panel. Alternatively they can be transferred using the CMS
software package.
48 Measurement OSM User Manual

NOJA-5002-08
Panel Navigation
[Turn Panel ON] ⇒ [SYSTEM STATUS] ⇒ [Press ESC] ⇒ MEASUREMENT SETTINGS
Ø System Voltage (kV) 38.0

[MAIN MENU] LSD Level (kV) 2.0
ª [Measurement Settings] ⇒
Measurement Settings

System Voltage (kV) U_rated 3.0 -38.0kV 0.1kV 38
LSD Level (kV) LSD Level 0.5 – 6.0kV 0.1kV 2
Note: The system voltage is defined as the phase to phase voltage of the system the recloser is connected to – not
the phase to ground voltage.
5.3 Switchgear Configuration

In the switchgear configuration menu, you can configure the phase configuration and power flow direction.
The “LL Allow Close” option is only visible if “Factory Settings” is enabled (refer to section 8.1.3). By default,
“LL Allow Close” is Off, which means when “Live Line” is On, a close will be blocked (refer to section 6.1.9).
Panel Navigation SWITCHGEAR CONFIGURATION

[Turn Panel ON] ⇒ [SYSTEM STATUS] ⇒ [Press ESC] ⇒
Ø Phase Configuration ABC
[MAIN MENU] Power Flow Direction RST to ABC
LL Allow Close Off
ª [Switchgear Configuration] ⇒
Switchgear Configuration Settings

Phase Configuration Phase Configuration ABC/ACB/BCA/CAB/BAC/CBA NA ABC
Power Flow Direction1 Power Flow Direction “RST to ABC”/”ABC to RST” NA RST to ABC
LL Allow Close LL Allow Close On/Off Off
Note:
1. When Power Flow Direction is configured as “RST to ABC”, forward positive sequence powerflow direction in
the OSM tank is from the RST side to the ABC side and reverse positive sequence poweflow direction is from
the ABC side to RST side.

NOJA-5002-08
5.4 Switchgear Calibration

Panel Navigation
Ø SWITCHGEAR CALIBRATION
ª [MAIN MENU] OSM Model OSM 38-16-800-300

ª [Systems Settings] Switchgear Type 3 Phase
Serial Number 0200111020003
ª [Switchgear Calibration] ⇒
Switchgear Coefficients:
A/kA A/MV A/MV

CIa 0.4000 CUa 0.0157 CUr 0.0157
CIb 0.4000 CUb 0.0157 CUs 0.0157
CIc 0.4000 CUc 0.0157 CUt 0.0157
CIn 0.4000
Switchgear Calibration
Title Designation Range Resolution

Switchgear Type1 Switchgear 3 Phase, 3 Phase SEF2, 1 NA
Type Phase, Single Triple
Serial number 3 OSM 13 character serial number
4
Ia calibration coefficient CIa 0.0 – 1.5999 A/kA 0.0001 A/kA
Ib calibration coefficient CIb 0.0 – 1.5999 A/kA 0.0001 A/kA
Ic calibration coefficient CIc 0.0 – 1.5999 A/kA 0.0001 A/kA
In calibration coefficient CIn 0.0 – 1.5999 A/kA 0.0001 A/kA
Ua calibration coefficient CUa 0.0 – 0.0627 A/MV 0.0001 A/MV
Ub calibration coefficient CUb 0.0 – 0.0627 A/MV 0.0001 A/MV
Uc calibration coefficient CUc 0.0 – 0.0627 A/MV 0.0001 A/MV
Ur calibration coefficient CUr 0.0 – 0.0627 A/MV 0.0001 A/MV
Us calibration coefficient CUs 0.0 – 0.0627 A/MV 0.0001 A/MV
Ut calibration coefficient CUt 0.0 – 0.0627 A/MV 0.0001 A/MV
Notes:
1. Different SIM modules are used depending on the switchgear type connected to it. Please refer to section 10.5
Spare Parts List .
2. Switchgear model with matched CTs to provide 0.2A SEF sensitivity. Refer to section 2.2.4 Protection Accuracy.
3. The Serial number defines the OSM Model and Switchgear Type. It is important that the correct serial number is
entered.
4. OSM sensor settings programmed into the RC when sent from the factory will be correct for the OSM whose
serial number is also programmed.

NOJA-5002-08
5.5 Real Time Clock (RTC) settings

The Real Time Clock provides measurement of real date/time for all elements with 1ms resolution. The
clock is powered directly from the battery and, once set, date and time only requires adjustment if the battery
has been disconnected or turned off with no auxiliary supply connected to the RC cubicle.
Title Designation Settings Factory Default

Date Date In accordance with selected NA
format
Time Time In accordance with selected NA
format
Date format Date fmt DD/MM/YY or MM/DD/YY DD/MM/YY
Time format Time fmt 12 hours/24 hours 12 hours
Time Zone Time Zone (GMT) -12:00 to +12:00 hours 0:00
Note: 12 hour format displays (eg) 09:12:14pm; 24 hour format displays (eg) 21:12:14
Panel Navigation
Ø REAL TIME CLOCK SETTINGS
ª [MAIN MENU] Date: 25/01/2013

ª [Systems Settings] Time: 14:12:10
ª [RTC Settings] ⇒ Date Format dd/mm/yyyy

Time Format 24 Hour
Time Zone (hr) +00:00
5.6 User Configurable Analogue Values

User configurable analogues enable the addition of a new scale and offset to existing measured values such
as current, voltage and power. The configurable analogue values are calculated as follows:
Configurable Analogue Value = (Analogue Value Measured * Scale Factor) + Offset1
The analogue values can be configured through CMS and are displayed on the operator panel. The user can
add a name of up to 8 characters to define the analogue both through the panel and CMS. The analogue
will use the full resolution available but the displayed value will be signed whole values up to 7 digits. If the
values are out of range or invalid ‘???’ will be displayed2. The analogues can be used with any of the
protocols.
Panel Navigation Other

[Turn Panel ON] ⇒ [SYSTEM STATUS] ⇒ Page 1 ►Page 2◄
ª [Measurements] Analogue
1 2 3 4
ª [Other] Vab Vbc Vca ___
27800 27800 27800 0
ª [Page 2] ⇒
5 6 7 8
___ VAsec VBsec VCsec
0 110 110 110
9 10 11 12
___ ___ ___ ___
0 0 0 0

NOJA-5002-08
Units 3
Measured value Designation Resolution
Currents Ia, Ib, Ic, In A 0.0625A

4
In_WT1_average, In_WT2_average A 0.0156A
Voltages Ua, Ub, Uc, Ur, Us, Ut, Uab, Ubc, Uca, Urs, Ust, Utr V 0.125V
Total, active and reactive power A, B & C kVA / kW / kVAr VA, W, VAr 1
3 phase kVA / kW / kVAr VA, W, VAr
Single and three phase total, active and A, B & C +/– kVAh, kWh, kVArh kVAh, kWh, kVArh 1
reactive energy related to forward and 3 phase +/– kVAh, kWh, kVArh kVAh, kWh, kVArh
reverse power flow directions
-19
Power Factor A, B, C PF 1 2
Frequency Fabc, Frst Hz 0.01Hz
st
Harmonic Ua, Ub, Uc 1 Harmonic V 1V
Ua Ub Uc Harmonic (n=2…15), Ua Ub Uc THD % 0.00001%
Ia Ib Ic In Harmonic (n=2….15) A 0.125A
Ia Ib Ic In TDD % 0.00001%
Note:
1. The Configurable Analogue Value is converted to an integer. The result is rounded up for any fractional values
>= 0.5 and round down for any fractional values < 0.4. When a large scaling factor is used and there is no
signal, user analogue values may still be reported due to noise.
2. The scaling range is -2E32 to +2E32 and the offset range is -2E32 to +2E32.
3. Subject to measurement accuracy in 2.2.2.
4. Windowing algorithm which is used to obtain moving average values of In where WT1’s averaging window is
configurable from 1 to 50 cycles (default is 15 cycles) and WT2’s averaging window is configurable from 1 to 10
times WT1’s window (default is 10). WT1 and WT2’s averaging windows are configurable via SGA.
In_WT1_average, In_WT2_average are the resultants of In calculated over the defined averaging window and
are provided as analogue values in logic and SGA. As an example they are used in an SGA application for
monitoring change in residual current for increased reliability and precision.
5.7 Last Good Value Trapped (LGVT)

LGVT records the last known good value of load current through each phase (Ia, Ib, Ic) and makes it
available as a SCADA point.
LGVT is calculated as 1 minute average value of measured current in each phase. It is frozen at its previous
1-minute average value whenever the current is at 0A or when Loss of Supply (LSD) is detected.
LGVT is implemented as DNP3 Analogue Input Points and as IEC 60870-5-101/104 Measured Values. Refer
to the relevant protocol implementation user manual for further details.

NOJA-5002-08
6 Protection
Four individual groups of Protection Settings are available. Each group has the following protection
functions:
• Overcurrent (OC)
• Negative Phase Sequence (NPS)
• Earth Fault (EF)
• Sensitive Earth Fault (SEF)
• Live Line Overcurrent (LL)
• Under/Over Voltage (UV/OV)
• Under/Over Frequency (UF/OF)
• Loss of Supply Detection (LSD)
• Voltage Reclosing Control (VRC)
• Automatic Backfeed Restoration (ABR)
• Harmonic Protection (HRM).
Descriptions with up to 40 characters or numbers can be assigned for each of the protection groups using
the CMS software package.
Group 1 – 4 settings
Title Designation Range
Group name Group name Up to 40 English alphabet letters or digits from 0 to 9
6.1 Overcurrent Protection

Individual phase currents measured by the current transformers on the OSM are monitored for Overcurrent
(OC) and Negative Phase Sequence (NPS) protection. Residual current measured at the star point of the
Current transformers on the OSM is monitored for Earth Fault (EF) protection.
OC, NPS and EF have three overcurrent protection elements for each of the forward and reverse powerflow
directions. These allow time current characteristics to be matched across three zones of protection to meet
co-ordination requirements.
A Directional Element provides effective protection in ring feed or back feed situations while maintaining co-
ordination.
The Auto Reclosing element is responsible for the reclosing sequence associated with OC, NPS, EF and
SEF. Global settings can be applied to the reclosing element including Zone Sequence Co-ordination (ZSC),
Reclose times, Reset Time and Loss of Supply Reclosing Mode (LSRM).
The Auto Reclosing Map is used to set independent OC, NPS and EF parameters to define the operations in
a reclose sequence.
Cold Load Pickup (CLP) and Inrush Restraint (IR) elements allow effective customising of protection to
match system characteristics. IR does not apply to NPS elements.
The Temporary Time Adder provides a way to achieve fault clearing where a series of Reclosers on a feeder
have the same Time Current Characteristic by automatically applying a grading margin time on auto reclose.
OSM User Manual Protection 53

NOJA
A-5002-08
6.1.1 Prottection Elements

E s for OC, NPS and
d EF
OC, NPS S and EF ha ave three oveercurrent pro
otection elem
ments for eac
ch of the forw
ward and rev
verse powerfflow
direction
ns and a directional eleme
ent:
• O
OC1, NPS1, EF1
SSequence Master
M time delayed elem ments, for forw
ward powerflow direction (OC1+, NPS S1+, EF1+) and
a
ffor reverse powerflow direction (O OC1-, NPS1-, EF1-). Used to set the maximum numberr of
ooperations to
o lockout and me delayed protection ope
d provide tim erations in a reclose sequ
uence.
• O
OC2, NPS2, EF2
Low set elemments, for forward powerrflow directio
on (OC2+, NP PS2+, EF2+ ) and for rev verse powerfflow
ddirection (OC
C2-, NPS2-, EF2-). Can be used to provide a fas st fuse clearring, first ope
eration or a first
f
sstage Time Current Cha aracteristic (T
TCC) elemeent. Low set elements arre equipped with Maxim mum
ccurrent modiification mod
de to allow a fuse burning
g strategy to be implemennted.
• O
OC3, NPS3, EF3
High set elem
ments, for foorward powerrflow directio
on (OC3+, NPS3+, EF3+ +) and for rev
verse powerfflow
d
direction (OC
C3-, NPS3-, EF3-). High h set elemen nts are used
d to minimisse exposure of downstreeam
e
equipment too high fault currents.
c
• DE OC, DE NPS, DE EF
F
Directional elements
e pro
ovide a meanns of enablin
ng or disablin
ng directionaal protection for each of the
ssix OC, NPS S and EF elem
ments respe
ectively.
Note:
• IIf DE is not enabled for a particular e
element then the element will respond to both forw
ward and reve
erse
oovercurrent an
nd operate on the magnitud
de of the fault only.
o
6.1.2 Prottection Settings

S ffor OC, NPS
N and EF
The forw
ward and revverse master and low seet elements (OC1+, OC11-, NPS1+, NNPS1-, EF1+ +, EF1-, OCC2+,
OC2-, NNPS2+, NPS S2- and EF2+, EF2-) can n be set witth a Time Current
C Charracteristic (TCC) type. TCC
T
are selected and can be modified fo r each of the
curves a e OC, NPS and EF elemments indepe endently. So
ome
configura
ations must be
b done thro
ough the CMS S software.
The Pan nel Setting la everse direction OC, NP
ayout for forrward and re PS and EF eelements is identical and
d is
illustrate
ed below for the
t OC1+ ele ement using the IEC I curve as an ex
xample.
GROUP 1 OVERCURRENT
Panel Na
avigation
ST [Press ESC] ►OC1+◄ OC2+ OC3
3+ OC1- OC2-
O OC3-
Ø
TCC Ty
ype IEC I
[MAIN M
MENU] Pickup
p Current (A) 300
ª [Groups Settings]
S Time Multiplier
M 0.50
um Current Multiplier
Minimu 1.00
ª [G
Group 1…4] Defini
ite Minimumm Time (s) 00.00
ª Protection Settinggs: [OC] Maximu
um Trippingg Time (s) 120.00
Additi
ional Time (s) 0.00
OC1+] ⇒
ª [O Fault Reset Timee (s) 0.05
Notes:
• A pickup du ue to an EF element ca an be blocke ed if the corrresponding ““Block” data
apoint is set via
L
Logic, I/O orr SGA e.g. iff Block P(EF
F-) is set via SGA then piickups and pprotection opperations duee to
E
EF1-, EF2- and
a EF3- willl be blocked..
• The High set elements can only be sset to definite
e time charac
cteristics.
54 Protectio
P on OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
6.1.3 Time
e Curren
nt Charac
cteristic (TCC) Se
ettings
Twelve sstandard AN
NSI and IEC Inverse Deffinite Minimu
um Time (IDMT) curves are always available in the
RC-10 a
as well as De
efinite Time (T
TD).
Up to ten
n additional curves
c can be gh CMS which can includee any of the 43 Non-
b made ava ilable throug
Standardd Curves and d any User Defined
D Curvve (UDC). Noon-Standard Curves are designed to emulate
curves aavailable in older protectio
on equipmennt and UDC curves
c allow customisatioon of standard IDMT
curves.
Configurration of Non
n-Standard and UDC curvves can only
y be done using CMS softftware.
For more
e information
n refer to Sec
ction 11.3.
Time currrent charactteristic (TCC) types
Title Designation
D Range Fa
actory Defaultt
Standaard Time curre
ent TCC
T Type ANSI: EI / VI / I / STI / STE
EI / LTEI / LTV
VI / LTI IEC
CI
characcteristic IEC: EI / VI / I / LTI
TD
Downloadable Time e current TCC: 101 10
02 103 104 10
05 106 107 11 1 112 NA
A
1
characcteristic 113 114 115
5 116 117 119 120 121 122 131
4 135 136 137 138 139 140 141
132 133 134
142 151 152
2 161 162 163 164 165
200 201 202
2
400 401 402
2
UDC
Definite time (TD) TC

CC settings for
f Master an
nd Low Set Elements
E
The follo
owing setting
gs are the TD
D settings wh
hich can be applied
a to the
e master andd low set elem
ments.
Title Designation
D Range
R Reso
olution Fa
actory Defaultt
Pickup
p current (A) – master Ip
p 3 – 1280A 1A 300
0
elements
Pickup
p Current (A) – low set Ip
p 3 – 16000A 1A 300
0
elements
Trippin
ng time (s) Tdt
T min, s 0 – 120s 0.01s 1.0
00
Fault rreset time (s) FLTRes,
F s 0 – 10s 0.01s 0.0
05
ANSI an
nd IEC TCC settings
s for Master
M and L
Low Set Elem
ments
The follo
owing setting
gs are the ANSI
A and IE
EC settings which can be applied tto the mastter and low set
elementss. These setttings also ap
pply to the 43
3 Non Standa
ard Curves and
a UDC currves.
Title Designation
D Range Reso
olution Fa
actory Defaultt
Pickup
p current (A) – master Ip
p 3 – 1280A 1A 300
0
elements
Pickup
p Current (A) – low set Ip
p 3 – 16000A
A 1A 300
0
elements
Time m
multiplier TM
T 0.01 – 15 0.01 0.5
50
1
Minimum current mu
ultiplier MIN
M 1 – 20 0.01 1.0
00
Definitte minimum tim
me (s) Tmin,
T s 0 – 10s 0.01s 0.0
00
Maxim
mum tripping time (s) Tmax,
T s 1 – 120s 0.01s 120
0.00
Additio
onal time (s) Ta,
T s 0 – 2s 0.01s 0.0
00
Fault rreset time2 (s) FLTRes,
F s 0 – 10s 0.01s 0.0
05
Notes:
et as a multiplle of the picku
1. se up current (Ip) setting
2. not applicable for
f ANSI TCC C whose reset timer simulate
es a rotating disk
d reset charracteristic.
OSM User Ma
anual Pro
otection 55
NOJA
A-5002-08
Maximum
m Current Mode Settings
s for Low Sett Elements
Maximum m current mode
m is designed to alloow a fuse burning
b strate
egy to be immplemented. When currrent
exceedss a user set maximum
m the trip operattion timer fre urrent drops back below that level. This
eezes until cu T
extends the tripping time
t to avoid
d nuisance trripping during g operation of
o downstreaam fuses.
Each ele
ement can be
e independently set for m
maximum currrent modifyin
ng mode.
For ANS SI, IEC and UDC TCC’s the maximu s calculated using a mul tiplier applie
um current is ed to the pickkup
current.
m Current modification mode
Maximum m available for the low set elements.
is only a e
Title Desig
gnation Range Reso
olution Fa
actory Defaultt
Maxim
mum Current Mode
M MAX m
mode Ena
able / Disable NA D
1
Maxim
mum Current Multiplier
M ImaxM
M 1.1 – 10 0.01 5.0
00
Note 1: T
This setting is displayed on the
t RC panel when Maximu
um Current Mo
ode is enabledd.
Definite Time Setting

gs for High Set
S Elements
The high
h set elements can only be
b set to a de
efinite time characteristic
c c using the seettings below
w:
Title Designation
D Range Reso
olution Fa
actory Defaultt
Pickup
p current (A) Ip 3 – 16000
0A 1A 10
000
Trippin
ng time (s) Td
dt Min, s 0 – 2s 0.01s 0.1
10
Fault rreset time (s) FL
LTRes, s 0 – 10s 0.01s 0.0
05
6.1.4 TCC
C modifie
ers
Each AN
NSI or IEC Tiime Current Characteristtic can be mo
odified with th
he aid of thee following op
perators:
• d
definite minimmum time (T Tmin)
Defines the minimum
m tim
me that the de
evice can op
perate. By default this is sset to 0s. This may be ussed
tto define dessired behavioour when an IDMT curve intersects a high set currve.
• maximum tripping time (T

Tmax)
Defines the maximum
m tim
me that the d
device can op
perate. By de
efault this is sset to 120s.
• minimum current multiplier (MIN)
• urrent multiplier (MAX)
maximum cu
• a
additional tim
me (Ta)
A
Adds a consstant time to the
t selected TCC curve. By default th
his is set to 00s.
• ffault reset tim

me (FLTRes))
Defines the time
t after wh
hich a pickup
p is no longerr active before the protecction timer re
esets.
56 Protectio
P on OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
The figure below illusstrates the effect of the m

modifying ope
erators on a TCC curve.
3
T
2 where:
Ip Picckup current
Protection AX∗Ip
Imax MA
operating
Imin MIN
N*Ip
zone
Tmax 1 Origginal TCC (witho
out modification
ns)
1 2 TCC
C with additionall time (Ta) only
Tmin 3 TCC
C with all modific
cations applied.
Ta
Ip Imin Imax I
Note: Ma
aximum curren
nt modification
n is only appliccable for the lo
ow set overcurrrent elementss (OC2+, OC2
2-, NPS2+,
NPS
S2-, EF2+, EF
F2-).
The figuures below illlustrate the effect of ussing definite minimum time (Tmin) ffor an IDMT
T curve when it
intersectts a high set element curve.
IDMT Curve
T T High set C
Curve
Tmin = 0.1s
Ip I Ip I
min = 0s Tm
Tm min = 0.1s Tmin = 0.1ss
6.1.5 Sensitive Ea
arth Faul t (SEF)
Sensitive
e Earth Fau ult protection monitors residual current measu ured at the star point of the Currrent
Transforrmers in the OSM.
O SEF protection
p co mprises two Overcurrentt elements annd a Directio
onal element.
One ove ement is for forward pow
ercurrent ele wer flow dire
ection (SEF+) and the otther for reve
erse power flow
f
n (SEF–). Each element can be p rogrammed with an ind
direction dependent D Definite timee TCC and the
Direction
nal Element allows
a enabling or disablling of SEF+ and SEF– as
a required.
Panel Na
avigation GROUP
P 1 SENSITI
IVE EARTH FAULT
ST [Press ESC]
►SEF+◄ SEF-
Ø [[MAIN MENU]
ª [Grou
ups Settings]] Pickup Current
C (A
A) 1
15
Tripping
g Time (s) 10.0
00
ª [Group 1…
…4] Fault Reset Time (s) 0.0
05
ª Protection
P Settings: [SEF]] ⇒
OSM User Ma
anual Pro
otection 57
NOJA
A-5002-08
SEF– settingss1,2
SEF+, S
Title Designatio
on Range Reso
olution Fa
actory Defaultt
1
Pickup
p Current (A) Ip 1 – 80A 0.5A 15
5
0.2 – 80.0A3 0.1A 15
5
Trippin
ng Time (s) Tdtt Min, s 0 – 120s 0.01ss 10
0.00
Fault R
Reset Time (ss) FLT
TRes, s 0 – 10s 0.01 0.0
05
Note:
1. A pickup due to an SEF ele ement can be bblocked if the corresponding g “Block” dataapoint is set via
a Logic, I/O orr
S
SGA e.g. if Bllock P(SEF+) is set via SGA
A then pickups s and protecttion operation ns due to SEF F+ will be
b
blocked.
2. S
Sensitive Eartth Fault uses the
t Definite Tiime TCC curv ve.
3. S
Switchgear model
m with matc
ched CTs to p
provide 0.2A SEF
S sensitivity
y.
6.1.6 Brok
ken Conductor
Detection of open circuit faults in overhead lines and underground cables can be facilitated using Brokken
Conducttor protection n (46BC) which uses th he ratio of negative
n seqquence curreent over pos sitive sequen
nce
current ((I2/I1 ratio). The I2/I1 ra
atio is relativvely constant with variations of loadd current and
d thus for op
pen
circuit fa
aults it provid
des more se ensitive prote ection than purely using negative phhase sequen nce overcurrrent
(NPS).
GROUP 1 NEGATIV
VE PHASE SEQUENCE
Panel Na
avigation
ST [Press ESC] NPS ►I2/I1◄
Ø
I2/I1 (Broken Con ductor):
[MAIN M
MENU]
S I2/I1 Mode D
Pickup Value
V (%) 20
0
ª [G
Group 1…4] Minimum I2 (A) 15
ª Protection Settinggs: [NPS] Tripping Time 10.00
0
ª [II2/I1] ⇒
I2/I1 setttings
Title Designatio
on Range Reso
olution Fa
actory Defaultt
I2/I1 M
Mode I2/I1 ratio operatiion D/L/A - D
Pickup
p Value (%) Pickup value for I2/I1, % 10 – 100 1 20
Minimum I2 (A) Minnimum negativve 3 – 1280 1 15
phaase sequence current
leve
el, A
Trippin
ng Time (s) Tdtt min, s 0 – 120.00 00.01 10.00
Notes:
• F
For I2/I1 to op
perate:
o Both Protection an nd NPS globall settings mus
st be ON.
o At least one phase e current mustt be above 3A
A.
• F
Fault reset tim
me fixed at 50m
ms.
58 Protectio
P on OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
6.1.7 Dire
ectional Overcurr
O rent Elem
ments
Direction
nal elementss provide a means
m of ena
abling or disa
abling directio
onal protectioon for each of the OC, NPS
N
EF and SSEF elementts.
When th he Directiona
al Element (DDE) is enab led for any protection
p element, the pprotection ellement will only
o
respond to faults in the element’s designate ed direction. For example e, OC1+ wouuld only resp pond to forw
ward
faults, an
nd OC1- wou uld only resp
pond to reverrse faults, pro
ovided DE is
s enabled forr both of them
m.
If DE is not enabledd for a particular elemeent then the element will respond too both forwa
ard and reve
erse
overcurrrent and operrate on the magnitude
m off the fault onlly.
ectional funcction for Phase Overcu rrent, Earth Fault, Sens
The Dire sitive Earth Fault and Negative
N Pha
ase
n is provided by the directtional elements, DE OC, DE EF, DE S
Sequencce protection SEF and DEE NPS.
The torqque angle set by the user is used to ddetermine fo orward and reverse zonees for the fau ult. If the pha
ase
angle (aangle betwee en the polaris
sing voltage , Upol and op d zone then the
perating currrent Iop) is inn the forward
fault is in the forwaard direction else the fa e reverse direction. Thee torque angle can be set
ault is in the
separateely for each set
s of protecttion elementss.
The phase angle is defined
d as follows for the different ele
ements:
OC angle between
b po sitive seque sing voltagee and positive sequen
ence polaris nce
operating current
EF, SEF angle between zero
o sequence polarising voltage andd zero sequence operatting
current
NPS angle be
etween nega ative phase sequence
s po
olarising voltaage and neg
gative sequen
nce
operating current.
For a de
etailed description of Directional Prote
ection refer to
o Appendix B – Directionnal Protection
n.
The directional elements can be set independ gh the Panel menu as illuustrated below for DE OC
dently throug C.
Panel Na
avigation
GRO
OUP 1 OC DI
IRECTIONAL ELEMENT
ST [Press ESC]
Torque Angle (o ) 0
Ø
Direction Not Dettected Bloc
ck
[MAIN M
MENU] Dir Cha
ange Responnse Loc
ck
S
DE Cont
trol Map:
ª [G
Group 1…4] OC1+ Disable
ed
OC2+ Disable
ed
ª Directtional Elemeents: [OC] ⇒
OC3+ Disable
ed
OC1- Disable
ed
OC2- Disable
ed
OC3- Disable
ed
Torque a
angle setting
g
Title Designatio
on Range Reso
olution Fa
actory Defaultt
o o
Torque
e angle (o)(1)) Att 0 – 359 1 0
Directiion Not Detected(2) DN
ND Trip
p/Block NA Blo
ock
Dir Ch
hange Respon
nse Diir Change resp
ponse Loc
ck/Dynamic NA Lo
ock
Notes:
o
• When the torrque angle is 0 and the P Power Flow Diirection is con
nfigured as “R
RST to ABC”, forward posiitive
ssequence pow werflow directtion in the OS SM tank is frrom the RST side to the A ABC side and
d reverse posiitive
ssequence powwerflow directiion is from the
e ABC side to RST side.
• When “Directiion Not Detec cted” is set to Trip the fastest curve of the
e directional eelements enab
bled will trip once
o
tthe fault reach
hes the pickup
p value.
OSM User Ma
anual Pro
otection 59
NOJA-5002-08
Direction Not Detected

The “Direction Not Detected” setting determines whether the protection element enabled for directional
control will operate if the direction is not detected:
1. Block (Default)
Protection elements enabled for directional control will not respond to a fault if the direction is not
detected.
2. Trip
Protection elements enabled for directional control will respond to a fault when the direction is not
detected.
Direction Change Response

The “Dir Change Response” setting determines how the elements, enabled for directional control, behave
when the power flow direction changes while the protection timer is accumulating:
• Lock
When the direction (e.g. positive direction) is detected and a protection element e.g. OC1+ detects
the fault, the protection timer for OC1+ starts to accumulate. During this time, if the direction of
current changes and exceeds the pickup current of the opposite element e.g.OC1-, then OC1- will
not detect the fault and the protection timer continues to accumulate for OC1+.
• Dynamic
When the direction (e.g. positive direction) is detected and a protection element e.g. OC1+ detects
the fault, the protection timer starts to accumulate for OC1+. During this time, if the direction of
current changes and exceeds the pickup current of the opposite element e.g.OC1-, then the
protection timer resets and starts to accumulate for OC1-. The OC1+ pickup resets after the fault
reset time if the direction does not return back to the positive direction during the reset time.
Control Map Settings
Control Map Element Directional control Factory Default

DE OC
OC1+ Enabled/Disabled Disabled
OC1- Enabled/Disabled Disabled
DE EF
EF1+ Enabled/Disabled Disabled
EF1- Enabled/Disabled Disabled
DE NPS
NPS1+ Enabled/Disabled Disabled
NPS1- Enabled/Disabled Disabled
DE SEF
SEF+ Enabled/Disabled Disabled
SEF – Enabled/Disabled Disabled
60 Protection OSM User Manual

NOJA-5002-008
6.1.8 Adm
mittance
Neutral Admittance protection (21Yn)
( can be utilised to detect ea
arth faults i n high resis
stance earth
hed,
unearthe
ed and comppensated netw
works.
Neutral A t value of conductance

Admittance is based on the p of admitttance) and susceptance, Bn
e, Gn (real part
(imagina
ary part of ad
dmittance) where
w Yn=Gn d on settings for
n + jBn. Yn can be conffigured to opperate based
Gn, Bn or both. The Directiona al Mode for conductance
e and susce eptance can be configurred as forwa ard,
reverse o
or both.
The diaggram below shows the operating z one for Yn when Opera
ational Modee is set to “Gn
“ & Bn” and
a
Direction
nal Mode is set
s to “Bidirectional”.
Bn-S
Susceptance
Operating Op
perating
Zone Zone
Z
FWD
Susceptance
Gn-Condu
uctance
REV
Susceptance REV FWD
Conductannce Conductance
e
Noo Operation
Operating Operating
O
Zone Zone
GROUP 1 Y
Yn ADMITTAN
NCE
Panel Na
avigation
ST [Press ESC] Operational Mode Gn & Bn
B
Directional Mode Bi
idirectiona
al
N MENU]
Ø[MAIN
Minimum
m Un Multipplier 0.1
10
S Minimum
m In (A) 1
10
ª [G
Group 1…4] Trippin
ng Time (s)) 1.0
00
Fault Reset
R Time (s) 0.0
05
ª Protection Settinggs: [Yn] ⇒ Forward
d Conductannce (mSi) +1.0
00
Reverse
e Conductannce (mSi) -1.0
00
Forward
d Susceptannce (mSi) +1.0
00
Reverse
e Susceptannce (mSi) -1.0
00
Admittan
nce Settings
Title Designatio
on Range Reso
olution Fa
actory Defaultt
ode1
Yn Mo Yn Mode D/L/A/R/S/C C - D
Gn” / “Bn” / “G
“G Gn &
Opera
ational mode Op
perational mod
de - “Gn & Bn”
Bn”
“Foorward” / “Rev verse”
Directiional Mode2 Dirrectional Mode
e - “B
Bidirectional”
/ “Bidirectiona
al”
Trippin
ng Time (s) Tdtt Min, s 0 – 120.00 00.01 1.00
Min Unn Multiplier3 Min
n Un UM, 0.01 – 1 00.01 0.10
Minimum In (A)4 Min
n In , A 1 – 1280 0.5 10.0
Fault R
Reset Time (ss) FLT
TRes, s 0.00-10 00.01 0.05
Forwaard Susceptance Forrward Suscep
ptance
-327.00 to 327
7.00 00.01 1.00
(mSi) (mS
Si)
Reversse Susceptance Reverse Suscepptance
-327.00 to 327
7.00 00.01 -1.00
(mSi) (mS
Si)
Forwaard Conductan nce Forrward Conducctance
-327.00 to 327
7.00 00.01 1.00
(mSi) (mS
Si)
Reversse Conductan nce Reverse Conducctance
-327.00 to 327
7.00 00.01 -1.00
(mSi) (mS
Si)
OSM User Ma
anual Pro
otection 61
NOJA
A-5002-08
Notes:
1. Yn can be coonfigured to op
perate based o on settings forr Gn, Bn or bo
oth.
2. The directional mode is based on the po ower flow direcction selected. See section 5.2 Measurem
ment Settings
3. ge equals Min
Pickup voltag n Un Multiplierr x U_rated / √3;√ where U_rrated is the raated system voltage
v entered in
the measurem ment settings (refer to sectioon 5.2).
4. Minimum resiidual current threshold
t for Y
Yn to be opera ational.
6.1.9 Live
e Line Ov
vercurren
nt (LL)
Live Line
e (LL) Overccurrent prote
ection consissts of ten non
n-directional Overcurrentt elements: three
t for OC
CLL,
NPSLL a and EFLL annd one for SEEFLL.
LL can b
be turned On n from the Protection
P Glo
obal Settings
s menu (refe
er to section 6.14) or from the Live Line
L
Fast Keyy on the pane
el. When LLL is turned O n:
• W
When a pro otection operration is inittiated, the device
d will trrip to Lockouut based on
n the Live Line
L
protection se
ettings (not SST).
S
• A close will be
b blocked iff “LL Allow C
Close” is configured as Off
O (which is tthe default setting). Refe
er to
ssection 5.3 Switchgear
S Configuration
C n.
Live Line Line Tag (Se
e Fast Key can also be linked to Hot L ee Section 6.6). When LLL and HLT arre linked:
• T
The LL On/O
Off fast key on
o the panel w
will also conttrol HLT.
• W
When a pro otection operration is inittiated, the device
d will trrip to Lockouut based on
n the Live Line
L
protection se
ettings (not SST).
S
• A
Any close op
perations are
e blocked.
Panel Na
avigation
ST [Press ESC] GROUP 1 LI
IVE LINE SE
ETTINGS
Ø
Eleme
ent Map
[MAIN M
MENU]
OCLL ►NPSLL◄ EFLL SEF
FLL
S
ª [G
Group 1…4]
ª Prote gs: [LL] ⇒
ection Setting
[MAIN M
MENU]
GROUP 1 NEGATIV
VE SEQUENCE
E LIVE LINE
E
S
ª [G
Group 1…4] ►NPSLL1
1◄ NPSLL2 NPSLL3
ª Prote
ection Setting
gs: [LL] TCC Typ
pe IEC I
NPSLL1] ⇒
ª NPSLL: [N Pickup Current (A
A) 3000
Time Multiplier 0.5
50
Minimum
m Current M
Multiplier 1.000
Definite Minimum Time (s) 0.000
Maximum
m Tripping Time (s) 120.000
Additio
onal Time (
(s) 0.000
Fault Reset
R Time (s) 0.005
62 Protectio
P on OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-08
OCLL1, NPSLL1, EFLL1 Settings1

2
TCC Type TCC Type UDC, TD NA IEC I
ANSI: EI / VI / I / STI /
STEI / LTEI / LTVI / LTI
IEC: EI / VI / I / LTI
TCC: 101 102 103 104
105 106 107 111 112
113 114 115 116 117
119 120 121 122 131
132 133 134 135 136
137 138 139 140 141
142 151 152 161 162
163 164 165
200 201 202
400 401 402
Pickup current (A)3 Ip 3 – 1280A 1A 300A

Time Multiplier TM 0.01 – 15 0.01 0.50
Minimum Current Multiplier MIN 1 – 20 0.01 1.00
Definite Minimum Time (s) Tmin ,s 0 – 10s 0.01s 0.00
Maximum Tripping Time (s) Tmax,s 1 – 120s 0.01s 120.00
Additional Time (s) Ta, s 0 – 2s 0.01s 0.00
Fault Reset Time (s) FLTRes, s 0 - 10s 0.01s 0.05s
OCLL2, NPSLL2, EFLL2 Settings1

TCC Type2 TCC Type UDC, TD NA TD
ANSI: EI / VI / I / STI /
STEI / LTEI / LTVI / LTI
IEC: EI / VI / I / LTI
TCC: 101 102 103 104
105 106 107 111 112
113 114 115 116 117
119 120 121 122 131
132 133 134 135 136
137 138 139 140 141
142 151 152 161 162
163 164 165
200 201 202
400 401 402
Pickup current (A)3 Ip 3 – 1280 A 1A 300A
Tripping time (s) Tdt Min, s 0 – 2s 0.01s 1.00
Maximum Current Mode Enable Max Current Enabled/Disabled Disabled
multiplier
OCLL3, NPSLL3 Settings1,4

TCC Type2 TCC Type TD NA TD
Pickup current (A)3 Ip 3 – 1280 A 1A 1000A
Tripping time (s) Tdt Min, s 0 – 2s 0.01s 0.20s

NOJA-5002-08
EFLL3 Settings1,4
2
TCC Type TCC Type TD NA TD
Pickup current (A) Ip 1 – 1280 A 1A 1000A
SEFLL Settings1

2
TCC Type TCC Type TD NA TD
Pickup current (A) Ip 1 – 80A 1A 15A
0.2 – 80.0A5 0.1A 15.0A
Notes:
1. OCLL, EFLL, SEFLL and NPSLL elements are equipped with a 50ms reset timer.
2. For TCC type, please refer to Section 11.4. All curves can be applied to OCLL1-2, NPSLL1-2 and EFLL 1-2. Only the DT
curve can be applied to OCLL3, NPSLL3, EFLL3 and SEFLL. A maximum of 10 non-standard curves can be loaded into the
RC-10.
3. The timing accuracy is only guaranteed for I/Ip values < 1600.
4. When upgrading the firmware, prior settings of OCLL and EFLL from an earlier version will be copied to the OCLL3 and
EFLL3 element respectively.
5. A Switchgear model with matched CTs to provide 0.2A SEF sensitivity is available for all 3 phase and 2 phase tanks.
Live Line Element Maps

Panel Navigation
GROUP 1 LIVE LINE ELEMENT MAPS
[Turn Panel ON] ⇒ [SYSTEM STATUS] ⇒ [Press ESC]
Ø OCLL1 ►Disabled◄ EFLL1 Disabled
OCLL2 Disabled EFLL2 Disabled
[MAIN MENU]
OCLL3 Disabled EFLL3 Disabled
ª [Group 1…4] NPSLL1 Disabled SEFLL Disabled
NPSLL2 Disabled
ª Protection Settings: [LL] NPSLL3 Disabled
ª Element Map ⇒
Live Line Element Map Settings
Element Setting Factory Default

OCLL1 Enable/Disable Disable
OCLL2 Enable/Disable Disable
OCLL3 Enable/Disable Enable
EFLL1 Enable/Disable Disable
EFLL2 Enable/Disable Disable
EFLL3 Enable/Disable Enable
NPSLL1 Enable/Disable Disable
SEFLL Enable/Disable Disable

NOJA-5002-008
6.1.10
0 Cold
d Load Pickup
P Ellement (C
CLP)
Restorin
ng supply to a feeder affter an exten nded outage e will often result
r in a hhigher than normal load as
thermosttat controlled
d loads (heaaters, air-con efrigerators, etc) will all ccome on at the same tim
nditioners, re me.
The exte
ent and durattion of the increased dem mand will deppend on the characteristic
c cs of the feeder load.
Cold Loa ad Pickup caaters for loss
s of load diveersity due to
o an extendeed outage byy increasing the Operatio onal
Cold Loa ad Multiplier (OCLM) from 1 to a use er set value (cold load multiplier)
m oveer a user se
et period of tiime
(Cold Looad recognition time). On nce supply iss restored thee OCLM retuurns to one oover a secon nd user set tiime
(Cold Looad Time). OCLM
O is rec
calculated evvery cycle and is not ap pplicable for OC3 (high set), EF (Ea arth
Fault), S
SEF (Sensitivve Earth Fault) and NPS (Negative Ph hase Sequen nce) elementts.
Provision n of variablee ramp rates for increasee and decrea
ase of the Op
perational Coold Load Mu
ultiplier provid
des
flexibilityy for differing system characteristics.
The CLPP element iss initiated by Loss of Sup pply Detectio
on (LSD) a condition
c deffined by voltts less than the
LSD leve
el on all thre
ee phases and current le ess than 3A on all three phases. Thhe LSD level is configura able
between
n 0.5kV and 6.0kV
6 (refer to
t section 6.8 upply Detecto
8 Loss of Su or (LSD)).
Operatio
on of the Cold
d Load Picku
up element iss illustrated in the diagrams below.
Cold Load Pickup when Losss of Supply is lonnger than the Cold Load Pickup
C p when Loss of Su
upply is shorter
cold load rrecognition time
e than the cold loa
t ad recognition time
Supplyy Supply
V < LSD V < LSD
& I < 3 A & I < 3 A
t ime time
P ( LSD ) P ( LSD )

1 1
ttime time
0 0
Timer Timer
1
1
N
ttime time
0 0
Trec Tcl < Trec N x Tcl
OCLM OCLM
CL
LM
N x CLM
1 1
time time
0 0
where: CLM co
old load multipllier P(LSD) Losss of Supply Deetector (LSD) element
e picku
up
OCLM op
perational cold
d load multiplie
er Trec cold load recognitition time
Tcl co
old load time (s
setting) N CLP timer readingg when supply y is restored
Panel menu layout fo

or Cold Load
d Protection ssettings is as
s follows.
Panel Na
avigation
ST [Press ESC]
Ø
[MAIN M
MENU] GROUP 1 COLD LOAD PROTECTION
S Cold Loa
ad Multipl ier 1.0
ª [G
Group 1…4] ad Time (m in)
Cold Loa 1
15
Cold Loa
ad Recognittion Time (min) 1
15
ª Otherr: [CLP] ⇒
OSM User Ma
anual Pro
otection 65
NOJA
A-5002-08
Cold Loa
ad Pickup Se
ettings
Title De
esignation Rang
ge Ressolution Fa
actory Defaultt
Cold L
Load Multiplierr CLM 1–5 0.1 1.0
0
Cold L
Load Time (min) Tcl, m
min 1 – 400 min
m 1m
min 15
5
Cold L
Load Recognittion Time (min
n) Trec, min 0 – 60 min
n 1m
min 15
5
6.1.11 Inrush Restrraint (IR))

Whenevver a feeder is energised, even afte er short outa
ages causedd by an autoo reclose, th
here are inruush
currents associated with
w certain types
t of load
d causing hig
gher than normal loadingg. Examples are transform
mer
excitation current and motor startt current.
The inrush element applies
a a temmporary multtiplier to the level of picku
up current onn detection of
o loss of suppply
(refer to section 6.8) which is rammped back d down to one when
w the supply is resto red. “Inrush Restraint Tim
me”
determin nes how longg it takes for the multiplierr to be ramped down.
Inrush re
estraint is no
ot applicable for OC3 (higgh set phase overcurrent), Negative P ence (NPS), EF
Phase Seque
ault) or SEF (Sensitive Earth
(Earth Fa E Fault) p
protection ele
ements.
Appropriiate applicatiion of Inrush Restraint alllows protecttion co-ordina
ation the flexxibility to cop
pe with transiient
es in load currrent caused by inrush w ithout comprromising prottection sensiitivity.
increase
Operatio
on of the Inru
ush element is illustrated in the diagra
am below.
Supply
w
where IRM – Inrush Restraint
R Multiplilier
V < LSD
& I < 3 A
M
OIRM – Operatio
onal Inrush Resstraint Multiplier
time P(LSD
D) – Pickup signal
s derived frrom LSD element
0
Tir – Inrush Restraint
R Time
P ( LSD )
1
time
0
Timer
1
Tir
time
0 3 cycles
OIRM
M
IRM
1
time
0
Panel Na
avigation GROUP
G 1 INR
RUSH RESTRA
AINT
ST [Press ESC]
Inrush Restraint Multiplier
r 5.
.0
Ø Inrush Restraint Time (s) 0.1
10
[MAIN M
MENU]
ª [Group Se
ettings]
ª [G
Group 1…4]
ª Otherr: [IR] ⇒
Inrush R
Restraint settiings
Title
e Des
signation Range Reso
olution Fa
actory Defaultt
Inrush
h Restraint Multiplier IRM 1 – 20 0.1 05
5.0
Inrush
h Restraint Tim
me (s) Tir,s 0.01 – 10s 0.01s 0.1
10
66 Protectio
P on OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
6.1.12
2 Tem
mporary Time
T Add
dition (TT
TA)
The Temmporary Time Addition (TTA) elemeent can be used to achie
eve fault isoolation with series
s reclossers
program
mmed with the
e same Timee Current Ch aracteristic (TCC).
(
The principle of operration is that each recloseer opens in response
r to a fault. Voltaage Reclosin
ng Control (re
efer
to sectio
on 6.9) inhibitts reclose op
perations of d
downstream devices unle ess the upstrream device closes. TTA A is
used to eextend the trripping time when
w the devvice closes and
a no fault is detected.
TTA can n operate in two modes, continuouss or transien nt. In both modes,
m whenn the device e closes onto a
healthy ssection of the
e feeder and
d no fault is d
detected with
hin 3 cycles, TTA is addeed. If the dev
vice closes on
o a
fault then
n TTA is not added.
In contin
nuous mode,, TTA remain ns on until th
he device op
pens. In tran moved when the
nsient mode , TTA is rem
Auto Recclose reset time has expired.
added to the TCC low sett instantaneo
TTA is a ous elementss (OC2, NPSS2 and EF2) only and is not applicable if
those ele
ements are mapped
m to disable (D) in the reclose sequence.
Panel menu layout fo
or TTA settin
ngs is illustra ted below.
Panel Na
avigation
ST [Press ESC]
Ø
GROUP
P 1 TEMPORA
ARY TIME AD
DDITION
[MAIN M
MENU]
S Time Addition Mode
e t
Transient
Transient Addition
nal Time (s
s) 0.00
0
ª [G
Group 1…4]
ª Otherr: [TTA] ⇒
TTA setttings
Title
e Design
nation Range Reso
olution Fa
actory Defaultt
Time A
Addition Mode
e TTA mod
de Tra
ansient/Continuous NA Tra
ansient
Transiient Additional Time (s) Tat,s 0 – 1s 0.01ss 0.0
00
Note:
• Voltage Reclo
osing Control (VRC)
( must be
e enabled for the TTA featu
ure to work. Reefer to section
n 6.9.
6.2 Au
uto Recllosing (A
AR OC//NPS/EF
F/SEF/Y
Yn)
The Recclosing elem
ment is responsible for reclosing se equences as ssociated wiith the Phas se Overcurre
ent,
Negative
e Phase Seqquence, Earth
h Fault, Senssitive Earth Fault
F and Admittance prootection elem
ments.
When AAuto Reclosin ng is active and
a a protecction trip occ curs, the devvice closes aafter the Reclose Time has h
passed. The sequen nce counter is then increemented and d the Reset Timer
T is starrted. If a fau
ult occurs witthin
the Rese et Time, the device will operate
o in acccordance with
w the next trip in the A AR reclose se equence. Wh hen
the Rese et Time expires the sequ uence counte er is reset to
o 1 and AR is ready to pperform its fu ull sequence.. A
user can
n configure separate
s reclose times fo
or each trip inn a reclose sequence andd the numbe er of trips beffore
the devicce goes to lo
ockout.
When AR R is enabled
d, if at any tim
me the device
e is closed by
b a manual source
s (i.e. H
HMI, SCADA A or Logic) orr by
a protecttion scheme such as Auttomatic Backkfeed restora vice will be inn Single Shot Mode until the
ation the dev
AR Rese et time expirres. When in Single Sho ot mode, if a fault occurrs, the devicee will do one
e trip to lockkout
using the Single Shhot Trip (SST) selected configuration. Please refer to secttion 6.2.6 Single S Shot Trip
T
(SST).
Note:
• A
Auto Reclosinng is active wh
hen Protectionn and Auto Re eclosing are ON,
O Live Line aand Hot Line Tag are OFF and
o
one of the pro
otection elemeents has “R” in
n the reclose map.
m
OSM User Ma
anual Pro
otection 67
NOJA-5002-08
• Each of the OC, NPS, EF, SEF and Yn protection element groups have their own sequence counter which is
only incremented when an element in that group generates a protection trip.
• A global trip counter only allows a maximum of four protection trips regardless of the source of the trip (includes
any protection element trip e.g. Under Voltage trip).
Panel Navigation PROTECTION GLOBAL SETTINGS

►Page 1◄ Page 2 Page 3
ª [Protection]
Active Group 1
ª [Page 1]
Protection Off
AR Auto Reclose Off
LL Live Line Off
EF Earth Fault Off
SEF Sensitive Earth Fault Off
CLP Cold Load Pickup Off
ABR Autobackfeed Restore Off
UV Undervoltage Off
UV4 Sag Off
HHLT Hot Line Tag Off
Panel Navigation GROUP 1 AUTO RECLOSING
[Turn Panel ON] ⇒ [SYSTEM STATUS] ⇒ [Press ESC] ► Auto Reclosing Map◄
Ø
Voltage Reclosing Control Disabled
[MAIN MENU]
1st Reclose Time (s) 10.00
ª [Groups Settings] 2nd Reclose Time (s) 20.00
3rd Reclose Time (s) 20.00
ª [Group 1…4]
Reset Time 30.00
ª Auto Reclosing: [AR] ⇒ ZSC Mode Disabled
LSRM Mode Disabled
LSRM Time (s) 15.00
Sequence Advance 0
OC Trips: 3, NPS Trips: 3

EF Trips: 3, SEF Trips: 0
Yn Trips: 0
Reclose Sequence Settings

Voltage reclosing control element VRC Enable Enabled/Disabled – Disabled
1st Reclose Time (s) Tr1,s 0.1 – 180s 0.01s 10.00
2nd Reclose Time (s) Tr2,s 1.0 – 180s 0.01s 20.00
3rd Reclose Time (s) Tr3,s 1.0 – 180s 0.01s 20.00
Reset time1 Tres 5.0 – 180s 0.01s 30.00
LSRM Mode LSRM Mode Enabled/Disabled - Disabled
LSRM Time (s) Timer, sec 1 – 300s 1s 15.00
Zone sequence co-ordination ZSC Mode Enabled / Disabled – Disabled
mode
Sequence Advance Sequence Advance 0-3 NA 0
Note:
1. Also referred to as AR Reset Time.

NOJA-5002-008
6.2.1 Loss
s of Supply Recl osing Mode (LSR
RM)
Loss of Supply Reclosing Mode (LSRM) is u used in autom mation schemes to restririct a reclose
er going throu
ugh
the full A
AR sequence er a loss of supply.
e when a fault occurs afte
If LSRM is enabled, when a Loss of Supply (LSD) is reg gistered, the recloser waiits for the “tie
e-in recloserr” to
nd restore supply (LSD fla
close an ag cleared) b ng the LSRM timer.
before startin
Single sh
hot characteristic (refer to be activated for the durattion of the LS
o 6.2.6) will b SRM timer.
If no fau
ult pickup is registered while
w the LS
SRM timer is
s active then
n when the LLSRM time expires,
e norm
mal
configure
ed auto recloose sequencce will be ena
abled.
Note:
• L
LSRM is appliicable to OC, NPS, EF and SEF protectio
on elements.
6.2.2 Zone Sequence Co-o

ordinatio
on (ZSC)
Enabling g Zone Sequ uence Co-ord
dination makkes the devicce move its trrip counter foorward by on
ne if it detectts a
downstre eam protection device haas operated (loss of fault current is detected). TThe counter increments onlyo
after all protection elements
e havve reset. Thiss allows co-ordination with
w downstreeam devices with fast tim mes
for initiall operations and
a slow tim
mes for subseequent opera ations.
Note:
• ZSC is appliicable to OC, NPS
N and EF p
protection elem
ments.
• If ZSC and Sectionaliser
S mode
m are enab
bled, if there is
i a protection operation, ZS
SC will be bloc
cked.
• ZSC will nott update the tri
rip and maximu
um current rec
corded.
6.2.3 Sequence Advance

A
This feaature advancces the sequ uence countter, forward by one if it detects thaat an upstre eam device has h
operatedd (a loss of supply is detected).
d W
When the nu umber of LS SDs reachess the predeffined Sequen nce
Advance e value (1-3), no other se
equence advvances can occur.
o Seque ence Advancce applies too all overcurrrent
elementss. It operate
es on a “C” orr an “R” in th
he AR map and is not allo
owed to exceeed the furtheest “S” or “L”” on
the right hand side of
o the AR ma ap for all of th s of whether the
he master ellements that are enabledd (regardless
sequencce advance value
v has been reached) . The sequen nce advance e feature will never cause
e a trip to occcur.
Refer to section 6.8 for
f descriptioon of LSD.
Note:
1. S
Sequence Ad
dvance will nott update the tri
rip and maximu
um current rec
corded and dooes not operatte when in ala
arm
m
mode.
6.2.4 Auto
o Reclos
sing Map
p
GROUP 1 AU
UTO RECLOSI
ING MAP
►OC/NP
PS◄ EF/SEF
F Yn
ª [Au
uto Reclosing
g Map]
NPS] ⇒
ª [OC/N 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
SST E - - - SST E - - -
OC1+ R R L L OC1- D D D D
OC2+ D D D D OC2- D D D D
OC3+ L L L L OC3- D D D D
SST E - - - SST E - - -
NPS1+ R R L L NPS1- D D D D
NPS2+ D D D D NPS2- D D D D
NPS3+ L L L L NPS3- D D D D
OSM User Ma
anual Pro
otection 69
NOJA
A-5002-08
GROUP 1 AU
UTO RECLOSI
ING MAP
OC/NPS ►EF/SEF◄
◄ Yn
ª [A
Auto Reclosin
ng Map]
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
SEF] ⇒
ª [EF/S SST E - - - SST E - - -
EF1+ R R L L EF1- D D D D
EF2+ D D D D EF2- D D D D
EF3+ L L L L EF3- D D D D
SEF+ D D D D SEF- D D D D
GROUP 1 AU
UTO RECLOSI
ING MAP
OC/NPS EF/SEF ►Yn◄

ª [A
Auto Reclosin
ng Map]
1 2 3 4
ª [Yn] ⇒ Yn D D D D
Available
e operating modes for each
e of the e
elements (O
OC1+, OC1-, OC2+, OC22-, OC3+, OC3-,
O EF1+ and
a
EF1-, EFF2-, EF2+, EF3-,
E EF3+, NPS1+,
N NPSS1-, NPS2+, NPS2-, NPS
S3+, NPS3-, S
SEF+, SEF- and Yn) are
e;
ttrip and Reclose trip an
nd Lockout
A
Alarm only Disablle.
The maxximum numb ber of operaations to locckout is defined by applying masterr element se ettings e.g. if 3
operations are requirred, the apprropriate OC1
1, EF1, NPS1 1, SEF, Yn elements
e he 3rd trip.
havve an L for th
For OC,, EF and NPS, fuse sa aving or burrning regimees can be im pplication of an
mplemented through ap
appropriate operating
g mode to th
he stage 2 an
nd 3 protectio
on elements
6.2.5 Secttionalisin
ng
A Sectio
onaliser “Cou
unts” the num
mber of upst ream operattions under fault
f ns to isolate the
conditioons and open
downstreeam fault when
w a pre-c number of “C”s (counts) is reachedd in the AR
configured n R map and the
upstream
m device is open.
o
When Se ectionalise Mode

M is Enabbled, the “C”” (Count) and d “S” (Sectio
onalise) in thee recloser map
m will beco ome
available
e:
• ““C” (Count) - Sectionaliser Count: When the fault f current exceeds thhe pickup se ettings and the
protection tim
mer expires, the device wwill wait for detection
d of Loss of Sup ply (LSD) be efore increassing
tthe sequencce counter in the AR map p.
• ““S” (Sectionalise) – Sectionaliser Trrip: When the e fault current exceeds tthe pickup settings
s and the
protection tim will wait for detection of Loss
mer expires, the device w L of Suppply (LSD) before opening the
ddevice.
Note:
• IIf the last entr
try in the Auto
o Reclose Seq quence is “L” (Lockout) the
en the recloser
er will not waitt for LSD and will
oopen as soon as the protec ction timer exp
pires causing a Protection Trip.
T
The secttionalising ca
apability can be enabled for each of the Protection Group Setttings.
70 Protectio
P on OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
Autorec
close Map
• W When Sectio onalise Mode e is Enabled,, the “C” (Count) and “S” (Sectionaliseer) in the rec closer map will
w
bbecome available. All otther auto recclose options will still be available.
a Sta
tandard AR mapping
m logic
aapplies but in
n addition, note the follow
wing:
o “R” ca an only prece ede “L” where eas “C” can precede
p “S” or “L”.
o “S” an nd “L” can be used in the same AR mapping group p for each off the forward and reverse e
elemeents. For example if the s equence C-S S-S-S is used for OC1+ tthen we can use C-L-L-L for
OC2+.
o “R” an nd “C” cannott be used in the same AR R mapping group for eacch of the forw ward and
reversse elements. For example e if the sequeence R-R-L-L is used forr OC1+ then we cannot use u
C-S-DD-D for OC2+ +.
o If “R” is used in the forward ele ement group p then it is po
ossible to usee “C” in the reverse
r elemment
group and vice verrsa. For exam mple if R-R-LL-L is used foor OC1+ thenn we can use e C-S-D-D foor
OC2- (if OC1- has a “C” or “S” in the config guration).
• W When Sectio onalise Mode e is Disabled , “C” in the recloser map will change to “R” and th he “S” in the
rrecloser mapp will changee to “L”. Thiss change app plies to all ov
vercurrent baased protection elements
((OC/NPS/EF F/SEF/Yn).
ne (LL)
Live Lin
When LLL is enabled the device will
w trip to lockkout immedia
ately on a fault based onn the LL prote
ection setting
gs.
Single S
Shot Mode (SST)
• Please refer to section 6.2.6 for beha
aviour when device is in SST
S mode.
Panel Na
avigation GROUP 1 SETTINGS

ST [Press ESC]
Sectio
onaliser Mo
ode led◄
►Disabl
Ø
Protection Sett ings
[MAIN M
MENU]
OC NPS EF SEF Yn LL
L
ª [Group Se
ettings] MNT FE VE ABR VRC HR
RM
ª [G
Group 1…4]
Auto Reclosing:
AR ARVE
Direct
tional Elemments:
OC NPS EF SEF
Other:
CLP IT TTA
A
Warning:
• When Section naliser Mode is Enabled a warning me essage is dissplayed askinng the user to o review the AR
m
mapping for correct
c configu
uration and the
e user has the
e option to con
nfirm or cancell the request.
• When Sectionnaliser is Disabbled a warning g message is displayed infoorming the usser that the “C”s and “S”s in the
A
AR map will change
c to “R” s and “L”s, resspectively. Th
he user has the option to coonfirm or cance
el the request.
When se
ectionaliser mode
m is enab
bled, its statu
us will be displayed in the
e System Staatus screen.
6.2.6 Sing
gle Shot Trip (SS
ST)
Any trip in a sequence (trip 1, 2, 3 or 4) can be selected for a Single Shot Trip (S
SST) and this
s will determ
mine
the time current charracteristics used when Siingle Shot is initiated.
The Sing
gle Shot Trip
p can be se
et independe
ently for OC+
+, OC-, EF+ EF-, NPS+ and NPS- elements
e in the
Auto Recclosing map.
When thhe device is in SST mod de, if a prote ation occurs, the device will do one shot to lockkout
ection opera
based on
n the SST seettings in the AR map.
OSM User Ma
anual Pro
otection 71
NOJA-5002-08
The device will be in SST mode in the following situations1, 2:

• When AR is enabled, any time the device is closed from a manual source (i.e. HMI panel, SCADA or
logic) or a protection/automation scheme3 such as Automatic Backfeed Restoration (ABR) and the
AR reset timer has not expired.
• When AR is disabled, any time the device is closed from any source.
• if LSRM mode is enabled and the LSRM timer has not expired
• when HLT is turned ON4
• from a closed position when Protection or Auto Reclosing is turned ON and the AR reset timer has
not expired.
Notes:
1. Protection must be enabled for Single Shot trip to be initiated. SST does not apply to SEF and Yn elements.
2. Device may behave differently when Sectionalise is enabled. Refer to section below.
3. Protection/automation schemes include ABR, Auto Change Over (ACO) and UV3 AutoClose.
4. When HLT is ON, the SST protection settings apply with the exception of when HLT is linked to LL. In that
instance the LL protections settings apply.
SST and Sectionaliser mode

If sectionalising is enabled and the device is in Single Shot mode it will do one shot to lockout immediately
on a fault for safety reasons (i.e. it will not wait for LSD) when certain conditions apply. See the tables
below.
Auto Reclosing - SST Conditions
Settings Condition AR Reset SST AR Map Device waits for

Timer Mode LSD
AR Device is closed from a manual Not Yes “L”, “R”, “S” or “C” No
Enabled source. Expired
Device is closed from a Not Yes “L” or “R” No
protection/automation scheme Expired
such as ABR.
Device is closed from a Not Yes “S” or “C” Yes

protection/automation scheme Expired
such as ABR.
AR Device is closed from any source Not Yes “L”, “R”, “S” or “C” No
Disabled Expired
Device is closed from any source Expired Yes “L” or “R” No
Device is closed from any source Expired Yes “S” or “C” Yes
HLT and LSRM - SST conditions
Settings Condition AR Reset SST AR Map Device waits for

Timer Mode LSD
HLT Device is closed from any source NA Yes “L”, “R”, “S” or “C” No
Enabled
LSRM Device is closed and LSRM time NA Yes “L” or “R” No
Enabled has not expired
Device is closed and LSRM time NA Yes “S” or “C” Yes

has not expired

NOJA-5002-008
6.2.7 AR OC/NPS/
O /EF/SEF//Yn Settings
The Auto o Reclose map
m for OC, NPS, EF, S EF and Yn determines
d how
h each eleement opera
ates. Any of the
trips can d as a single shot trip. Byy default the first trip is se
n be selected elected for S
SST.
The operating modess are defined

d as follows:
R = trip a
and Reclose
e A = Alarm
m only L = trip and Lockout C = Coount S = Sectionalise
e
D = Disaable + = SST Set to this T
Trip
AR OC/N
NPS/EF/SEF
F/Yn Element Operating M
Mode Setting
gs
Factory d
defaults are in
n the column on
o the right ha
and side of eac
ch field.
st nd rd th
Elem
ment 1 trip 2 trip 3 trip 4 trip
SST OC
C+ +
OC1+ R/L/A//D/C/S R R/L/A/D/C
C/S R R/L/A/D/C
C/S L L/A/D/S L
OC2+ R/L/A//D/C/S D R/L/A/D/C
C/S D R/L/A/D/C
C/S D L/A/D/S D
OC3+ R/L/A//D/C/S L R/L/A/D/C
C/S L R/L/A/D/C
C/S L L/D/S L
SST NP
PS+ +
NPS1+
+ R/L/A//D/C/S R R/L/A/D/C
C/S R R/L/A/D/C
C/S L L/A/D/S L
NPS2+
+ R/L/A//D/C/S D R/L/A/D/C
C/S D R/L/A/D/C
C/S D L/A/D/S D
NPS3+
+ R/L/A//D/C/S L R/L/A/D/C
C/S L R/L/A/D/C
C/S L L/D/S L
SST EF
F+
EF1+ R/L/A//D/C/S R R/L/A/D/C
C/S R R/L/A/D/C
C/S L L/A/D/S L
EF2+ R/L/A//D/C/S D R/L/A/D/C
C/S D R/L/A/D/C
C/S D L/D/S D
EF3+ R/L/A//D/C/S L R/L/A/D/C
C/S L R/L/A/D/C
C/S L L/A/D/S L
SEF+ R/L/A//D/C/S D R/L/A/D/C
C/S D R/L/A/D/C
C/S D L/A/D/S D
SST OC
C- +
OC1- R/L/A//D/C/S D R/L/A/D/C
C/S D R/L/A/D/C
C/S D L/A/D/S D
C/S D R/L/A/D/C
C/S D L/A/D/S D
C/S D R/L/A/D/C
C/S D L/D/S D
SST NP
PS- +
NPS1- R/L/A//D/C/S D R/L/A/D/C
C/S D R/L/A/D/C
C/S D L/A/D/S D
C/S D R/L/A/D/C
C/S D L/A/D/S D
C/S D R/L/A/D/C
C/S D L/D/S D
SST EF
F- +
EF1- R/L/A//D/C/S D R/L/A/D/C
C/S D R/L/A/D/C
C/S D L/A/D/S D
C/S D R/L/A/D/C
C/S D L/A/D/S D
C/S D R/L/A/D/C
C/S D L/D/S D
SEF- R/L/A//D/C/S D R/L/A/D/C
C/S D R/L/A/D/C
C/S D L/A/D/S D
Yn R/L/A//D/C/S D R/L/A/D/C
C/S D R/L/A/D/C
C/S D L/A/D/S D
Notes:
1 AAll elements can be config gured to “C” aand “S” when sectionalising g is enabled. AR map logic c applies. Pleease
refer to sectio
on 6.2.5.
2 AAlarms (A) aree activated whhen a protectio
on element deetects that a protection
p operration is requiired and will re
eset
when the pro otection element resets. T This is indepe
endent of wha at is in the ARR map unles ss the elemen nt is
Disabled (“D””). Refer to sec
ction 6.2.14 A
Alarm Latching
g for more detaails.
3 SSST does nott apply to SEF F and Yn eleme ents.
OSM User Ma
anual Pro
otection 73
NOJA
A-5002-08
6.2.8 Disa
able Fastt Trips (D
DFT)
This settting disabless the low set elements ((OC2+/OC2-, NPS2+/NP
PS2- and EF
F2+/EF2-). It will disable the
elementss but will nott change the AR Map.
Panel Na
avigation PR
ROTECTION G
GLOBAL SETT
TINGS

[Turn Pa [ ST
TATUS] Page 1 ►Page 2◄ Page 3
ª [Protectio
on]
ative Seque
NPS Nega ence Off
ª [P
Page 2]
OV Overr Voltage Off
UF Undeer Frequenc
cy Off
OF Overr Frequency
y Off
HRM Harm
monics Off
HLT Link
k HLT to LL
L Off
MNT Maximum Number
r of Trips Off
SSM Shor
rt Sequence
e Mode Off
DFT Disa
able Fast T
Trips Off
Max No. of Trips t
to Lockout Normal
Alarm mo
ode Off
DFT setttings
Title Designation
D Range Reso
olution Fa
actory Defaultt
Disablle Fast Trips DF
FT On/Off NA Offf
6.2.9 Max
ximum Nu
umber o
of Trips (M
MNT)
Maximum m Number of Trips (MNT) limits tthe number of protectio on trips alloowed for loww set eleme ents
(OC2+/OOC2-, NPS2+/NPS2- and EF2+/EF2 2-) in a sliding window of time. Thhe user sets s the maxim mum
number of trips to occcur over a sets amount o e number of trips is exceeeded during this period, the
of time. If the
disable ffast trips (DF Refer to section 6.2.8 .
FT) setting is activated. R
The counter is reset by:
• tturning off th
he MNT contrrol
• a manual trip
p or close (in
ncluding a I/O
O, SCADA orr PC source))
• cchanging the
e group settin
ngs.
The Secctionaliser trip
p is counted in the MNT functionality
y only when “C”
“ and/or “S S” are in the AR Map in one
o
n (e.g. forwarrd elements) and “R” and
direction d/or “L” are in
n the AR ma
ap in the oppposite directio
on (e.g. reve
erse
elementss).
Panel Na
avigation
ST [Press ESC] GROUP 1 MAXIM UM NUMBER OF TRIPS
Ø
Maximum Number o
of Trips ble
Disab
[MAIN M
MENU] Number of Protec
ction Trips
s 6
S Prot Trip Window
w (Hrs) 3
ª [G
Group 1…4]
ª Protection Settinggs: [MNT] ⇒
74 Protectio
P on OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
Max No of Trips settiings
Title Design
nation Rang
ge Resollution Fa
actory Defaultt
Maximum
m Number of Trips
T Exce
ess Fast Trip M
Mode Off/On NA Off
Number o
of Protection Trips
T Trip Count 1 - 50 1 6
Protectio
on Trip Window
w Trip Window
W 1 – 24H
Hrs 1 3
6.2.10
0 Max
x No of Trips to L
Lockout (79
( Lockout)
Max No of Trips to Lockout limits
s OC, NPS, E
EF, SEF and VE protectio
on to a user sspecified number of tripss.
There arre three optio
ons:
• Normal: 4 sh
hot to lockoutt protection ssequences
• 7
79-3: overrid
des 4 shot to lockout prottection seque out occurs att the 3rd trip
ences. Locko
• 7
79-2: overrid
des 4 shot to lockout prottection seque out occurs att the 2nd trip.
ences. Locko
If there iss an “S” in th
he AR map th
he device wi ll do a Sectio
onaliser trip to
t lockout.
Panel Na
avigation PROTECTION
P GLOBAL SET
TTINGS

[Turn Pa [ ST
ª [Protectio
on]
NPS Neg
gative Sequuence Off
ª [P
Page 2]
OV Oveer Voltage Off
UF Undder Frequenncy Off
OF Oveer Frequenccy Off
HRM Har
rmonics Off
HLT Lin
nk HLT to LLL Off
MNT Max
ximum Numbeer of Trips Off
SSM Sho
ort Sequencce Mode Off
DFT Dis
sable Fast Trips Off
Max No.
. of Trips to Lockoutt Normal
l
Alarm mode
m Off
f
Max No of Trips to Lockout settin

ngs
Title Des
signation Range Resoluttion Fac
ctory Defaultt
MNT Maximu
um Number off Off/On
n NA Off
MNT Maxximum Numbe
er of Trips
Trips
Max No o
of Trips to Locckout Max No of Trrips to Lockout Norma
al/ NA Norma
al
3/2
6.2.11 Short Seque

ence Mod
de (SSM))
Short Se
equence Mo ode limits OCC, NPS, EF , SEF and VE V protectio
on to the firsst and last trips of an Auto
A
Reclose trip sequen nce. The lasst reclose timme in the seequence is used
u as thee reclose timme for the shhort
sequencce setting. Fo
or example, a 4 trip to locckout sequence such as O-5s-CO-5ss-CO-10s-CO O-lockout woould
become O-10s-CO-lo ockout.
OSM User Ma
anual Pro
otection 75
NOJA
A-5002-08
Panel Na
avigation PR
ROTECTION G
GLOBAL SETT
TINGS
[Turn Pa [ ST
TATUS]
Page 1 ►Page 2◄ Page 3
ª [Protectio
on]
Page 2] ⇒
ª [P NPS Nega
ative Seque
ence Off
OV Overr Voltage Off
UF Undeer Frequenc
cy Off
OF Overr Frequency
y Off
HRM Harm
monics Off
HLT Link
k HLT to LL
L Off
MNT Maxi
imum Number
r of Trips Off
SSM Shor
rt Sequence
e Mode Off
DFT Disa
able Fast T
Trips Off
Max No. of Trips t
to Lockout Normal
Alarm mo
ode Off
SSM setttings
Title De
esignation Range
R Resolu
ution Fa
actory Defaultt
Short S
Sequence Mod
de SSM
M On/Off NA Off
6.2.12
2 Alarrm Mode
When A Alarm mode isi ON and Protection
P is OFF all pro otection elem
ments remainn enabled, however
h the trip
map beh haves such that
t all “L, S, R and C” se
ettings in the
e reclose ma m operations will
ap operate ass “A”. Alarm
be logge
ed and reportted via protocols.
Alarm Mode Summa

ary
Prottection Alarm Mod

de Behaviour
ON ON or OFF Protecction acts as normal
n regardless of Alarm mode settings s
OFF ON All pro
otection eleme ents remain enabled, howevver the trip map changed such
s
that a
all “L, S, R, C and
a A” settings s in the reclosse map operatte as “A”.
OFF OFF Theree will be no picckups or alarm
ms.
Panel Na
avigation PR
ROTECTION G
GLOBAL SETT
TINGS

[Turn Pa [ ST
ª [Protectio
on]
NPS Nega
ative Sequeence Off
Page 2] ⇒
ª [P OV Over Voltage Off
UF Undeer Frequenccy Off
OF Over Frequency y Off
HRM Harm
monics Off
HLT Link
k HLT to LLL Off
MNT Maxi
imum Numbe r of Trips Off
SSM Short Sequencee Mode Off
DFT Disa
able Fast TTrips Off
Max No. of Trips t
to Lockout Normal
Alarm mo
ode Off
Alarm Mode settingss
Title Des
signation Ra
ange Resolu
ution Fa
actory Defaultt
Alarm Mode Alarm
m On/Off NA Off
76 Protectio
P on OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
6.2.13
3 Ope
erating Mode
M
The Ope
erating mode
e of the switc
chgear is defiined as follow
ws:
Protection Alarm Mode1 Section

naliser Operating Mode e
ON ON or OFF OFF Reccloser
OFF OFF NA Sw
witch
OFF ON NA Ala
arm Switch
ON ON or OFF ON Secctionaliser
Note:
1. P
Please referr to section 6..2.12 Alarm M
Mode.
The System Status menu

m ys the config uration (Con
display nfig) of the sw
witchgear whhich includes
s the switchg
gear
d operating mode
type and m as show
wn below.
Panel Na
avigation SYSTEM STA
ATUS

[Turn Pa [ TATUS] ⇒
ST ►G
GENERAL◄ WARNING
W MA
ALFUNCTION
Da
ate/Time : 21/01/2
2011, 10:00
0:18
Co
onfig e, Recloser
: 3 Phase
St
tatus : Lockout
t
Me
easurements
s P
Power Quali
ity
In
nput/Output
t P
Power Suppl
ly
Pr
rotection P
Protocols
Au
utomation C
Communicati
ions Port
L
Logic
6.2.14
4 Alarrm Latch
hing
Alarms a
are activated
d when a prottection eleme
ent detects that
t a protecttion operatioon is required
d.
When th
he alarm is no
ot latched, th n the protecttion element resets.
he alarm will automaticallly reset when
When thhe alarm is la

atched, it will remain activve when the protection elements
e reseets. The ala
arm can then n be
manuallyy reset via the
t Reset an nd Alerts me enus on the panel (referr to sectionss 7.8 and 7.9.1) or throu ugh
SCADA or Logic usiing “Reset Binary
B Fault T Targets”. Th
he alarm will also reset when the sw witch transitio
ons
from ope
en to close iff “Reset Flags on Close” is enabled (rrefer to sectio
on 7.8).
Note:
• While a protecction element is active the a
alarm for that element
e canno
ot be reset.
Panel Na
avigation
ST [Press ESC] ⇒ Faul
lt Flags
Ø
Reset Fault Flag
gs on close
e Enable
ed
[MAIN M
MENU] Displa
ay Alerts Disable
ed
Alarm Not Latche
ed
S
Fault Flags] ⇒
ª [F
Alarm La
atching Settin
ngs
Factory
Title Designatiion Range Resolution
Default
Alarm La
atching Alarm
m Latching Latched/Not Latched
L N/A Not Latched
d
OSM User Ma
anual Pro
otection 77
NOJA-5002-08
6.3 Reset Logical Block Close

Logical Block Close is a command that can be issued from an I/O module, a logic expression or through a
SCADA point to block close operations from any source.
“Reset Logical Block Close” is used to reset the Logical Block Close and can be issued from the HMI panel
as shown below.
Panel Navigation
RESET MENU
Ø Energy Meters
[MAIN MENU] Fault Counters
SCADA Counters
ª [Reset Menu] DNP3-SA Counters
ª [Reset Logical Block Close] ⇒ GOOSE Counters
Reset Hot Line Tag
Oscillography records
Interruption Counters and Duration
Sag/Swell Counters and Duration
Reset Logical Block Close
Reset GPS Hardware
Reset Wi-Fi Hardware
Reset Mobile Network Modem
6.4 Voltage Protection (VE)

Voltage protection allows protection to operate in response to dips or rises in three phase voltage, phase
imbalance, loss of phase or loss of three phase supply. There are four Under Voltage elements (UV1, UV2,
UV3 and UV4 Sag), four Over Voltage elements (OV1, OV2, OV3 and OV4) and an Auto Reclosing element
(AR VE).
The Auto Reclosing element allows up to three reclose operations if the device has operated in response to
any voltage element. Each element can be enabled or disabled but the reclose time is the same for all
voltage elements. Additional auto reclose settings can be configured for the Loss of Supply Under Voltage
element (UV3). Refer to section 6.4.3.
For the UV4 Sag element additional settings apply. Please see below and refer to section 6.4.4.
Note:
• The fault reset time for the VE protection elements is 50ms and is not configurable.

NOJA-5002-08
Panel Navigation GROUP 1 VOLTAGE ELEMENT
[Turn Panel ON] ⇒ [SYSTEM STATUS] ⇒ [Press ESC] ►Under Voltage◄ Over Voltage Sag
Ø
UV1 (Phase):
[MAIN MENU] Voltage Multiplier 0.85
ª [Groups Settings] Tripping Time (s) 10.00
ª [Group 1…4] UV2 (Line to Line):

ª Protection Settings [VE] Voltage Multiplier 0.80
Tripping Time (s) 10.00
ªUnder Voltage ⇒
UV3 (Loss of Supply):
Tripping Time (s) 60.00
GROUP 1 VOLTAGE ELEMENT
ª Over Voltage
Under Voltage ►Over Voltage◄ Sag
ª [Page 1] ⇒
►Page 1◄ Page 2
OV1 (Phase):
OV1 Voltage Multiplier 1.15
OV1 Tripping Time (s) 10.00
OV2 (Line to Line):

Under Voltage ►Over Voltage◄ Sag

ª Over Voltage
ª [Page 2] ⇒ Page 1 ►Page 2◄
OV3 (Neutral Displacement):

Moving Average Mode Disabled
Moving Average Window (s) 5.0
OV4 (Negative Sequence):

Ov4 Tripping Time (s) 10.00
ªSAG ⇒ Under Voltage Over Voltage ►Sag◄
UV4 Sag:
Min Multiplier 0.10
Max Multiplier 0.90
Mid Multiplier 0.5
Operation Time (s) 10
Lockout time (Min) 10
Voltage Type Ph/Gnd
Voltages ABC_RST

NOJA
A-5002-08
6.4.1 Phase Under Voltage

e (UV1)
Phase U Under Voltagee is mainly used
u for load shedding. Itt responds to
o three phasee positive se
equence volta
age
falling be
elow a user set
s level.
UV1 setttings
Title
e Des
olution Fa
actory Defaultt
Voltag
ge Multiplier UV1 UM
M 0.6 – 1 0.01 0.8
85
Trippin
ng Time (s) UV1 Td
dt Min, s 0 – 180s 0.01s 10
0.00
Notes:
1. For UV1 pickkup voltage eq quals UM x U U_rated / √3; where
w U_rated d is the rated system voltag
ge entered in the
measuremen nt settings (refe
er to section 5
5.2).
2. UV1 will not operate
o underr LSD conditio on – use UV3 for
f this situatio
on.
6.4.2 Line
e to Line Under V
Voltage (U
UV2)
Line to L
Line Under Voltage
V is used to prote
ect downstream loads se
ensitive to vooltage imbalance or dipss in
voltage. It responds to
t a voltage drop across any two pha
ases.
UV2 Setttings
Title Designa
ation Range Reso
olution Fa
actory Defaultt
Voltag
ge multiplier UV
V2 UM 0.6 – 1 0.01 0.8
80
Trippin
ng time (s) UV
V2 Tdt Min, s 0 – 180s 0.01s 10
0.00
Notes:
1. For UV2 elem ment pickup voltage Up equ uals UM x U_rrated; where U_rated is thee rated system
m voltage ente
ered
in the measurrement setting
gs (refer to secction 5.2).
2. UV2 will not operate
o underr LSD conditioon – use UV3 for
f this situatio
on.
6.4.3 Loss
s of Supply Unde
er Voltag
ge (UV3)
Loss of S
Supply Unde er Voltage allows the reccloser to ope
en in respons se to a loss of three pha ase supply. This
T
element monitors the e output of the
t Loss of S Supply Dete ector (LSD) and
a respondss to a loss of o current onn all
three phases plus a loss of voltagge on either the ABC or RST
R side terrminals (or alll six HV term
minals). Refe
er to
section 6
6.8 for a description of LS
SD.
UV3 setttings
Title Designa
ation Range Reso
olution Fa
actory Defaultt
Trippin
ng time (s) UV
V3 Tdt Min, s 0 – 180s 0.01s 60
0.00
6.4.4 Volttage Sag Protectiion (UV4

4 Sag)
The Volttage Sag Prrotection elemment (UV4 S Sag) protectss against a voltage
v sag condition wh hen the volta
age
drops wiithin a user defined
d windo
ow for greate
er than a pre
e-configured time (operatiion time) as shown below
w:
UV
V4 Sag min < Voltage < U
UV 4 Sag ma
ax for ≥ Operation Time ((seconds)
When th e device is closed a prote

he UV4 Sag condition occurs and the ection operaation is initiated e.g. a trip
p or
alarm.
g Blocking
UV4 Sag
When th
he UV4 Sag condition
c occcurs and the pen, a close operation froom any source (e.g. AR VE,
e device is op V
nel, SCADA, I/O or logic) is blocked a
HMI pan and the devicce goes to loc
ckout.
If AR is turned ON or
o OFF, UV4 4 Sag Blocki ng is reset. If the UV4 Sag fault is present the operation timmer
restarts. If the UV4
4 Sag fault is nt when the operation tim
s still presen me expires tthen UV4 Sa ag blocking will
prevent a close operration from any source an nd if a close command is issued the ddevice goes to lockout.
80 Protectio
P on OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
UV4 Sagg Lockout Time

T
The devvice will automatically go to lockout w
when the UV
V4 Sag condition is true for longer th
han the Lockkout
ee table below).
Time (se
UV4 Setttings
Title Desig
gnation Range Reesolution Factory
F Defau
ult
1
Min Mu
ultiplier UM (Min)) 0.01
0 – 0.8 0.001 0.10
Max Mu
ultiplier UM (Maxx) 0.5
0 – 1.0 0.001 0.90
2
Mid Mu
ultiplier UM (Mid)) 0.5
0 – 1.0 0.001 0.5
Operatiion Time (s) Tdt Min, s 1 – 180 0.001s 10
Lockout Time3 (min) Lockout ttime, min 0 – 1440 1m
min 10
4
Voltage
e Type Voltage T
Type Ph/Gnd,
P Ph/Ph
h N/A
A Ph/Gnd
P
es5
Voltage Voltages ABC_RST,
A AB
BC, RST N/A
A ABC_RST
A
Notes:
1. UV4 Sag Min n equals Min Multiplier x U_
U_rated, UV4 Sag S Max equa als Max Multipplier x U_rateed, UV4 Sag Mid
threshold equuals Mid Multipplier x U_rate
ed where U_ra ated is the sysstem voltage. ((Note: When Phase to Gro ound
voltage is mo
onitored then the multipliers refer to U_ratted / √3)
2. The UV4 Sag g Mid threshold is used to geenerate a midd-point alarm (SCADA
( only) and does nott prevent a clo
ose.
3. If Lockout Tim
me is set to 0, UV4 Sag willll prevent a cloose indefinitely
y and not go tto lockout (a UV4
U Sag blockking
event generaated).
4. The user cann select to mon nitor phase to
o ground voltages Ua, Ub, Uc, U Ur, Us, Utt (generally forr single phase
e) or
phase to phase voltages Uab,
U Ubc, Uca,, Urs, Ust, Utrr
5. When the AC CR is open: AB BC_RST moniitors all 6 bush hings, ABC or RST monitorss one set of bu ushings.
When the AC CR is closed: only
o ABC bush hings are monnitored.
UV4 Sag
g protection is
i deactivateed when:
• UV4 Sag picckup has rese et and the 50
0ms reset tim
mer has expired
• UV4 Sag glo obal control iss turned OFFF
• UV4 Sag ele ement is disa abled
• UV global co ontrol is turne
ed OFF
• GGlobal protection is turneed OFF.
6.4.5 Phase Over Voltage (OV1)

Phase O
Over Voltage responds to three phase
e positive seq
quence volta
age rising aboove a user set level.
OV1 setttings
Title
e Des
olution Fa
actory Defaultt
Voltag
ge multiplier OV1 UM
M 1.0 – 1.2 0.01 1.1
15
Trippin
ng time (s) OV1 Td
dt Min, s 0 – 180s 0.01s 10
0.00
Note: Fo
or OV1 pickup
p voltage equ uals UM x U_rrated / √3; where
wh U_rated is the rated system voltag
ge entered in the
me
easurement settings
s (refer to
t section 5.2)).
6.4.6 Line
e to Line Over Vo
oltage (O
OV2)
Line to L
Line Over Vo
oltage respon
nds to a volta
age rise acro
oss any two phases.
p
OV2 Setttings
Title
e Des
olution Fa
actory Defaultt
OV2 V
Voltage multiplier OV2 UM
M 1.0 – 1.2 0.01 1.1
15
OV2 T
Tripping time (s) OV2 Td
dt Min, s 0 – 180s 0.01s 10
0.00
Note:
• FFor OV2 elem
ment pickup vooltage equals UM x U_rate
ed; where U_rrated is the raated system voltage
v entered in
tthe measurem
ment settings (refer
( to sectio
on 5.2).
OSM User Ma
anual Pro
otection 81
NOJA
A-5002-08
6.4.7 Neutral Disp

placemen
nt Overvoltage (O
OV3)
Neutral Displacemennt Overvolta
age protectio
on (59N) is used in distribution nettworks with high ground ding
impedannce. 59N is designed
d to be
b used for eearth-fault protection in isolated neuttral, resistan
nce grounded
d or
reactancce grounded systems.
p due to the OV3 elemen
A pickup nt can be blo
ocked if the correspondin
c et via Logic, I/O
ng “Block” daatapoint is se
or SGA e.g. if Blockk P(OV3) is set via SG
GA then pick kups and prootection ope rations due to OV3 will be
blocked.
Pickups due to OV3 can also be blocked whe
en Moving Av e is enabled (see below).
verage Mode
Moving Average Mo
ode
When “M Moving Averaage Mode” iss enabled, O
OV3 values accumulate
a a each quarrter cycle and are averag
at ged
every 1000ms. The calculated
c va
alues of OV33 during the “Moving Ave
erage Windoow” are usedd instead of the
instantan
neous valuess of OV3.
When M
Moving Average Mode is enabled,
e if on
n a close, OVV3 pickup is present on aany side of the recloser (i.e.
(
ABC and
d/or RST sid
de), the protection opera ation due to OV3 is inhibbited and Bloock P(OV3) is set, until the
measure
ed OV3 value
es become leess than the threshold.
OV3 Setttings
Title Designa
ation Range
e Ressolution Factory Default
OV3 Vo
oltage multiplier OV
V3 UM 0.01-1 0.01 0..05
OV3 Trripping time (ss) OV
V3 Tdt Min, s 0 – 180s 0.01 s 10
0.00
Moving
g Average Mod
de Mo
oving Average Mode Disabled/Enabled NA Disabled
Moving
g Average Win
ndow (s) Mo
oving Average Window, s 0.1 to 10 0.1 5..0
Note:
• The neutral (o
or residual) voltage is equal to three times
s the zero seq
quence voltagee.
• FFor OV3 elemment pickup vooltage equals UM x U_rated d / √3; where U_rated is thee rated system
m voltage ente
ered
iin the measurrement setting
gs (refer to secction 5.2).
• OV3 does nott operate if all of the 3 phase
e to ground vo
oltages fall below 0.5kV.
• IIf the pickup voltages
v are be
elow 0.1kV th ey are reporte
ed as 0.1kV.
• Update rate fo
or moving ave
erage window iis 100ms.
6.4.8 Negative Sequence O

Overvolttage (OV
V4)
Negative
e Sequence Overvoltage e (47N) prote ects the system against voltage imbbalance and operates wh
hen
the nega
ative sequence voltage exceeds the tthreshold sett by the user.
OV4 Setttings
Title
e Des
olution Fa
actory Defaultt
OV4 V
Voltage multiplier OV4 UM
M 0.01-1 0.01 0.0
05
OV4 T
Tripping time (s) OV4 Td
dt Min, s 0 – 180s 0.01s 10
0.00
Note:
• FFor OV4 elemment pickup vooltage equals UM x U_rated d / √3; where U_rated is thee rated system
m voltage ente
ered
iin the measurrement settings (refer to secction 5.2).
• OV4 does nott operate if all of the 3 phase
e to ground vo
oltages fall below 0.5kV.
• A pickup will not
n be activate
ed when the s witch is open unless the rec
close map is sset to alarm.
• When in the open
o state OV
V4 is only appliicable to the ABC
A bushings..
• OV4 does nott operate if the
e pickup voltag
ge < 0.5kV.
• IIf the pickup voltages
v are be
elow 0.1kV th ey are reporte
ed as 0.1kV.
82 Protectio
P on OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-08
6.5 Auto Reclosing Voltage Element (AR VE)

Voltage Element Reclosing is activated by a protection operation initiated by any of the voltage elements.
The number of trips to lockout and a single reclose time for all voltage elements can be user set. The reclose
sequence reset time is set by AR OC/NPS/EF/SEF.
If none of the voltage elements are mapped for Trip to Reclose then AR VE is disabled.
UV4 Sag can block a close operation. Please refer to Section 6.4.4.
GROUP 1 AR VE
Panel Navigation
[Turn Panel ON] ⇒ [SYSTEM STATUS] ⇒ [Press ESC] VE Reclose Time (s) ►10.00◄
No of Trips to lockout 4
Ø
[MAIN MENU] Auto Reclose Time Map:
ª [Groups Settings] UV1 (Phase) Disabled
UV2 (Line to Line) Disabled
ª [Group 1…4] UV3 (Loss of Supply) Disabled
ª Auto Reclosing: [ARVE] ⇒ Operation in SST only Disabled
AutoClose Mode Disabled
AutoClose Time (s) 120
UV4 Sag Disabled
OV1 (Phase) Disabled
OV2 (Line to Line) Disabled
Ov3 (Neutral Displacement) Disabled
OV4 (Negative Sequence) Disabled
Reclose sequence settings

Reclose time Tr 1 – 180s 0.01s 10
No of Trips to Lockout No of Trips to Lockout 1-4 1 4
1
Operation in SST only Operation in SST only Enabled/Disabled NA Disabled
AutoClose Mode2 AutoClose Mode Enabled/Disabled Disabled
AutoClose Time2 AutoClose Time, sec 1-180s 1s 120
Notes:
1. Applies to UV3 element only. When “Operation in SST only” is enabled, UV3 will ONLY operate when a UV3
protection operation is requested AND the device is in single shot mode. In this instance it will do one shot to
lockout.
2. Applies to UV3 element only.
When UV3 AutoClose Mode is enabled and the device is opened by the UV3 element, the recloser will stay
open until voltage is detected above the LSD threshold on both sides of the recloser for the duration of the
configured AutoClose time.
“Open UV3 AutoClose” will be displayed on the panel and in CMS to indicate that AutoClose can take place.
If AutoClose is pending the following actions will cancel AutoClose:
• Protection, AR or UV turned OFF
• UV3 set to Disabled
• Protection settings changed
• Protection Group changed
• Hot Line Tag is turned ON

NOJA-5002-08
• UV4 Sag Blocking

• Recloser closed from any source
• “Operation in SST only” is enabled.
Note: When the recloser closes due to UV3 AutoClose the sequence counter is reset.
Reclosing map
Element Settings Factory Default
UV1 Reclose/Disabled/Alarm/Lockout Disabled
UV4 Sag Reclose/Disabled/Alarm/Lockout Disabled
OV1 Reclose/Disabled/Alarm/Lockout Disabled
Notes:
• When an element is set to alarm, the alarm will be activated only when the recloser is closed. It applies to all
voltage elements with the exception of OV4 where the alarm is activated whether the recloser is open or closed.
• When an element is set to reclose, the pickup will be activated only when the recloser is closed. It applies to all
voltage elements.
• Please refer to section 6.2.10 for Max No of Trips to Lockout (79 Lockout) and section 6.2.11 for Short
Sequence Mode.
• If OV3 is set to Reclose, Alarm or Lockout prior to upgrading to firmware 1.15 and above please note that it will
not operate after the upgrade until the OV3 global control is enabled. Please refer to 6.14 Protection Status
Control (PSC).
6.6 Hot Line Tag

Hot Line Tag (HLT) blocks a close operation from any source. If the recloser is closed and a protection
operation is initiated, the device will trip to lockout based on SST settings.
The panel Hot Line Tag LED is lit when HLT is active.
HLT can only be disabled from the source it was enabled from. Protection settings cannot be changed while
Hot Line Tag is active.
HLT is activated on the Protection Status screen in the same way as other protection elements.
The Live Line Fast Key can be linked to enable Hot Line Tag. When LL is linked to HLT, if a protection
operation is initiated, the device will trip to Lockout based on the Live Line protection settings (not SST).
Refer to section 6.1.9 for more details. See panel HLT Settings below.
[Turn Panel ON] ⇒ [SYSTEM STATUS] ►Page 1◄ Page 2 Page 3

ª [Protection]
Active Group 1
ª [Page 1] ⇒ Protection Off
AR Auto Reclose Off
LL Live Line Off
EF Earth Fault Off
UV Undervoltage Off
HLT Hot Line Tag Off

NOJA-5002-08

ª [Protection]
ª [Page 2] NPS Negative Phase Sequence Off
NOV Over Voltage Off
UF Under Frequency Off
OF Over Frequency Off
HRM Harmonics Off
HLT Link HLT to LL1 Off
MNT Maximum Number of Trips Off
SSM Short Sequence Mode Off
DFT Disable Fast Trips Off
Max No. of Trips to Lockout Normal
Alarm mode Off
HLT settings

Hot Line Tag HLT On/Off NA Off
Link HLT to LL (1) Link HLT to LL On/Off NA Off
Note:
1. The link (Link HLT to LL) when enabled turns on HLT when the Panel LL Fast Key is pushed. HLT and LL must
be OFF before the link can be made.
HLT can be reset from the Panel by a local user. This may be necessary if Hot Line Tag is applied by
SCADA and then communication is lost. A password is required by the local user to reset HLT.
Panel Navigation
RESET MENU
Energy Meters
Ø
Fault Counters
[MAIN MENU] SCADA Counters
GOOSE Counters
ª [Reset Hot Line Tag] ⇒ Reset Hot Line Tag
Reset Binary Fault Targets
Reset GPS Hardware
6.7 Frequency Protection (FE)

Frequency Protection monitors measurement of HV supply frequency and responds to changes in system
frequency. The Frequency elements can be set to Alarm, Disable or trip to Lockout.
Auto Reclose is not available for Frequency protection.

NOJA
A-5002-08
Panel Na
avigation GR
ROUP 1 FREQ
QUENCY ELEMENT

ST [Press ESC] Under Frequency:
Ø Mode Disable
ed
Pickup Frequency (Hz) 49.50
[MAIN M
MENU]
Tripping
g Time (s) 10.0
00
S
Over Frequency:
ª [G
Group 1…4]
Mode Disable
ed
ª Protection Settinggs: [FE] ⇒ Pickup Frequency (Hz) 50.50
Tripping
g Time (s) 10.0
00
6.7.1 Und
der Frequ
uency (UF)
Under Frequency ressponds to dip
ps in system
m frequency.
UF settin
ngs
Title Designation Range Reesolution Factory
F Defau
ult
Mode UF Mo
ode L
Lockout / Alarm
m / Disable – Disable
D
Pickup F
Frequency (Hzz) Fp 4
46 – 50 Hz (ffor rated freq. 50Hz), 0.001 Hz 49.50
4
5
55 – 60 Hz (ffor rated freq. 60Hz)
Tripping
g Time (s) Tt 0
0.05 – 120 s 0.001s 10.00
6.7.2 Over Freque

ency (OF
F)
Over Fre
equency resp
ponds to a ris
se in system
m frequency.
OF settin
ngs
Title Designation Range Reesolution Factory

F Defau
ult
Mode OF Mo
ode L
Lockout / Alarm
m / Disable – Disable
D
Pickup ffrequency (Hzz) Fp 5
50 – 55 Hz (ffor rated freq. 50Hz), 0.001 Hz 50.50
5
6
60 – 65 Hz (ffor rated freq. 60Hz)
Tripping
g time (s) Tt 0
0.05 – 120 s 0.001s 10.00
6.8 Loss of Su
upply D
Detectorr (LSD)
The Losss of Supply Detector de
etects loss o
of voltage (m
measured pha
ase to grounnd) and current on all th
hree
phases.
Uabc< activvates when voltage
v < LSD
D_level on each
e of the A,B
A and C terrminals
Urst< activvates when voltage
v < LSD
D_level on each
e of the R,S minals
R and T term
Iabc< activvates when current
c < 3A on all three phases
p
The firstt two elements (Uabc< and Urst<) are used by
y Voltage Reclosing Coontrol (VRC) and Automatic
Backfeed d Restoration (ABR) elem
ments as inp
puts.
The LSD D element indicates to otther protectio
on elementss that supply has been loost. To provide validation
n of
loss of ssupply both voltage andd current are e monitored, activation of the Loss of Supply Detector
D outtput
requires (Uabc< OR Urst< OR (U Uabc< AND U Urst<)) AND Iabc<.
The LSDD_level is co V. Refer to section 5.2 foor details on how to chan
onfigurable between 0.5kkV and 6.0kV nge
the LSD_
_level setting
g.
86 Protectio
P on OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-08
6.9 Voltage Reclosing Control (VRC)

Voltage Reclosing Control (VRC) inhibits an auto reclose operation by any of AR OC/NPS/EF/SEF, AR VE
and ABR elements when voltage on the source side falls below a user set threshold. Correct application of
VRC prevents potentially hazardous backfeed situations from arising by isolating the source on perceived
loss of upstream supply during an operation to clear a downstream fault.
The recloser will attempt an auto reclose when VRC is no longer active. If VRC is active for longer than 200s
then the recloser will go to lockout and will not continue the auto reclose sequence.
Note: The VRC Blocking event will not start or record lockout as the relevant state when VRC blocking ends (after
200s) under the following conditions:
• Switch has transitioned to lockout by any other source.
• AutoClose Mode is enabled and the switch is open due to UV3.
• Switch is closed.
VRC has three operating modes. Two related to designation of source in radial protection applications and a
third for use in ring feed situations.
ABC The recloser A, B and C terminals are connected to the source side in a radial feed situation. In ABC
mode an auto reclose is blocked if any of the A, B, and C terminals see voltage below the VRC
threshold.
RST The recloser R, S and T terminals are connected to the source side in a radial feed situation. In RST
mode an auto reclose is blocked if any of the R, S, and T terminals see voltage below the VRC
threshold.
Ring In Ring Operating Mode, source and load cannot be determined. An auto reclose is allowed if only
one side of the open recloser sees voltage above the VRC threshold.
Panel Navigation
[Turn Panel ON] ⇒ [SYSTEM STATUS] ⇒ [Press ESC] GROUP 1 VOLTAGE RECLOSING CONTROL
Ø
VRC Mode ABC
[MAIN MENU] Voltage Multiplier 0.80
LLB Disabled
ª [Group 1…4] Voltage Multiplier 0.80
ª Protection Settings: [VRC] ⇒
Note:
• When ABR is enabled it will automatically use the VRC mode settings. VRC does not need to be enabled.
VRC settings
VRC Mode VRC Mode ABC/RST/Ring NA ABC
Voltage Multiplier1 UM 0.6 – 0.95 0.01 0.80
Note:
1. VRC threshold equals UMin x U_rated / √3; where U_rated is the rated system voltage entered in the
measurement settings (refer page 48).
Summary VRC Operation

Mode A, B or C Terminal Voltage R, S or T Terminal Voltage Result
ABC Below Threshold Above or Below Threshold Reclose Blocked
Above Threshold Below Threshold Reclose Not Blocked
Above Threshold Above Threshold Reclose Blocked

NOJA
A-5002-08
Mode A, B or C Terminal
T Volttage R, S or T Termin
nal Voltage Result
R
RST Above or Be
elow Threshol d Below
w Threshold Reclose Blocked
Below Thres
shold Abov
ve Threshold Reclose No
ot Blocked
Above Threshold Abov
ve Threshold Reclose Blocked
Ring Below Thres
shold Abov
ve Threshold Reclose No
ot Blocked
Above Threshold Below
w Threshold Reclose No
ot Blocked
Below Thres
shold Below
w Threshold Reclose Blocked
Above Threshold Abov
ve Threshold Reclose Blocked
6.9.1 Live
e Load Blocking ((LLB)
Live Loa
ad Blocking (LLB) preveents a close operation from
f any source (e.g. P Protection (AAR), HMI, CM MS,
SCADA, IO or Logic)) when the vo e nominated load side is above the thhreshold set by the user.
oltage on the
The loadd side is defined by the VRCV mode. If VRC is setup tor Ring then the LLB
B will block if both sides are
live and will not blockk if only one side is live.
If LLB is active and a close operation is issue ed from any source, the close comm
mand will be blocked
b and the
recloser will go to locckout. If ABR w force ABR Off.
R is ON, turniing LLB ON will
Panel Na
avigation GRO
OUP 1 VOLTA
AGE RECLOSI
ING CONTROL
ST [Press ESC]
VRC Mo
ode ABC
C
Ø Voltag
ge Multipli
ier 0.8
80
[MAIN M
MENU]
LLB Dis
sabled
S Voltag
ge Multipli
ier 0.8
80
ª [G
Group 1…4]
ª Protection
P C] ⇒
Settings: [VRC]
LLB setttings
Title Designation
D Range Resoluttion Fa
actory Defaultt
LLB LLB Enabled
d/Disabled NA Disab
bled
Voltage M
Multiplier UM 0.6 – 0.95
0 0.01 0.80
Note:
• L
LLB threshold
d equals UM Min x U_rated d / √3; where
e U_rated is the rated syystem voltage
e entered in the
m
measurementt settings (refe
er page 48).
• L
Live Load Bloocking is a con
nfigurable settiting within eac
ch protection group.
g A globaal Live Load Blocking
B settin
ng is
a
available on th
he Protection Status Setting
gs Page to enable/disable all a of the Live LLoad Blocking
g group setting
gs.
Warning:
• L
LLB will not op
perate if Prote
ection is turned
d OFF.
6.10 Au
utomatic
c Backfe
feed Res
storatio
on (ABR
R)
Automattic backfeed restoration isi the processs whereby two feeders are tied by a “normally open” reclosser.
This reclloser monitors voltage us
sing voltage sensors on bothb Source and Load si de. If supply y is lost from the
Load sidde and powe er is present on the Sourrce side, then n the “tie-in” recloser willl close (afterr the configuured
restoratio
on time hass elapsed), restoring po ower by bac ckfeeding froom the non--faulted feed der. ABR has h
instantanneous reset time
t and thu
us the timer iss reset to zero when pow wer is restoreed.
88 Protectio
P on OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-08
ABR operation is dependent on the settings for Voltage Reclosing Control (VRC) including “VRC mode” and
“Min Voltage Multiplier” and Loss of Supply Detection (LSD) settings.
The source side is determined by the VRC mode i.e. ABC or RST. The Load side will be the other side of
the recloser. If VRC mode is set to Ring, ABR will operate on restoration of voltage to either (but not both)
sides of an open switch. The recloser can be set to automatically open again depending on the mode
selected for AutoOpen.
Note that enabling Live Line or disabling Protection or Auto Reclose automatically disables ABR. Closing the
Recloser by any means also disables ABR.
ABR can only be turned ON if the OSM is in the open position, Protection is ON, Auto Reclose is ON, Live
Line is OFF, LLB is OFF and ABR is enabled.
AutoOpen mode can be set to Timer Mode or Power Flow Mode. These modes cannot be enabled at the
same time.
Timer Mode
The recloser can be set to automatically open after a set period of time and re-enable ABR. If the Load side
still has no supply, ABR will then cause another close operation to occur (after 60ms). This cycle can be
limited to a set amount of operations. If AutoOpen Operations is set to 0 then there will be no limit to the
amount of AutoOpen/ABR operations.
Power Flow Mode
In this mode the recloser will be able to detect reduction and/or change in power flow direction and open
automatically without operator intervention.
If AutoOpen is pending the following actions will cancel AutoOpen operation:
• ABR turned OFF
• Protection turned OFF
• AR turned OFF
• Protection settings changed
• Protection Group changed
• Live Line or Hot Line Tag is turned ON
• Recloser Opens from any source.
Panel Navigation
GROUP 1 BACKFEED RESTORATION
ABR Mode Disabled
Ø
Restoration Time (s) 100.00
[MAIN MENU] AutoOpen Disabled
AutoOpen Time (m) 120
AutoOpen Operations 1
ª [Group 1…4] Power Flow Dir Changed Disabled
ª Protection Settings: [ABR] ⇒ Power Flow Reduced Disabled
% of Power Flow Reduced 50
AutoOpen Time (s) 180
ABR settings

1
Operating Mode ABR Mode Enabled/Disabled NA Disabled
Restoration Time Tr 0 – 180 s 0.01 s 100.00
AutoOpen Mode Disabled/Timer/Power NA Disabled
Flow
Timer Mode2
AutoOpen Time (m) Tr, ,min 1 – 360 min 1 min 120
AutoOpen Operations OPS 0 – 10 1 1

NOJA-5002-08

Power Flow Mode2
Power Flow Dir Changed Power Flow Dir Enabled/Disabled NA Disabled
Changed
Power Flow Reduced Power Flow Enabled/Disabled NA Disabled
Reduced
% Power Flow Reduced % Power Flow 50-90% 1% 50
Reduced
AutoOpen Time (s) Tr, sec 1 – 300 s 1s 180
Note:
1. ABR global protection is automatically set to OFF on startup of the controller.
2. When the AutoOpen Operating Mode is set to Timer, the Timer fields will be displayed on the panel. When the
AutoOpen Operating mode it set to Powerflow then the PowerFlow mode fields will be displayed on the panel.
6.11 Auto Change Over (ACO)

The Auto Change over (ACO) system provides automatic switch over from one supply to another supply
source when the first supply becomes unavailable. This system requires two OSM Reclosers and two RC
controllers mounted back to back with a common load. A communication link is required between the two
controllers.
The two modes of operation are “Make Before Break” which allow restoration of supply without interruption
or “Break Before Make” which allows restoration of supply with momentary interruption of supply. Both
methods use a user set “ACO Time” between the opening and closing of the Reclosers.
The system also allows the two sources to be designated as ”Equal” or alternatively one being “Main” and
the other “Alternative”. This allows continuous supply from either source (whilst available) or switching back
to the preferred main source when available.
The changeover mechanism runs additional checks between the Reclosers using “Peer to Peer Protocol” for
communication.
ACO uses the protection element UV3 to determine if there has been a loss of supply and any of the voltage
and frequency protection elements that are enabled (set to reclose or lockout) to determine if a source is not
healthy.
The ACO scheme can only be enabled when the following conditions are met:
• One ACR must be open and one ACR must be closed.
• Protection must be On.
• LL, HLT, ABR, LLB, Synchronisation and Sectionaliser must be Off.
• At least the UV3 element must be set to lockout or reclose through the reclose map.
• The VRC source must be set to ABC or RST but not Ring.
• Both reclosers must be in a healthy state (no malfunctions or operational warnings).
• The communications link between the two reclosers must be healthy.
• “AR Timer Active” message must not displayed.
Refer to document NOJA-594 ACO User Manual for more detail.

NOJA-5002-08
Panel Navigation Automation
[Turn Panel ON] ⇒ [SYSTEM STATUS] ACO Auto-Synchroniser

ª [Automation]
ACO Off
ª [ACO] ⇒ Mode Break Before Make
ACO Time (s) 0.1
Peer Comms OK
ACR This ACR Remote ACR
Main Alt
Closed Open
ACO Health OK OK
Source Health OK OK
Information and other dynamic messaging
ACO settings

ACO1 ACO On/Off NA Off
Mode Mode Break Before Make/Make Before/Break NA Break Before Make
ACO Time ACO Time (s) 0 – 180 sec 0.1 sec 0.1
ACR ACR This ACR Main/Equal/Alt N/A Main
Note:
1. ACO is automatically set to Off on startup of the controller.
6.12 Synchronisation
The synchronisation functionality can be used to connect incoming generators to the grid and to re-establish
a connection between two parts of the network or two islanded systems.
Synchronisation is a global control which must be enabled to be able to use the Sync-Check and Auto-
Synchroniser functionality which operate in “Live Bus” / “Live Line” conditions:
• Sync-Check “supervises” the closing of a device and only allows a close when synchronising
conditions are met (refer to section 6.12.1 Synchronism-Check).
• Auto-Synchronisation can be initiated via the panel or CMS and it will wait for the auto-synchroniser
conditions to be met prior to requesting a close of the device (refer to 6.12.2 Auto-Synchroniser).
When synchronisation is enabled if the bus voltage or line voltage is less than the live voltage limit and
above the dead voltage limit i.e.
Dead Voltage Limit < Vbus < Live Voltage Limit or Dead Voltage Limit < Vline < Live voltage limit
any manual or automatic close will always be prevented.
A user can configure whether to allow or prevent a manual or automatic close under the following conditions:
• “Live Line” “Dead Bus” (LLDB)
• “Dead Line” “Live Bus” (DLLB)
• “Dead Line” “Live Bus” OR “Live Line” “Dead Bus” (DLLB or LLDB).
Note:
• When synchronisation is enabled, VRC and LLB will not operate and ABR and ACO are disabled.
• Synchronisation takes priority over Auto-Synchroniser even though they can work in parallel.
Please refer to Appendix C – Synchronisation for more details.

NOJA-5002-08
Panel Navigation Synchronism Settings

►General◄ Sync-Check Auto-Synchroniser
Ø
[MAIN MENU] Synchronisation Disabled
Phase Selection Phase to Ground
Bus and Line: Bus: ABC & Line: RST
ª [Synchronism Settings] Live/Dead Autoreclose Disabled
DLDB Autoreclose Disabled
[General] ⇒
Live/Dead Manual Close Disabled
DLDB Manual Close Disabled
Live Bus Voltage Multiplier 0.80
Live Line Voltage Multiplier 0.80
Bus Max Voltage Multiplier 1.20
Line Max Voltage Multiplier 1.20
Voltage Difference Multiplier 0.05
Synchronism General Settings

Synchronisation Synchronisation Enable/Disable N/A Disable
Phase Selection Phase Selection Phase to Ground/Phase to N/A Phase to
Phase Ground
Bus and Line Selection Bus and Line “Bus: ABC & Line: RST”/ N/A Bus: ABC &
“Bus: RST & Line: ABC” Line: RST
Live/Dead Auto-Reclose1 Live/Dead “Disabled”/ “LLDB” / N/A Disabled
Autoreclose “DLLB” / “LLDB or DLLB”
DLDB Autoreclose2 DLDB Autoreclose Enable/Disable N/A Disabled
Live/Dead Manual Close3 Live/Dead Manual “Disabled”/“LLDB”/“DLLB”/ N/A Disabled
Close “LLDB or DLLB”
DLDB Manual Close4 DLDB Manual Close Enable/Disable N/A Disabled
Live Bus Voltage Live Bus Voltage 0.3-1.2 0.01 0.8
5,10
Multiplier Multiplier
Live Line Voltage Live Line Voltage 0.3-1.2 0.01 0.8
Multiplier6,10 Multiplier
Bus Max Voltage Bus Maximum 0.8-1.4 0.01 1.2
Multiplier7,10 allowed Voltage
Live Max Voltage Live Maximum 0.8-1.4 0.01 1.2
8,10
Multiplier allowed Voltage
Voltage Difference Voltage Diff Multiplier 0.03-0.50 0.01 0.05
9,10
Multiplier
Notes:
1. Auto-reclose mode when energising a dead section of the network during synchronisation.
2. Auto-reclose mode in case of reconnection of two dead sections during synchronisation.
3. Manual close mode when energising a dead section of the network during synchronisation.
4. Manual close mode in case of reconnection of two dead sections during synchronisation.
5. Live bus minimum voltage limit for synchronisation.
6. Live line minimum voltage limit for synchronisation.
7. Bus maximum allowed voltage during synchronisation.
8. Line maximum allowed voltage during synchronisation.
9. Maximum allowable voltage difference for synchronisation

NOJA-5002-008
10. M
Minimum and d maximum vo oltage limits eequal Multiplie
er x U_rated where U_rateed is the rated
d system volttage
e
entered in me easurement settings
s (referr to section 5..2). (Note: When
W Phase too Ground is selected
s then the
m fer to U_rated / √3).
multipliers refe
6.12.1 Synchronism
m-Check
k
Synchronism-check (25) “superv vises” the cloosing of a device and only allows a cclose when both sides of the
recloser are within th
he desired limits of frequ
uency, phase e angle and voltage to ppermit the pa
aralleling of two
circuits.
Synchronism Checkk will only op perate for “L
Live Bus” / “Live
“ Line” conditions.
c T
The “Bus” an nd “Line” of the
recloser and the “Livve” condition
ns can be cconfigured un nder the General tab (reefer to sectio
on 6.12). Wh hen
Synchronisation-Che eck is enableed, synchron ising conditio
ons must be met for the dduration of a pre-configu
ured
time (pre
e-sync time) before allow
wing a close o
of the devicee.
If the request to close occurs due to an au to reclose sequence, the pre-sync ttime delay is
s fixed at 80
0ms
whereass for a manua al close it can be set by tthe user (manual pre-sync time).
Synchronisation musst be enabled
d for Synchro
onism-Check
k to be opera
ational (refer to section 6.12).
Panel Na
avigation Synchro
onism Settings
ST [Press ESC]
Genera
al ►Sync-Ch
heck◄ Auto-
-Synchronis
ser
Ø
[MAIN M
MENU] Sync-Check Disabl
led
Max Sy
ync Slip Fr
requency (H
Hz) 0.
.03
S
ference (o)
Phase Angle Diff 20
ª [S
Synchronism
m Settings] Manual Pre-Sync Time (s) 5
[Sync-Check] ⇒
Sync-Ch
heck Settingss
Factory
Title Design
nation Ra
ange R
Resolution
Default
Sync-C
Check Sync
c-Check Enable/Disable N
N/A Disable
Max S
Sync Slip Max Sync Slip Fre
equency, Hz 0.03-0.1
1 Hz 0..01Hz 0.03 Hz
ency1
Freque
2 0 00 0
Phase
e Angle Differe
ence Phas
se Angle Diffe rence, deg 0-90 1 20
Manua
al Pre-Sync Tiime Manu
ual Pre-Sync T
Time, s 0-60 sec
c 1 5 sec
Notes:
1. MMaximum slip p frequency too detect synchhronous cond ditions. A moving average oof 32 samples s at quarter cyycle
rrate on the 2 frequencies (AABC and RST T) is provided to compare fbus and fline. Thhe frequency difference sho
ould
bbe minimised to practical re
esponse limita
ations.
2. MMaximum allo owable phase angle differen nce for synchro

onisation. A cllose should iddeally take place when the ABC
A
aand RST side es of the recloser are at zerro degrees phase angle diffference. To acccomplish this s, the recloserr will
iinitiate a close
e in advance ofo phase angle e coincidence to accommod date for the reccloser closing time.
6.12.2
2 Auto
o-Synchrroniser
OSM User Ma
anual Pro
otection 93
NOJA-5002-08
The Auto-Synchroniser functionality (25A) is used for the connection of incoming generators to the grid or
the re-establishment of the connection between two islanded systems. When Auto-Synchroniser is initiated,
it will wait for the auto-synchroniser conditions to be met prior to requesting a close of the device. If the
conditions are not met within the Auto-sync waiting time then a close will not be requested.
Auto-Synchroniser is only operational in Live Line/Live Bus conditions, when the device is open and when
Synchronisation has been enabled (refer to section 6.12). It can be initiated via the HMI panel, I/O, SCADA ,
CMS, Logic and SGA. The Auto-Syncroniser tab will only appear when Synchronisation is enabled.
“Anti-Motoring” can be used to prevent motoring condition and prime mover damage. When “Anti-Motoring”
is enabled the following conditions must be met for auto-synchroniser to be operational:
Vbus_rms ≥ 1.025 × Vline_rms
fbus -fline ≥ 0.01 Hz.
Panel Navigation Synchronism Settings
General Sync-Check ►Auto-Synchroniser◄
Ø
[MAIN MENU] Fundamental Frequency (Hz) 50
Max Frequency Deviation (Hz) 0.50
Max Slip Frequency (Hz) 0.10
ª [Synchronism Settings] Max ROC Slip Freq (Hz/Sec) 0.2
Auto-sync Waiting Time (s) 200
[Auto-Synchroniser] ⇒
Anti-Motoring Enabled
Auto-Synchroniser Settings
Factory
Default
Fundamental Frequency (Hz) 1 Fundamental Frequency, Hz 47-64 Hz 1 Hz 50 Hz
Max Frequency Deviation (Hz) Max Frequency Deviation, 0 to 1 Hz 0.01 Hz 0.5 Hz
Hz
Max Slip Frequency (Hz)2 Max Slip Frequency, Hz 0.03 to 0.5 Hz 0.01 Hz 0.1 Hz
Max Rate of Change of (ROC) Max ROC Slip Frequency, 0.01-1Hz/sec 0.01 Hz/Sec 0.25 Hz/Sec
Slip Frequency2 Hz/s
Auto-sync Waiting Time Auto-sync Waiting Time, s 100-3600 Sec 1 200
Anti-Motoring Anti-Motoring Enable/Disable N/A Enabled
Notes:
1. Fundamental frequency for Synchronism to determine the deviation from "normal".
2. A moving average of 32 samples at quarter cycle rate on the 2 frequencies (ABC and RST) is provided to
compare fbus and fline.
Automation
Panel Navigation
[Turn Panel ON] ⇒ [SYSTEM STATUS] ACO Auto-Synchroniser
ª [Automation]
Auto-Synchroniser Initiate/Cancel
ª [Auto-Synchroniser] ⇒
Synchronising status OK
Voltage status OK
Slip Frequency Status OK
Advance Angle Status OK
Phase Angle Difference (o) -10

NOJA-5002-08
6.13 Harmonic Protection

The RC Power Quality System provides monitoring and protection features for power quality issues such as
Harmonics Distortion, Interruptions, and Sags and Swells (Refer to section 7.7 Power Quality).
Harmonics are waves which have frequency multiples of the fundamental frequency. Distortions due to
harmonics are measured in two separate methods, known as Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) and Total
Demand Distortion (TDD). THD is a ratio between the fundamental voltage wave and all the voltage
harmonics. TDD is used to calculate the current distortion relative to the peak current demand.
The system provides harmonic protection by allowing the user to configure responses such as triggering an
alarm or a trip.
The RC controller measures THD, TDD, Individual Harmonics for Current and Voltage (HRMI and HRMV) up
to the 15th harmonic. The signals are the 3 bushing voltages (Ua, Ub, Uc), 3 phase currents and the neutral
current.
Protection
• The user can configure a set point for each harmonic and for the total harmonic distortion. If a value
exceeds any of the set points then an alarm or lockout is triggered.
• Up to five individual harmonics can be user selected and monitored.
• Protection and measurements are based on the bushing phase configuration.
• The TDD and current harmonic protection will not pick up when the current of any phase exceeds
800A rms.
Groups Settings - THD/TDD Settings

Panel Navigation GROUP x Harmonics
►THD/TDD◄ INDIVIDUAL HRM
Ø
[MAIN MENU] Voltage THD Disabled
Voltage THD Level (%) 5.0
ª [Groups Settings] Voltage THD Tripping Time (s) 1.0
ª [Group 1 Feeder]
Current TDD Mode Disabled
ª Protection Settings: [HRM]
Current TDD Level (%) 5.0
[THD/TDD] ⇒ Current TDD Tripping Time (s) 1.0
THD/TDD Settings

Voltage THD THD Mode Disable/Alarm/Lockout N/A Disable
Voltage THD Level1 THD % 1.0 to 100.0 0.1 5.0
Voltage THD Tripping Time (s) THD Time 1.0 to 120.0 0.1 1.0
Current TDD Mode2 TDD Mode Disable/Alarm/Lockout N/A Disable
Current TDD Level TDD Level 1.0 to 100.0 0.1 5.0
Current TDD Tripping Time (s) TDD Time 1.0 to 120.0 0.1 1.0
Notes:
1. The tripping condition is met if any one of Ua, Ub, or Uc voltages exceeds the threshold.
2. The tripping condition is met if any one of Ia, Ib, Ic, or In currents exceeds the threshold.

NOJA-5002-08
GROUP x Harmonics
Individual HRM Settings
THD/TDD ►INDIVIDUAL HRM◄
Panel Navigation
Individual Harmonics Mode Disabled
Individual Tripping Time (s) 1.0
Ø Harmonic A Disabled
Level A (%) 5.0
[MAIN MENU]
Harmonic B Disabled
ª [Groups Settings] Level B (%) 5.0
ª [Group 1 Feeder] Harmonic C Disabled
Level C (%) 5.0
ª Protection Settings: [HRM] Harmonic D Disabled
[Individual HRM] ⇒ Level D (%) 5.0
Harmonic E Disabled
Level E (%) 5.0
Individual HRM Settings
Factory
Default
Individual Harmonics Mode IND Mode Disable/Alarm/Lockout N/A Disable
Individual Tripping Time (s) IND Time 0.5 to 120.0 0.1 1.0
Harmonic A IND A Name Disable/I2/I3/I4/....In15/ N/A Disable
....V15
Level A (%) IND A Level 1 to 100 0.1 5.0
Harmonic B IND_B Name Disable/I2/I3/I4/....In15/ N/A Disable
....V15
Level B (%) IND_B Level 1 to 100 0.1 5.0
Harmonic C IND_C Name Disable/I2/I3/I4/....In15/ N/A Disable
....V15
Level C (%) IND_C Level 1 to 100 0.1 5.0
Harmonic D IND_D Name Disable/I2/I3/I4/....In15/ N/A Disable
....V15
Level D (%) IND_D Level 1 to 100 0.1 5.0
Harmonic E IND_E Name Disable/I2/I3/I4/....In15/ N/A Disable
....V15
Level E (%) IND_E Level 1 to 100 0.1 5.0

The following individual harmonics can be selected (ITDD and UTHD values apply across all three phases):
• Disable
• I2, I3, I4, I5, I6, I7, I8, I9, I10, I11, I12, I13, I14, I15
• In2, In3, In4, In5, In6, In7, In8, In9, In10, In11, In12, In13, In14, In15
• V2, V3, V4, V5, V6, V7, V8, V9, V10, V11, V12, V13, V14, V15

NOJA-5002-08
6.14 Protection Status Control (PSC)

Protection Status Control allows global changes to protection status from a variety of sources. Changes to
PSC status can be done from the Panel, Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) systems, digital
input and output (I/O) interface or Personal Computer running the CMS software program.
The table below lists the available PSC elements. Setting an element to the indicated state causes the PSC
to change all associated protection elements as shown.
Note that Live Line is unique in that it causes elements to be disabled when turned ON or OFF. Setting any
other element to ON simply enables all affected elements.
PSC Element Effect on associated protection elements Factory Default

S(Active Group)=1-4 1 All protection elements for the identified group are enabled 3. 1
All protection elements for all other groups are disabled.
S(Protection)= Off 2 All protection elements for all groups are disabled. Off
S(AR)=Off 2 AR OC/NPS/EF/SEF, AR VE, ABR for all groups are disabled Off
2
S(LL)=On OC1+, OC2+, OC3+, OC1- ,OC2- , OC3- , NPS1+, NPS2+, NPS3+, Off
NPS1-, NPS2-, NPS3-, EF1+, EF2+, EF3+, EF1-, EF2- , EF3- ,
SEF+, SEF–, AR OC/EF/NPS/SEF, AR VE, ABR, CLP, IR for all
groups are disabled
S(LL)=Off 2 OCLL1-3, NPSLL1-3, EFLL1-3, SEFLL for all groups are disabled Off
2
S(EF)=Off EF1+, EF2+ , EF3+ , EF1-, EF2-, EF3- for all groups are disabled Off
S(SEF)=Off 2 SEF+, SEF– for all groups are disabled Off
S(CLP)=Off 2 CLP for all groups is disabled Off
2
S(ABR)=Off ABR for all groups is disabled Off
S(UV)=Off2 UV1, UV2 and UV3 for all groups are disabled Off
S(UV4 Sag)=Off UV4 Sag for all groups are disabled Off
S(HLT - Hot Line Hot Line Tag is disabled Off
Tag)=Off2
S(NPS)=Off NPS1+, NPS2+, NPS3+, NPS1-, NPS2-, NPS3- for all groups are Off
disabled
S(OV)=Off2 OV1, OV2, OV3 and OV4 for all groups are disabled Off
S(OV3) OV3 for all groups is disabled Off
S(Yn) Yn for all groups is disabled Off
S(UF)=Off UF for all groups is disabled Off
S(OF)=Off OF for all groups is disabled Off
S(HRM)=Off HRM elements for all groups are disabled Off
S(HLT - Link HLT to Link HLT to LL Off
LL)=Off
S(MNT)=Off Maximum Number of Trips for all groups is disabled Off
S(SSM)=Off Short Sequence Mode for all groups is disabled Off
S(DFT)=Off Disable Fast Trips for all groups is disabled Off
S(Alarm Mode)=Off Alarm Mode for all groups is disabled Off
S (LLB)=Off Live Load Blocking for all groups is disabled Off
S(79-2 Lockout)=Off 79-2 Lockout for all groups is disabled Off
S(79-3 Lockout)=Off 79-3 Lockout for all groups is disabled Off
S(ACO)=Off2 Auto Change Over for all groups is disabled Off
S(Logical Block Logical Block Close for all groups is disabled Off
Close)=Off
Notes:
1. When Group 1 is switched ON, other Groups are automatically switched OFF.
2. On / Off control available from the Panel fast keys (depending on fast key configuration option).
3. Conditional to the fact if element is enabled.

NOJA-5002-08
Panel Navigation
PROTECTION GLOBAL SETTINGS
ª [Protection] ►Page 1◄ Page 2 Page 3
ª [Page 1] Active Group 1

Protection Off
AR Auto Reclose Off
LL Live Line Off
EF Earth Fault Off
UV Undervoltage Off
U UV4 Sag Off
L LLB Live Load Blocking Off
H HLT Hot Line Tag Off

ª [Protection]
ª [Page 2] NPS Negative Sequence Off
OV Over Voltage Off
UF Under Frequency Off
OF Over Frequency Off
HRM Harmonics Off
HLT Link HLT to LL Off
MNT Maximum Number of Trips Off
SSM Short Sequence Mode Off
DFT Disable Fast Trips Off
Max No. of Trips to Lockout Normal
Alarm mode Off

Page 1 Page 2 ►Page 3◄
ª [Protection]
ª [Page 3] OV3 Neutral Displacement Off
Yn Admittance Protection Off

NOJA-5002-08
Panel Navigation Automation

ACO Off
ª [Automation] Mode Break Before Make
ª [ACO] ⇒ ACO Time (s) 0.1
Peer Comms OK
ACR This ACR Remote ACR
Main Alt
Closed Open
ACO Health OK OK
Source Health OK OK
Information and other dynamic messaging

NOJA-5002-08
7 Monitoring
The RC Cubicle generates and maintains the following records:
• Close / Open (CO) operations OSM operation data
• Fault Profile Fault episode data
• Event log Event data
• Change Log Setting and status change data
• Load Profile Energy, Frequency, Real, Reactive and Active Power profile data
See full listing Section 7.5
• Lifetime Counters Number of Close Open operations and associated Contact Wear
• Fault Counters Number of Protection Trips
• SCADA Counters Communication Protocol Data
• Power Quality Oscillography, Harmonics, Interruption, Sags/Swells
• Maximum Demand Indication
Records and counters are accessible via the panel or can be captured via the CMS software. To analyse
power quality data the Power Quality Software (PQS) is used.
Note:
• Fault and SCADA counters can be reset but not logs.
7.1 Communication Log Settings

A trace logging of protocol information can be enabled for each of the protocols. A USB flash drive must be
plugged into one of the USB relay ports and left plugged in for the logging to be saved to (communication
logs are not stored on the relay). Please refer to NOJA-565 RC SCADA Interface Description for more
details.
COMMs LOG SETTINGS

Panel Navigation
[Turn Panel ON] ⇒ [SYSTEM STATUS] ⇒ [Press ESC] DNP3 Data Logging <Disabled>
DNP3 Max Log size (MB) <2>
Ø
IEC 60870 Data Logging <Disabled>
[MAIN MENU] IEC 60870 Max Log size (MB) <2>
CMS Data Logging <Disabled>
ª [System Settings] ⇒
CMS Max Log size (MB) <2>
ª [Comms Log Settings] ⇒ IEC 61850 Data Logging <Disabled>
IEC 61850 Max Log size (MB) <2>
P2PComms Data Logging <Disabled>
P2PComms Max Log size (MB) <2>
Panel Data Logging <Disabled>
Panel Max Log size (MB) <2>
GPS Data Logging <Disabled>
GPS Max Log size (MB) <2>
Notes:
• Logging for only one protocol can be enabled at any one time. Enabling data logging for one protocol will
disable data logging for an already enabled protocol.
• Must eject USB flash drive through USB operations before unplugging otherwise data may be lost.
100 Monitoring OSM User Manual

NOJA-5002-08
7.2 Close Open (CO) Operations

This record registers the last 1,000 Closed/Open events associated with changes in OSM position.
The CO Operations log is accessible via the Panel or can be captured using CMS software.
Panel Navigation LOGS
<Close/Open> Event
Ø
[MAIN MENU] ►18/02/2013 04:42:16 PM Open UV3◄
18/02/2013 04:42:06 PM Close HMI
ª [Logs] ⇒ 18/02/2013 04:42:03 PM Open HMI
ª [CLOSE/OPEN] ⇒
Source: UV3
State: Lockout
Trip (Ia), A=0
Trip (Ib), A=0 Trip (Ic), A=0
Trip (In), A=0
CLOSE/OPEN OPERATION DETAIL
Date/time: 18/02/2013 04:42:16.702 PM

Type: Open
ª [Select any Close/Open entry for detail] ⇒ Source: UV3
State: Lockout
Critical Parameters:
Trip (Ia), A=0
Trip (Ib), A=0
Trip (Ic), A=0
Trip (In), A=0
Each event is described by the following characteristics.

• Date and time event registered
• Event title (Open/Closed)
• Source of event
• Relevant state
• Critical parameter
• Currents at time of initiation of trip command.
OSM User Manual Monitoring 101

NOJA-5002-08
The table below provides further information on CO Operation events.

Applicable sources
Event Relevant state Critical parameter
of event
Open Any protection Open 1 (Lockout) Values registered between pickup start and open
element or events
Operated by means Open 2/Open 3/Open 4 Maximum phase current (Max(Ia) / Max(Ib) / Max(Ic))
of HMI, CMS, I/O, (waiting to reclose) for OC elements
SCADA or Maximum residual current (Max(In)) for EF and SEF
mechanical trip ring elements
Note: For any protection
element that does not have Maximum negative sequence current Max(I2) for NPS
an auto reclose map the elements
relevant state is blank
Max (I2/I1) registered in pickup duration and
unless it is in Lockout State
protection operation currents, {Trip(Ia), Trip(Ib), Trip(Ic),
and Trip(In)}.
Max(Gn FWD) = Maximum Recorded Conductance
during fault when “forward conductance” exceeded for
Yn
Max(Bn FWD) = Maximum Recorded Susceptance
during fault when “forward Susceptance” exceeded for
Yn
Min(Gn REV) = Minimum Recorded Conductance
during fault when “reverse conductance” exceeded for
Yn
Min(Bn REV) = Minimum Recorded Susceptance during
fault when “reverse Susceptance” exceeded for Yn
Minimum positive sequence voltage (Min(U1)) for UV1
Minimum line to line voltage (Min(Uab) / Min(Ubc) /
Min(Uca)) for UV2
Maximum positive sequence voltage (Max(U1)) for OV1
Maximum line to line voltage (Max(Uab) / Max(Ubc) /
Max(Uca)) for OV2
Max (Un) registered in pickup duration and
protection operation currents, {Trip(Ia), Trip(Ib), Trip(Ic)
and Trip(In)} for OV3.
Max (U2) registered in pickup duration and
protection operation currents, {Trip(Ia), Trip(Ib), Trip(Ic)
and Trip(In)} for OV4.
Minimum frequency (Min(F)) for UF
Maximum frequency (Max(F)) for OF
Maximum of any of the following: THD, TDD, A,B,C,D,E
(where A,B,C,D,E are individual harmonics selected by
the user)
Min UV4Sag for UV4 Sag
Sectionaliser Lockout Maximum current during fault in Sectionaliser mode
(recorded from pickup through to LSD)
UV3 Open UV3 AutoClose
Open UV3 Trip(Ia), A=0; Trip(Ib), A=0; Trip(Ic), A=0; Trip(In), A=0
AutoOpen Power Open ABR
Flow Dir Changed
AutoOpen Power Open ABR

Flow Reduced
102 Monitoring OSM User Manual

NOJA-5002-08
Applicable sources
Event Relevant state Critical parameter
of event
Closed Any Auto Reclose Close 2/Close 3/Close 4
element, ABR, HMI, for
SCADA, PC, I/O, AR OC/NPS/EF/SEF/Yn
ACO
ARVE OV/UV
Close 0 or Close 1 for

others
Note: For any protection

element that does not have
an auto reclose map the
relevant state is blank.
UV3 AutoClose
7.3 Fault Profile

The Fault Profile is made up of records related to each of the last 8 protection trip operations caused by any
protection element. The fault profile is not visible on the Panel and can be viewed using CMS software.
Each record includes Ia, Ib, Ic, In, Ua, Ub, Uc, Uab, Ubc, Uca, U1, F, A0 and A1 values logged for each cycle
of power frequency for up to 1 second prior to trip operation. The values for each cycle are identified by a
sequential number from 1 to 50. The record with the highest sequential number is the time at which the
OSM tripped.
7.4 Event log

The Event Log registers up to 10,000 events associated with changes of particular signals or parameters.
The Event Log is visible on the Panel and can also be viewed using CMS software. Each event is described
by the following characteristics:
• Date and time registered
• Event title
• Source of event
• Relevant phase
• Critical parameter.
For the full list of Events, refer to Appendix G – Events.
7.5 Change Log

The Change Log record contains up to 1,000 events associated with changes of settings, protection status,
external load status, control mode or erasing energy meter readings and fault counters. The Change
Messages log is not visible on the Panel but can be captured using CMS software. Each event is described
by the following:
• Date and Time of change
• Changed parameter
• Old value
• New value
• Source of change (HMI, CMS, SCADA, I/O)
For a full list of Change Log Messages, refer to Appendix H – Change Log Messages.

NOJA
A-5002-08
7.6 Load Proffile

This log registers up to 10,000 readings off Load Profile data. Up to 30 itemss can be selected for eaach
interval rrecord. Thesse are config PC using the CMS softwa
gured by a P are packagee. Data that can
c be seleccted
for recorrding includes:
• C
Current on all
a three phas
ses and neuttral
• Phase to gro
ound voltage on each busshing
• Phase to pha
ase voltages
s
• T
Three phase
e and single phase
p Active
e, Apparent and
a Reactive
e Power
• T
Three phase
e and single phase
p Powe
er Factor
• Frequency on
o ABC and RST
R
• Lifetime Ene ard and reve rse power flo
ergy in forwa e phase Active,
ow direction. Three phasse and single
A
Apparent and Reactive.
• Energy usedd per Load Profile
P Interva
al in forward and reverse
e power flow direction. Th
hree phase and
a
ssingle phase
e Active, App
parent and RReactive.
• Positive and Negative Se
equence Currrent
• gative and Zero Sequencce Voltage
Positive, Neg
• Battery Volta
age, Current and Capacitty
• S
SIM Module Temperature and Powerr
The read
dings are avveraged over a pre-set ttime interval 1/5/10/15/2
20/30/60/120 min. If a 1 minute interrval
was sele
ected, 10,000
0 records wo
ould give 6.9
9 days of data. If a 120 minute
m intervaal was selected there wo
ould
be 832 d
days of data. When the RC
R reaches 10,000 readings it will sta art discardingg the oldest records.
Each loa ading is provided with a d
ad profile rea date and time e Load profilee is not visib
e stamp. The ble on the Pa
anel
be captured using CMS software.
but can b s
7.7 Co
ounters
The RCC monitors the number of operation ns and eneergy throughput during a fault and calculates the
percenta
age of contacct wear rema
aining after e
each Close – Open opera
ation.
Two lifettime counterss are maintained, one forr mechanism
m wear and th
he other for ccontact wearr.
Fault cou
unters provid ber and type of each faultt the OSM haas operated for.
de indication of the numb
Counterss can be reset via the operator panel from Main Menu
M set Menu or vvia CMS.
- > Res
7.7.1 Lifettime cou

unters
Lifetime counters calculate and record
r the to
otal number of
o Close Ope en (CO) Opeerations and the mechanical
and conttact wear. Th
hey are acce
essible via the
e Panel or ca
an be capturred using CM
MS software.
• T
Total CO Opperations – A close operration and th ent open opeeration are trreated as a CO
he subseque
O
Operation.
• Mechanical wear – The value is callculated as a ratio of the
e total numbber of CO op
perations to the
rrated OSM mechanical
m life and expre
essed as a percentage.
• CContact wea ar – The value is calcula
ated for eac
ch phase using a recurreent formula to
t calculate the
ttotal contact wear consumed after ea
ach interruptiion.
T
The Maximu
um recalculatted wear on a
any of the three phases is
i recorded aas a percenta
age
Values a
are calculated and update
ed after each
h Close Open (CO) Operration.
104 Monitorin
M ng OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
Panel Na
avigation
ST [Press ESC]
LIFETI
IME COUNTER
RS
Ø
[MAIN M
MENU] Close/
/Open Total
l 100
Mechan
nical Wear (%) 1.00
ª [Counterss] Contac
ct Wear (%)
) 2.00
ª [L nters] ⇒
Lifetime Coun
7.7.2 Faullt counte

ers
Fault cou
unters record
d the number of protectio
on operations
s (faults) provided by eacch of the follo
owing
Phase Overcurrent
O (OC) (per pha
ase) Negative Ph
hase Sequennce (NPS)
Earth Fa
ault (EF) Sensitive Ea
arth Fault (SE
EF)
Frequen
ncy Protection (FE) Voltage Prottection (VE)
Recordss are calculaated and upd dated after each protec on (fault). T hey are acc
ction operatio cessible via the
Panel orr can be capttured using CMS
C softwarre.
Panel Na
avigation FAUL
LT COUNTERS
S

ST [Press ESC] Page 1 ►Page 2
2◄
Ø
OC A 12
[MAIN M
MENU]
OC B 10
ª [Counterss] OC C 15
EF 22
Fault Counterrs] ⇒
ª [F
SEF 3
e 1] ⇒
ª [Page NPS 0
I2/I1 0
Yn 0
UF 0
OF 0
Panel Na
avigation
FAUL
LT COUNTERS
S
ST [Press ESC]
Ø Page 1 ►Page 2
2◄
[MAIN M
MENU]
UV 0
ª [Counterss] OV 0
HRM 0
Fault Counterrs] ⇒
ª [F
e 2] ⇒
ª [Page
OSM U
User Man
nual Mo
onitoring
g 105
NOJA
A-5002-08
7.7.3 SCA
ADA Counters
The SCA
ADA counterrs record data
a which can assist with commissionin
c ng and testinng communic
cations links.
Panel Na
avigation SCADA COUNTERS

ST [Press ESC] Call Dro
op outs 0
Ø Calls Fa
ailed 0
Tx Frame
es 32
[MAIN M
MENU] Rx Frame
es 56
ª [C
Counters] Length Errors 0
CRC Erro
ors 0
DA Counterss] ⇒
ª [SCAD C1 Buffe
er 1
12
C2 Buffe
er 0
C3 Buffe
er 0
7.7.4 DNP
P3-SA Co
ounters
The DNP3-SA coun nters record data which can assist with
w monitorring DNP3 ssecurity such
h as monitorring
session key changess, error mess
sages and au
uthentication
n failures.
DNP3-S
SA COUNTERS
S
Panel Na
avigation
ST [Press ESC] Unexpect
ted Message
es 0
Ø Authoriz
zation Fail
lures 0
Authentication Fai
ilures 0
[MAIN M
MENU] Reply Timeouts 0
ª [C
Counters] Rekeys Due
D to Auth
h. Failure 0
Total Me
essages Sen
nt 0
ª [DNP ers] ⇒
P3-SA Counte Total Me
essages Rec
ceived 0
Critical Messages Sent 0
Critical Messages Received 0
Discarde
ed Messages
s 0
Error Me
essages Sen
nt 0
Error Me
essages Rxe
ed 0
Successf
ful Authent
tications 0
Session Key Change
es 0
Failed Session
S Key
y Changes 0
7.7.5 GOO
OSE Cou
unters
The GOO
OSE counterrs record sub
bscription an
nd publishing
g of GOOSE messages foor the IEC 61
1850 protoco
ol.
Panel Na
avigation GOOSE COUNTERS
ST [Press ESC]
Subscrib
bed GOOSE M
Messages 0
Ø Publishe
ed GOOSE Me
essages 0
[MAIN M
MENU]
ª [C
Counters]
OSE Counterrs] ⇒
ª [GOO
106 Monitorin
M ng OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-08
7.8 Fault Flags

Fault Flags are set when a protection operation has been initiated e.g. Open(OC) is set when the recloser
has opened due to overcurrent protection.
Fault flags are automatically reset when the switch transitions from open to close if “Reset Fault Flags on
Close” is enabled which is the default setting.
Panel Navigation FAULT FLAGS
Reset Fault Flags on close Enabled
Ø
Display Alerts Disabled
[MAIN MENU] Alarm Not Latched
ª [Fault Flags] ⇒
Fault Flags Settings

Reset Fault Flags on Reset Fault Flags on Close Enabled/Disabled N/A Enabled
Close
Display Alerts Display Alerts Enabled/Disabled N/A Disabled
Alarm Latching Alarm Latching Latched/Not Latched N/A No Latched
Note: If “Reset Flags on Close” is enabled any alarm flag will also be reset on a close operation if the alarm is latched.
Refer to section 6.2.14 Alarm Latching.
Fault flags can be reset manually from the panel via the Reset Menu or through SCADA or Logic (refer to
relevant SCADA protocol document for more details).
Panel Navigation
RESET MENU
Energy Meters
Ø
Fault Counters
[MAIN MENU] SCADA Counters
GOOSE Counters
ª [Reset Fault Flags] ⇒ Reset Hot Line Tag
Reset Binary Fault Targets
Reset GPS Hardware
Note: “Reset Binary Fault Flags” will also reset any alarm flags. Refer to section 6.2.14 Alarm Latching.

NOJA
A-5002-08
7.9 Us
ser Notiffication
ns
Notifications are disp
played on the e panel to in form the ope erator when particular evvents are gen
nerated. The ese
include AAlerts, Warnnings and Malfunctions a and will be displayed
d in the correspponding tabs s in the Systtem
Status MMenu. If an allert is active, the Alert tab
b will be disp
played when the panel is turned on.
Warning gs and Malfunctions are automaticallyy generated by the relay y. For a list oof indication signals, plea
ase
refer to ssection 11.6.. Alerts on th
he other han d, are config
gured and enabled in CMMS.
7.9.1 Con
nfiguring Alerts
Alerts ca
an include “O
Open” fault fla
ags and any other logic signal
s (using variables VA
AR1 to VAR3
32).
Alerts arre configuredd in CMS fro om the Alertss tab in Logic settings. You
Y will noticce that a number of “Op pen”
alerts arre already avvailable. To display an a alert on the panel, you must
m enable the individual alert and the
“Alerts” mmode. Additiional alerts can
c be seleccted from any y of the avaiilable “Open”” fault flags or any variab
ble.
Refer to CMS Help File
F for more details.
The “Ale
erts” mode ca
an also be en
nabled via th
he panel by enabling
e “Dis
splay Alerts”.
The Alerts tab will only

o be visib
ble if any off the configu a enabled and active. The Alerts tab
ured Alerts are
includes “Reset Bina ary Fault Tarrgets” which allows the user
u to manuually reset anny of the fau
ult flags (“Op
pen”
or “Alarm
m” flags). Reffer to section
n 7.8 Fault F lags and the
e CMS Help File
F for moree details.
Panel Na
avigation FAULT
T FLAGS
ST [Press ESC]
Reset Fault
F Flags
s on close Enabled
d
Ø Display
y Alerts Disabled
d
Alarm Not
N Latched
d
[MAIN M
MENU]
S
Fault Flags] ⇒
ª [F
Panel Na
avigation SYST
TEM STATUS
►ALERTS
S◄ GENERAL WARNING MALFUNCTIO
ON
[Turn Pa [ ST
TATUS]
ª [Alerts] <Reset Binary Fau
ult Targets
s>
Open(Pr
rot) O
Open(OV)
Open(Ph
hA) O
Open(UF)
Open(Ph
hB) O
Ope(OF)
Open(Ph
hC) O
Open(Yn)
Open(Ph
hN) V
VAR1
Open(OC
C) V
VAR12
Open(EF
F) V
VAR32
Open(SE
EF)
Open(NP
PS)
Open(UV
V)
108 Monitorin
M ng OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
7.10 Ma
aximum Deman
nd Indic
cation (M
MDI)
MDI is im
mplemented as Protocol Points only a and report on
nly values of currents (Ia,, Ib, Ic and In
n). The RMS
S
value of current in ph
hases A, B, C and In are averaged in accordance e with Load PProfile configuration. See
Binary C
Counters, doccument NOJA A-522 RC D NP3 Device Profile, and Integrated T Totals, docum ment NOJA-
5604 RC C IEC60870-5-101 and 10 04 Protocol IImplementattion.
Load Pro ofile is user configurable
e for the inte
ervals of 1/2
2/5/10/15/30/60/120 minuutes. For cus stomer, to ha
ave
average MDI time off 15 minutes, the Load P Profile time must
m t 15 minute s. All of the MDI values are
be set to
volatile a
and will be re
eset back to zero when thhe controller is reset.
The MDII records are
e reported as
s for TODAY,, YESTERDA
AY and LAST
T WEEK.
Definitions of these are:
a
• T
The TODAY
Y Load Profile
e is monitore
ed for the highest value in
n the recordss from last midnight till no
ow.
• TThe YESTER RDAY Load Profile is mo
onitored for the highest value
v in the records for the
t 24 hourss till
llast midnightt.
• T
The LAST WEEK
W Load Profile is m
monitored forr the highest record durring the last 7 days till last
midnight.
The valuues for recorrd types (YESSTERDAY a and LAST WEEK) are up
pdated only oon expiration
n of the relevvant
period. T
The value forr record type TODAY is u
updated when a new max
ximum for TOODAY is deteected.
7.11 Po
ower Qu
uality
The RC Power Quality System provides
p monnitoring and protection fe
eatures for poower quality issues such
h as
Harmoniics Distortion
n, Interruptions, and Sagss and Swells
s. The system:
• uses the “F Fast Fourierr Transform”” or FFT alg gorithm to provide
p exacct values for the harmo onic
frequency and
a its magniitude
• captures an n oscillogram of the wave
eform (IEEE COMTRADE E format)
• captures infformation for short and loong interruptions (IEEE P1159.3
P PQDDIF format)
• records the number of sags and swe ells (IEEE P1
1159.3 PQDIF format).
Data is logged and can be analysed to dettermine the power qualitty flowing th rough the device using the
Power QQuality Software (PQS) in
nstalled on a PC.
The systtem providess protection byb allowing tthe user to configure resp
ponses suchh as triggerin
ng an alarm or
o a
er to section 6.11.
trip. Forr harmonic prrotection refe
7.11.1 Osc
cillograph
hy
The RC can capture e an oscilloggram of the wwaveform when
w a user specified evvent occurs. The amount of
waveform m captured prior
p to the trigger can be
e configured es from 0 to 80% of the capture prio
d. This range or to
the trigge
er point.
The data
a is saved in n the internal file system or on an extternal USB flash drive annd can be us
sed for analyysis
of powerr quality flucttuations.
The nummber of files which
w can be he internal file system is dependent oon the file size and thus the
e stored in th
capture time. It is baased according to: 1 file at 3s, 3 files
s at 1s and 6 files at 0.55s. An option
n is available
e to
overwrite
e the files or write once.
There is a limit of 500 files per da
ay which can o the USB flash drive.
n be stored on
The sign
nals recorde
ed are the 6 bushing vo oltages, 3 ph
hase currentts and the nneutral curre
ent. The data
a is
recorded
d at a sample
e rate of 1600 samples p
per second.
OSM U
User Man
nual Mo
onitoring
g 109
NOJA
A-5002-08
Oscillogrraphy Logs
• T
The RC file system
s uses IEEE Std C 37.111-1999 9 Comtrade binary
b formatt for Oscillog
graphy capture.
• T
The log files will contain the following
g:
o relayy serial numb ber providingg a unique identifier
o station text “NOJ JA-RC serial--number”
o date e and time the data was ccaptured.
Panel Na
avigation Power Qu
uality Sett
tings

ST [Press ESC] ►Osc◄ Hrm
H Interr
ruptions Sags/Swells
S s
Ø
Oscillo
ography Enable
[MAIN M
MENU] Event Trip
S Capture
e Time (s) 0.5
Capture
e prior to event (%) 50
ª [P
Power Qualitty Settings] Overwrite Capturee Disable
[Osc] ⇒ Save to
o USB Disable
Oscillogrraphy Config
guration Settings
Title Designation
D Range Reso
olution Factory
F Defau
ult
Oscillog
graphy Mon Enable/D
Disable N/A Enable
E
Event Even
nt Pickup/T
Trip/Close/ N/A Trip
T
Alarm/Lo
ogic/IO Inputs//
Prot Ope
eration
e Size (s)1
Capture Captture T,s 0.5/1/3 N/A 0.5
0
Capture
e Prior to Even
nt (%) Captture % 0/5/10/20
0/40/50/60/80 N/A 50
5
Overwritte Capture 2 Overrwrite Enable/D
Disable N/A Disable
D
3
Save to USB USB Save Enable/D
Disable N/A Disable
D
Note:
1. Time required d to save the collected data a to an external USB can be e up to 75% oof the capture size e.g. for a 3s
capture it maay take 2.25s to
t save to USB B. If a triggeriing event occu
urs during thiss time it may not be captured
d.
2. If enabled ovverwrites the existing files, o
otherwise writees once only.
3. If “Save to USSB” is enabledd and a USB fflash drive is notn available, data
d will be saaved to interna
al memory.
7.11.2
2 Harm
monics
The RC controller mmeasures THD, TDD, Ha rmonic Curreent (HRM_I) and Harmoonic Voltage (HRM_V) up p to
the 15th harmonic. The
T signals are
a the 3 bus hing voltages (Ua, Ub, Uc),
U 3 currentts and the ne
eutral currentt.

The mea
asured value
es are:
• Fundamenta al frequency in rms (Ia, Ib
b, Ic, In, Ua, Ub,
U Uc)
• Frequency harmonics
h 2 to
t 15 (Ia, Ib, Ic, In, Ua, Ub, Uc)
• TTotal Harmoonic Distortion
n (THD) (Ua , Ub, Uc)
• TTotal Demannd Distortion (TDD) (Ia, Ibb, Ic, In)

The harm
monic data collected
c is averaged ove
er 64 cycles and
a made av
vailable everyy 32 cycles.
Harmoniic Logs
• TThe RC file system
s uses IEEE P1159 9.3 PQDIF fo ormat for harrmonic data.
• AAn independ dent deadba and value an nd time can be configure ed for each of THD, TD DD, HRM_I anda
HRM_V whicch allows the e capture of h
harmonic data.
• A single timeer setting forr all deadban
nds is availa
able such tha at when the harmonic ex xceeds the user
u
sset deadbannd for the use eriod, the value at the end of that timee period will be logged.
er set time pe
110 Monitorin
M ng OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
• T
The log will capture all of
o the set val ues associatted with a de eadband valuue and the time it occurrred.
For example e if the HRM__I deadband value is exc ceeded on th he 3rd harmoonic of Ib then the valuess for
Ib 1 to 15 will be saved into the log w
with an indica
ation that it was
w the 3rd hharmonic tha at exceeded the
HRM_I dead dband value.
• Limited to a maximum off 1000 record ds.
Panel Na
avigation
Power Q
Quality Set
ttings
ST [Press ESC]
Osc ►Hrm◄
► Inte
erruptions Sags/Swel
lls
Ø
[MAIN M
MENU] Log Harmonics Enable
THD Enable
S THD Dea
adband (%) 5.0
TDD Enable
ª [P
Power Quality
y Settings] TDD Dea
adband (%) 5.0
HRM_I Enable
[Hrm] ⇒ HRM_I Deadband
D (%%) 5.0
HRM_V Enable
HRM_V Deadband
D (%%) 5.0
Time (s
s) 10
Harmoniics Settings
T
Title Des
signation Range Resol ution Factory
F Defau
ult
Log Harm
monics HRM Log Enable
e/Disable N/A Enable
THD THD Enable
e Enable
THD Dea
adband THD % 0.1 to 50.0 0.1 5.0
0
TDD TDD Enable
e Enable
TDD Dea
adband TDD % 0.1 to 50.0 0.1 5.0
0
HRM_I HRM_I Enable
HRM_I Deadband HRM_I % 0.1 to 50.0 0.1 5.0
0
HRM_V HRM_V Enable
HRM_V D
Deadband HRM_V % 0.1 to 50.0 0.1 5.0
0
Time (s) T, s 1.0 to 120.0 0.1 10
Note:
• THD: Total Ha
armonic Distorrtion is defined
d as the THD = square roott (sum (V2 to V 15))/V1
• TDD: Total Demand
D Disto
ortion is defin
ned as the TD DD = square root (sum (II22 to I15))/IL (W
Weekly) wherre IL
(Weekly) is the maximum rm
ms demand cu urrent over the
e week.
7.11.3
3 Long and Sh
hort Dura
ation Inte
erruption
ns
The long g and short duration intterruption infformation co
ollected can be used to calculate System
S Avera
age
Interrupttion Duration
n Index (SAIDI), System Average Intterruption Frrequency Inddex (SAIFI) and
a Momenttary
Average e Interruption Frequency Index (MAIF I).
An interrruption startss when all 3 phase volta

ages fall beloow the Loss of Supply Deetection (LSD) voltage. The
T
interrupttion ends when one phas se voltage is equal to or greater
g than the LSD volttage.
The RC allows the useru to set a duration to determine th e between a short and lo
he difference ong interruptiion,
and can log all the innformation re elevant to eaach of these interruptions separately. If the duratio
on time is se
et to
zero it w
will capture all interruption
ns as Long DDuration Interrruptions.
The dura ation time is the minimum SD to be true (no voltage

m time for LS e on terminaals) to be cou
unted as a lo
ong
interrupttion. It is also
a used as the minimmum reset tiime for restored voltagee before an n interruption
n is
considerred finished.
OSM U
User Man
nual Mo
onitoring
g 111
NOJA
A-5002-08
If, after vvoltage has been restore ed, LSD tran

nsitions to tru
ue, before th he minimum reset time has
h expired, the
interrupttion time will continue to accumulate
a a
and the rese et timer will re
eset.
Interrupttion Logs
• T
The RC file system
s uses IEEE P1159 9.3 PQDIF fo ormat for long and short dduration interruptions.
• T
The log conttains:
o the U(a,b,c)
U or U(r,s,t)
U
o the duration
d (LSDD true to LSD
D false)
o the start
s and finis
sh times
o each n on either si de of the Re
h interruption ecloser
o a ma aximum of 2,,000 recordss.
To config
gure the Inte
erruption dura
ation and turrn on the logg
ging of the fields, see be low.
Panel Na
avigation Power Qua
ality Settings

ST [Press ESC] Osc Hrm ►Interrup
ptions◄ Sag
gs/Swells
Ø
Monitor Interruptio
I ons Disabl
le
[MAIN M
MENU] Log Short
t Interrupt
tions Disable
S Duration (s) 60
ª [P
Power Qualitty Settings]
ptions] ⇒
[Interrup
Interrupttions Configu
uration Settin
ngs
Title Designa
ation Range Reesolution Factory Defa
ault
Monitor Interruptions Mon En
nable/Disable N/A Disable
D
Log Shorrt Duration Inte

erruptions Log Short Durration En
nable/Disable N/A Disable
D
Duration (s) Duration T, s 0 to 300 1 60

6
Note: If th
he Duration iss set to zero th
hen all interrup
ptions will be captured
c as long interruptionns.
7.11.4
4 Sags and Sw
wells
The RC records volttage variations occurring
g outside a user
u set period of time. S
Sag and Swell voltages are
based on
n the phase to ground vooltages.
Sags
A voltag
ge Sag occu urs when one or more o of the 3 pha
ase voltages
s fall below the Sag No ormal Thresh
hold
voltage. The Sag ends
e when all
a of the 3 phase volta ages are equ
ual to or greeater than th
he Sag Norm
mal
Threshold voltage plus
p a 2% hy
ysteresis vo
oltage. A neww Sag occurrence can only be gen nerated when a
previouss Sag has en
nded.
If all 3 ph
hase voltagees fall below the Sag Min
n Threshold voltage
v then the Sag withh the duration and minim
mum
voltage w will be generrated immediately.
The lowe
est Sag valu
ue is recorde Reset Time providing it is equal to oor greater than the user set
ed after the R
Sag Tim
me period.
112 Monitorin
M ng OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
The loweest Sag volta

age, the othe
er 2 phase vo
oltages and the time durration is recoorded with the time stamp
p at
the end o
of the Sag Event.
E
Swells
A voltag
ge Swell beg
gins when on ne of more of the 3 phaase voltages
s is above thhe Swell No ormal Thresh
hold
voltage and ends when all of th
he 3 phase vvoltages are equal to orr less than thhe Swell No
ormal Thresh
hold
voltage m
minus a 2% hysteresis vo
oltage.
The high
hest swell vaalue and the e other 2 phaase voltagess at that time uration after the
e is recordedd with the du
Reset Tiime providing
g it is equal to
t or greater than the use
er set Swell Time
T period.
The sweell ends when the voltage returns to Normal +/- 2% hysteres Reset Time. If the voltage
sis, for the R e is
picked u
up again befo
ore the Reset Time expire er configurable.
es the reset timer is reset. The Resett Time is use
Sag/Swe
ell Logs
• T
The RC file system
s uses IEEE P1159 9.3 PQDIF foormat for Sag
g/Swells dataa.
• T
The Sags/Sw wells log con
ntains the folllowing:
o lowe est/highest vooltage along with the other two phasees
o dura ation of each Sag/Swell
o the start
s and finis
sh times of a Sag/Swell on
o either side
e of the Reclloser
o a ma aximum of 2,,000 recordss.
Power Quality Se
ettings
Panel Na
avigation
ST [Press ESC] Osc Hrm Inte
erruptions ►Sags/Swel
lls◄
Ø
Sag Monitoring
M Disabl
le
MAIN ME
ENU] Sag Normal
N Thre
eshold 0.9
90
Sag Min
M Thresho
old 0.1
10
S
Sag Time
T (ms) 2
20
ª [P
Power Qualitty Settings] Swell Monitorinng Disabl
le
Swell Normal Thhreshold 1.1
10
Swells] ⇒
[Sags/S
Swell Time (ms)) 2
20
Reset
t Time (ms)) 5
50
wells Configu
Sags/Sw uration Settin
ngs
Title Designation
n Range Reso
olution Factory
F Defau
ult
Sag Moniitoring Mon Enable/Disab
E ble N/A Dis
sable
Sag Normmal Threshold Normaal pu 0.50
0 to 0.90 0.01 0.9
90
Sag Min TThreshold Min pu
u 0.10
0 to 0.50 0.01 0.1
10
Sag Timee (ms) T, ms 10
1 to 1000 1 20
Swell Monitoring Mon Enable/Disab
E ble N/A Dis
sable
Swell Norrmal Thresho
old Normaal pu 1.01
1 to 1.80 0.01 1.1
10
Swell Tim
me (ms) T, ms 10
1 to 1000 1 20
Reset Tim
me (ms) Sag/Swwell Reset T ime, ms 0 to 1000 1 50
Note: Th
he threshold value
v is spec
cified as a pe
er unit value of the system
m phase to gground voltag
ge (U_rated//√3)
7.11.5
5 Resetting da
ata recorrds and counters
c s
“RESET DATA” on th
he Main Men
nu or CMS alllows resettin
ng of Power Quality reco rds and coun
nters.
OSM U
User Man
nual Mo
onitoring
g 113
NOJA
A-5002-08
7.11.6
6 Saviing Powe
er Qualitty Data to
o USB
Power Q
Quality data captured
c by the
t RC can b
be saved ma
anually to a USB
U flash drivve.
Go to thhe Power Qu uality Status
s screen and d insert a US
SB flash driv
ve into a poort on the reelay. The opttion
“Transfeer Internal Ca
aptures to USSB” will be d
displayed. Select
S this op
ption and preess enter to save the pow
wer
quality data to USB.
Please nnote that for all logs exc
cept for oscilllography file
es the RC re
etains a copyy of the logs
s in the interrnal
flash me
emory. For oscillograph hy files thoug
gh, the RC deletes
d them
m from the innternal flash
h memory, after
a
confirmin
ng a successsful transfer.
Note:
• PPower qualityy data is saved
d automaticalllly to internal flash
f memoryy although limiited oscillogra
aphy captures (up
tto 6) can be stored to intternal memoryy. If more os scillography ca
aptures are re
required it is recommended d to
aautomatically save the osccillography file
es to USB by enabling the “Save to USB B” option in thhe Power Quaality
SSystem Settinngs menu (refeer to section 7
7.11.1 Oscilloggraphy).
Panel Na
avigation
nel ON] ⇒ [SY
[Turn Pan TUS] ⇒ [Pres
YSTEM STAT ss ESC] Power Qual
lity
Ø <OSC> HR
RM Interru
uptions Sag
gs/Swells
[MAIN M
MENU]
Save To USB Disabled
ª [Syste
em Status] Number of
o Internal
l Captures 4
ª [Power Quality]
Q
[Oscc] ⇒ Insert a USB drive ⇒
►Transfer
r Internal Captures to
t USB►
Power Qua
ality
>OSC< HRM
H Interr
ruptions Sa
ags/Swells
Save To USB Enabled

Number of
o Internal
l Captures 0
>Trans
sfer Interrnal Captu
ures to
USB< (In
( Progres
ss)
114 Monitorin
M ng OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-08
8 Control and Indication

Recloser Control and Indication capabilities are handled by four independent Control and Indication
Elements:
• Operator Panel
• Personal Computer with CMS software installed
• Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA)
• Digital Input and Output (I/O).
Control Capabilities
Control Data Panel CMS SCADA I/O Logic
Date 9 9 9 - -
Time 9 9 9 - -
Settings System Settings Switchgear Calibration 9 9 - - -
Switchgear Configuration 9 9 - - -
Measurement Settings 9 9 - - -
I/O Settings 9 9 - - -
UPS Settings 9 9 - - -
Protocol Settings 9 9 - - -
Port Settings 9 9 - - -
RTC Settings 9 9 - - -
HMI Settings 9 9 - - -
Comms Log Settings 9 9 - - -
Power Quality Settings 9 9 - - -
Fault Flags 9 9 - - -
Group 1-4 Settings 9 9 - - -
Control Signals Remote On/Off 9 9 - - 9
Trip/Close 9 9 9 9 9
On(Prot)/Off(Prot) 9 9 9 9 9
1 Group On (of 4) 9 9 9 9 9
On(DFT)/Off(DFT) 9 9 9 9 9
On(SSM)/Off(SSM) 9 9 9 9 9
On(MNT)/Off(MNT) 9 9 9 9 9
On(HLT)/Off(HLT) 9 9 9 9 9
On(Link HLT to LL)/Off(Link HLT to LL) 9 9 - - -
On(EXT)/Off(EXT) 9 9 9 9 9
On(AR)/Off(AR) 9 9 9 9 9
On(NPS)/Off(NPS) 9 9 9 9 9
On(EF)/Off(EF) 9 9 9 9 9
On(SEF)/Off(SEF) 9 9 9 9 9
On(LL)/Off(LL) 9 9 9 9 9
On(CLP)/Off(CLP) 9 9 9 9 9
On(UV)/Off(UV) 9 9 9 9 9
On(UV4 SAG)/Off(UV4 SAG) 9 9 9 9 9
On(OV)/Off(OV) 9 9 9 9 9
On(OV3)/Off(OV3) 9 9 9 9 9
On(Yn)/Off(Yn) 9 9 9 9 9
On(UF)/Off(UF) 9 9 9 9 9
On(OF)/Off(OF) 9 9 9 9 9
On(ABR)/Off(ABR) 9 9 9 9 9
Reset Fault Counters 9 9 9 - -
OSM User Manual Control and Indication 115

NOJA-5002-08
Control Data Panel CMS SCADA I/O Logic

Control Signals Reset SCADA Counters 9 9 9 9 9
Reset HLT 9 - - - 9
Reset DNP3-SA Counters 9 9 9 9 9
79-2 Trips to Lockout 9 9 9 9 9
79-3 Trips to Lockout 9 9 9 9 9
Test Mode Start 9 9 9 9 9
Reset Binary Fault Targets 9 9 9 9 9
Reset Trip and Max Measured Values - 9 9 9 9
1 VAR On (of 16) - - 9 9 9
1 IO1 Output On (of 8) 9 - 9 9 9
On(Logical Block Close)/Off(Logical 9 9 9 9 9
Block Close)
On(ACO)/Off(ACO) 9 9 9 9 9
On(HRM)/Off(HRM) 9 9 9 9 9
On(Alarm Mode)/Off(Alarm Mode) 9 9 9 9 9
On(LLB)/Off(LLB) 9 9 9 9 9
On(Block P(EF-))/Off(Block P(EF-)) - - 9 9 9
On(Block P(EF+))/Off(Block P(EF+)) - - 9 9 9
On(Block P(SEF-))/Off(Block P(SEF-)) - - 9 9 9
On(Block P(SEF+))/Off(Block P(SEF+)) - - 9 9 9
On(Block P(OV3))/Off(Block P(OV3)) - - 9 9 9
Indication Capabilities
Indication Data Panel CMS SCADA I/O Logic
System Status Date, Time 9 9 9 - -
Measured Data 9 9 9 - -
UPS Status 9 9 9 - -
Indication Signals Local Mode 9 9 9 9 9
Lockout 9 9 9 9 9
AR Initiated - - 9 9 9
Prot Initiated 9 9 9 9 9
Pickup Signals - - 9 9 9
Alarm Signals - - 9 9 9
Open/Closed Signals - - 9 9 9
ACO Messages - - 9 - -
Prot Status Signals 9 9 9 9 9
Malfunctions 9 9 9 9 9
Warnings 9 9 9 9 9
Counter Readings Lifetime Counters 9 9 9 - -
Fault Counters 9 9 9 - -
SCADA Counters 9 9 9 - -
DNP3-SA Counters 9 9 9 - -
GOOSE Counters 9 9 9 - -
Records Close/Open Operations - 9 - - -
Fault Profile 9 9 - - -
Event Log - 9 - - -
Change Log - 9 - - -
Load Profile 9 9 - - -
Refer to:
• Section 5 for details on Measured Data
• Section 11.6 for details of Indication Signals
116 Control and Indication OSM User Manual

NOJA-5002-08
• Section 6.12 for details on Protection Status Control

• Appendix I – Control and Indication of Settings for further information regarding Group settings.
8.1 Operator Panel Settings

The Operator Panel has a number of push buttons (PB) which are configured as fast keys. The panel can
be supplied with one of six different fast key configurations (option 1-6).
Option 1 is displayed below.
PB 1 PB 4
PB 2 PB 5
PB 3 PB 6
Key Configuration Options
Option PB 1 PB 2 PB 3 PB 4 PB 5 PB 6
1 PROT EF SEF AR CLP LL
2 PROT EF ABR AR UV LL
3 PROT EF SEF AR ACO LL
4 PROT EF SEF AR UV LL
51 PROT GF HLT A B C
62 PROT EF SEF AR VAR1 VAR2
Notes:
1. For Single Triple switchgear only.
2. VAR1 and VAR2 are variable fast keys which can be configured by the user via logic and SGA.
Although the panel is supplied with one fast key configuration option, the user can change to another option
through CMS. If a change is made the labels on the panel need to be changed accordingly.
The operator can enable/disable the fast keys within the configuration, through system settings on the
operator panel or CMS. In the panel navigation example below, the operator can make changes to each of
the fast keys in “Key Configuration Option 1”.
HMI SETTINGS
Panel Navigation
[Turn Panel ON] ⇒ [SYSTEM STATUS] ⇒ [Press ESC] Fast Keys Control:
Ø
Key Configuration Option 1
[MAIN MENU]
Protection On/Off Enabled
Earth Fault On/Off Enabled
ª [HMI Settings] ⇒ Sensitive Earth Fault On/Off Enabled
Auto-Reclose On/Off Enabled
Cold Load On/Off Enabled
Live Line On/Off Enabled
Active Group Selection Enabled
Delayed Close Disabled
Close Delay (s) 30

NOJA
A-5002-08
HMI setttings
Title Designattion Settiings Factory
Default
Protecction Fast Keyy Mode Protecction On/Off Enabled/D isabled Enabled
E
EF Fast Key mode Earth Fault On/Off Enabled/D isabled Enabled
E
SEF F
Fast Key mode
e Sensi tive Earth Fau
ult On/Off Enabled/D isabled Enabled
E
AR Fa
ast Key mode Auto-R
Reclose On/O
Off Enabled/D isabled Enabled
E
CLP F
Fast Key mode
e Cold L
Load On/Off mode
m Enabled/D isabled Enabled
E
LL Fasst Key mode Live L
Line On/Off Enabled/D isabled Enabled
E
GRP F
Fast Key mode
e Active
e Group Selec
ction On/Off Enabled/D isabled Enabled
E
VAR1 Fast Key mod
de VAR1 On/Off Enabled/D isabled Enabled
E
VAR2 Fast Key mod
de VAR2
2 On/Off Enabled/D isabled Enabled
E
Delaye
ed Close Delayyed Close Enabled/D isabled Disabled
D
Delaye
ed Close Dela
ay Time Close
e Delay (s) 0-300 secoonds 30
3
ABR F
Fast Key mode
e Autom
matic Backfeed
d Restoration Enabled/D isabled Enabled
E
On/Offf mode
ACO F
Fast Key mode
e Auto C
Change Over On/Off mode Enabled/D isabled Enabled
E
Underr Voltage Fast Key mode Underr Voltage On/O
Off mode Enabled/D isabled Enabled
E
Note:
• Only those ke
eys which are in
i the fast keyy configuration
n chosen will be
b available.
• VAR1 and VA AR2 are variab
ble fast keys w
which can be configured
c by the
t user via loogic.
8.1.1 Enabling and Disabl ing Fastt Keys

The pan nel Fast Keyys can be programmed
p to be enab bled or disab bled by the operator, th hrough systeems
nce with local operating p
settings, in accordan practice. If a fast
f key is disabled, pushhing it will ha
ave no effect.
8.1.2 Dela
ayed Close
This featture inserts a delay before closing th
he Recloser when
w the “Close” button is pressed on
o the Opera ator
Panel (o
or PC initiatedd, using CMSS). The delayy can be sett from 0 – 300 seconds. TThis allows an
a operator tiime
to move away from the Recloser before the cclose operatio on occurs.
A messa age is displa
ayed on the LCD Panel when the Close
C button is pushed aand the Closed LED sta
arts
blinking.
g the ESC ke
Pressing ey will cance
el the close o
operation oth
herwise the device
d will cloose after the
e time delay has
h
expired.
8.1.3 Facttory Setttings

The Facctory Settingss menu can be accessed d under USBB operations on the paneel. Insert a USB
U flash drrive
into one of the three
e Relay USB ports. After a few seconnds “USB Opperations” w
will appear as
s a last entryy on
the Mainn Menu. USB B Operations
s and Factorry Settings are password
d protected. P
Please conta act NOJA if you
y
don’t havve the passw
word(s).
Panel Na
avigation FACTORY
Y SETTINGS
nel ON] ⇒ [SY

[Turn Pan TUS] ⇒ [Presss ESC] ⇒
YSTEM STAT Factory Se
ettings ►Disable
ed◄
Ø
Lifetime Counters
C
[MAIN M
MENU] Recovery Options
O
ª [USB Ope
erations] Identifica
ation
ª [F
Factory Settin
ngs] Switchgear
r Settings
HMI Settin
ngs
Install fr
rom USB
Logic CH 17-32
1 Writee Protect
118 Control and Indiication OSM Us

ser Manua
al
NOJA-5002-008
8.2 CM
MS Conttrol and
d Indication
The CMMS Software can be use ed to provide
e control andd indication functions viaa an external PC. Settin
ngs
configure
ed from CMS
S can be dow
wnloaded to tthe device.
For indiccation data, control sign
nals and ap pplicable setttings refer to
t the descrription of ea ach control and
a
indication element in
n this manua al. Activation
n of control signals
s and settings
s via C
CMS is poss sible only whhen
the control mode on the RC is set to local. In ndication via
a CMS is pos ssible in bothh Local and Remote con ntrol
modes.
8.3 SC
CADA Control a
and Indication
The RC C supports a number off SCADA prrotocols whic ch can be used
u to provvide control and indicattion
functionss. Only one SCADA prottocol can be enabled at any
a one time
e.
Indicatio
on via SCADA A is possible
e in both Loccal and Rem
mote control modes.
m Devicces connected to a SCA
ADA
port can be set to run
n as a Local or Remote u user.
SCADA functionality is determine plicable com
ed by the app o NOJA-565 RC
mmunications protocol. Pleease refer to
SCADA Interface Description and the relevvant protoco ol document such as NO OJA-522 RC C DNP3 Devvice
Profile, N
NOJA-5604 RC IEC60870-5-101 an nd 104 Protoocol Implementation, NOOJA-560 RC C 2179 Proto
ocol
Impleme entation and NOJA 5017 RC Logical NNodes Definition.
8.3.1 DNP
P3 Settings
The setttings listed below are available
a fro m the Pane
el menu system. Additioonal advance ed settings are
available
e from CMS only. Pleasee refer to the
e CMS Helpp File and DN
NP3 Device Profile for fu
ull point list and
a
more details.
Panel Na
avigation DNP
P3 SETTINGS
S
ST [Press ESC]
Ø DNP3 Disable
ed
[MAIN M
MENU] SCADA Time
T Loca
al
Slave Address
A 5
S Master Address 10
03
ª [P
Protocol Setttings] Unsolic
cited Disable
ed
Port RS23
32
ª [DNP3] ⇒ Connect
tion Type Se
erial Direc
ct
Check Master
M IP N
No
Master IP 0.0.0.
.0
Poll Wa
atchdog Timme(min) 0
Binary Control Waatchdog Tim
me(min) 0
Protocol Settings
Title De
esignation Range Reso
olution Fa
actory Defaultt
DNP3 DNP3 Disabled
d / Enabled NA Disa
abled
SCADA Time SCADA Time Local/ [G
GMT/UTC] NA GMT
T/UTC
Slave Ad
ddress Slave ad
ddr 0 - 65519 1 5
Master A
Address Master addr
a 0 - 65534
4 1 3
Unsolicited Unsolicitted Disabled
d / Enabled NA Disa
abled
Port Port type
e RS232/U
USBA/USBB/U USBC NA RS2
232
(2
2)
/LAN/RS
S232P//None
(3)
Connecttion Type Connecttion Type Serial Direct/Disabled// NA Seria
al Direct
Serial Mo
odem/Serial
Radio/LAAN/WLAN
Check M
Master IP Check Master
M IP Yes/No NA No
OSM User Ma
anual Control
C and
a Indic
cation 119
NOJA
A-5002-08
Title De
olution Fa
actory Defaultt
Master IIP Master IP NA NA 0.0.0
0.0
Poll Wattchdog Time Poll Wattchdog 0-1440 min
m 1 minn 0
Time(min)
Binary C
Control Binary Control
C 0-1440 min
m 1 minn 0
Watchdoog Time Watchdoog Time(min)
Notes:
1. R
RS232P cannnot be used as
s it is used by the operator panel.
p
2. The Connectio
on Type is dep
pendent on th he Port setting
g.
Poll Wattchdog Time is a user se et period of tiime before thhe external supply
s will bee reset, if the
e protocol is not
Whenever prrotocol is polled this time
polled. W er is reset. This
T timer ov
verrides the External Loa ad Reset Tim me.
Set to ze
ero this timerr is de-activa
ated.
Control Watcchdog Time is a user se
Binary C et period of time
t before the externall supply will be reset, if the
ontrol is not activated. Whenever
binary co W nary control point is moddified this timer is reset. This
an allocated bin T
timer ove
errides the External
E Loadd Reset Time
e. Set to zero
o this timer is
s de-activateed.
DNP3 Se
ecure Authe
entication
The RC supports DN
NP3 Secure Authenticatio
A on (DNP3-SA
A) version 2 (SAv2)
( and vversion 5 (SA
Av5).
CMS can n be used to o generate th he DNP3-SA Update Key y file. The file
e can be uplloaded to the
e RC by placcing
it in the “\rc10\Updates” folder on o a USB flaash drive, plu
ugging it into
o a USB porrt on the relaay module thhen
installing
g it from the factory
f settin
ngs screen ass shown belo
ow.
Please rrefer to NOJA
A- 559 CMS Help File an
nd NOJA-522
2 RC10 DNP3 Device Proofile for more
e details.
Panel Na
avigation
FACTORY
Y SETTINGS
ST [Press ESC]
Ø Factory Settings Disabled
Lifetime
e Counters
Insert US
SB Flash Driive Recovery
y Options
(Wait a ffew seconds) Identification
Switchge
ear Calibraation
[MAIN M
MENU] HMI Sett
tings
ª [USB Ope
erations] Install Firmware ffrom USB
►Install DNP3-SA Uppdate Key◄
<Entter Password
d 1> Logic CH
H 17-32 Wriite Protect
t Disabled
d
ª [Facto
ory Settings]]
<Enter Passsword 2>
ª [Innstall DNP3--SA Update Key]
K ⇒
Note:
• The update fo
older on the USSB Flash drivee must only co
ontain the DNPP3-SA Updatee Key file
• P
Please contacct NOJA Supp port if you requ
uire passwords
s
• C
Can only insta
all the DNP3-S
SA Update keyy if the system
m is in local mo
ode.
To view the status off DNP3-SA via
v the panel go to System
m Status -> Protocols
P - > DNP3.
8.3.2 IEC 60870-5--101/104

4 Settings
s
The setttings listed below are available
a fro m the Pane
el menu system. Additioonal advance
ed settings are
available
e from CMS S only. Pleaase refer to the CMS Help H File an
nd IEC608770-5-101 andd 104 Protoocol
Impleme entation docu
ument for fulll point list an
nd more details.

ser Manua
al
NOJA-5002-008
IEC 60870 SETT

TINGS
Panel Na
avigation
ST [Press ESC]
IEC 60870-5-101/ 104 Disabled
Ø SCADA Time
T GMT/U
UTC
[MAIN M
MENU] Data Link Addres s 5
Common Address o f ASDU 5
S
Port RS2
232
ª [P
Protocol Setttings] Connection Type Serial
S Dire
ect
Check Master
M IP No
ª [IEC 608770] ⇒
Master IP 0.0.0
0.0
Poll Watchdog Timme (min) 0
Binary Control WWatchdog Time (min) 0
60870 P
Protocol Settings
Title Designatio n Range Ressolution Factory Default
IEC 6087
70-5-101/104 Proto
ocol Enable Dis
sabled / Enable
ed NA Disabled
D
SCADA T
Time Time
e GM
MT/UTC/Local NA GMT/UTC
G
Data Linkk Address Data
a Link Addresss 1-5
5 1 5
1
Common
n Address of ASDU
A Common Address of 1 – 254 or 1-65534 1 0
ASDU
Port Port USBA/USBB/USBC/ NA None
N
N/None2
LAN
Connectiion Type Conn
nection Type Serrial NA Serial
S Direct
Dire
ect/Disabled/
Serrial Modem/Se erial
Raddio/LAN/WLAN
Check Master IP Chec
ck Master IP Yes
s/No NA No
N
Master IP
P Mastter IP NA
A NA NA
N
Poll Watcchdog Time (m
min) Poll Watchdog
W Tim
me, min 0-1440 1 minn 60
6
Binary Co
ontrol Watchd
dog Binary Control Wa
atchdog 0-1440 1 minn 60
6
Time (min) e, min
Time
Notes:
1. F
For IEC 60870
0-101 range is
s 1-254. For IIEC 60870-10
04 range is 1-6
65534.
2. The Connectiion Type is dependent
d on the Port settiing. RS232P is used for co
communication
n by the operrator
p
panel.
8.3.3 IEC
C 61850 Settings
S
NOJA’s implementattion of the IEC 61850 pro
otocol provide
es the follow
wing:
• Manufacturin ng Message Specification n (MMS)
• G Generic Obje
ect Oriented Substation EEvents (GOO OSE) Publish her and GOO
OSE Subscriber.
MMS funnctionality ca
an be used for
f monitorin ol (SCADA functions) annd GOOSE functionality can
ng and contro c
be used for peer-to peer
p co-ordin
nation.
For more
e details refe
er to NOJA-5
5005 IEC 618 850 IED Defiinition and Conformance Statement and
a NOJA-50
017
IEC 6185
50 RC10 Log gical Nodes Definition.
Panel Na
avigation IEC 61
1850 SETTIN
NGS

ST [Press ESC] <General> MM
MS GOOS
SE
Ø
IED name RC10
0
[MAIN M
MENU] Monitor GOOSE
G Sim F
Flag <Enabled>
>
S Process Simulated
S G
GOOSE <Disabled>
>
Quality Test
T Bit Ha
andling <Enabled>
>
ª [P
Protocol Setttings]
ª [IEC 618550] ⇒
OSM User Ma
anual Control
C and
a Indic
cation 121
NOJA
A-5002-08
61850 P
Protocol Settings
Title Designatio n Range Ressolution Factory Default
General
IED Nam
me IED Name Up to 20 characters NA
Monitor G
GOOSE Sim Flag
F Mon GOOSE SimF
Flag Ena
abled/Disabled
d NA Enabled
E
Process Simulated GO
OOSE ProcSimGOOSE Ena
abled/Disabled
d NA Disabled
D
Quality T
Test Bit Handling QualTestHandling Ena
abled/Disabled
d NA Enabled
E
MMS
MMS Server MMS
S Server Ena
abled/Disabled
d NA Disabled
D
Port MMS
S Port USBA/USBB/USBC/ NA None
N
N/None1
LAN
Connectiion Type1 Conn
S Direct
Dire
ect/Disabled/
Raddio/LAN/WLAN
GOOSE
GOOSE Publisher GOO
OSE Publisherr Ena
abled/Disabled
d NA Disabled
D
GOOSE Subscriber GOO
OSE Subscribe
er Ena
abled/Disabled
d NA Disabled
D
Port GOO
OSE Port
Connectiion Type Conn
S Direct
Dire
ect/Disabled/
Raddio/LAN/WLAN
Note: The
e Connection Type is depen
ndent on the p
port setting an
nd the relay moodule version..
8.3.4 2179
9 Setting
gs
Panel Na
avigation 2179 SETTINGS

ST [Press ESC]
Ø 2179 Disable
ed
Slave Address
A 1
[MAIN M
MENU]
Master Address 0
S Port RS23
32
SBO Tim
meout 5
ª [P
Protocol Setttings]
ª [2179] ⇒
2179 Pro
otocol Settings
Title De
olution Fa
actory Defaultt
2179 2179 Disabled
d / Enabled NA Disa
abled
1
Slave Ad
ddress Slave ad
ddress 1 – 2046
6 1 1
Master A
Address Master address
a 0 - 31 1 0
Port Port RS232/U
USBA/USBB/U
USBC NA RS2
232
RS232P/None2
meout (s)3
SBO Tim SBO Tim
meout 1-3600 1 5
Notes:
1. AAddress 2047 7 is reserved fo
or broadcastin
ng.
2. LLAN is not avvailable as a configurable
c po
ort as the 21779 protocol is for serial com
mmunication ne etworks. RS23
32P
iis used for com
mmunication byb the operatoor panel.
3. SSelect Before Operate (SBO O) is the amou ommand is recceived before which an operate
unt of time aftter a select co
ccommand mu ust be received
d.

ser Manua
al
NOJA-5002-008
8.3.5 Com
mmunication Portt Status
The setttings and sta
atus of a communicationn port can beb viewed through the P Panel under System Stattus.
The example below is for an RS2 232 port. Re
efer to sectio
ons 0 and 4.7
7.4 for comm
munication po
ort configurattion
details.
RS2 32 STATUS
[Turn Pa [ ST
TATUS]
ª [Comm
munications Ports]
Detecte
ed Type Serial
Ø Configu
ured Type Serial Direct
Device Mode Remote
NICATIONS PORT
[COMMUN P STAT
TUS]
32]⇒
ª [RS23 Serial Pins:
DTR: Hi
igh DSR
R: Low CD: Ignore
RTS: Hi
igh S: Ignore RI: Low
CTS
Connect
tion State : Disconnected
Bytes Received:
R 123456
Bytes Transmitted
T d: 3456
Test O
Off
Hangup
Serial Po
ort Status
Item Descriptio
on Ran
nge
Configured Type Configured
d Type Disaabled/Serial
Direect/Modem/Ra adio//GPRS
Device MMode Local or Re
emote Device Loccal/Remote
Serial Pins(1) RS232 Porrt Serial Pins Hig h/Low/Ignore
DTR, RT TS, CD,
DSR, CT TS, RI
Connecttion State Displays po
ort connection
n status Discconnected/Coonnected/Dialing
Reddialing/Autodia
aling
Bytes R
Received Displays am
mount of bytess received. Co
ount can be re
eset to 0 - 9999999999
zero by pre
essing enter.
Bytes Trransmitted Displays am mount of bytess transmitted. Count can bee reset 0 - 9999999999
to zero by pressing
p enterr.
Test2 Sends ASC CII string “NOOJA” out through the RS232 port Off//On
(radio and serial direct)). Message continues
c for 30s or
until turned
d off.
NA Hangup (m modem only) d due to inactive
e timeout or re
eceived Hanngup
“NO CARR RIER” string ffrom DCE or the DCD sign nal has
changed from high to low w.
Notes:
• D
DTR=Data Te erminal Ready y, RTS=Requ uest to Send, DSR=Data Set Ready, CT TS=Clear to Send,
S CD=Carrrier
D
Detect, RI=Rinng Indicator
• The Test strin
ng can also be seen through
h a USB port iff using a USB to RS232 adaaptor.
For mod dems, there is an additio onal setting in CMS, “Mo odem is pow wered from eexternal loadd”. This is ussed
when the e communications protoc col is running
g. When thiss setting is On
O and the E External Loadd is Off, the RC
will not try and use th
he communic cation devicee. Please reffer to the SCADA Interfacce Descriptio
on documentt for
a detaileed description
n of this featu
ure.
OSM User Ma
anual Control
C and
a Indic
cation 123
NOJA
A-5002-08
8.4 Inp
puts and
d Outpu
uts (I/O))
The RC controller fuunctionality can
c be extennded by usin
ng the three local digital inputs on th
he relay mod
dule
and two optional Inpu
ut/Output (I/O
O) Modules.
For more ease refer to NOJA 5591 RC Relay IO

e details, ple O and Logic User
U Guide.
8.4.1 I/O Control

C
The Relaay Module lo
ocal inputs (IN1, IN2 and ed to assert the
d IN3) are dry connections. No voltaage is require
input. Each I/O mod
dule has eighht voltage acttivated inputs
s and eight relay outputs .
Inputs
The Inpu
ut Status willl follow the input voltage ge to On whhen the input voltage sig
e signal i.e. it will chang gnal
changess from low to high and it will
w change tto Off when the t input voltage signal cchanges from
m high to loww. A
Recognition Time deelay can be applied
a to elim
minate spurioous controls.
Please n
note that the control pointt is set when
n the Input Sttatus change
es from Off too On.
If an I/O module is se
et to Disable mode, its in
nput control voltages
v are ignored.
The Inpu uts operate as latched commands. Therefore there t is usually an On/O
Off pair of commands.
c For
example e, if you wantt to turn on Sensitive
S Earrth Fault, use
e “SEF On”. If you want tto turn Sensitive Earth Fa
ault
protectio
on Off you neeed to use a separate inp put and assig gn it to “SEF Off”.
Note:
• In order for the Input to operate with
h Recognitio
on Time delay, the settingg “Edge Trig
ggered” mustt be
set to “No”.
Outputs
The outp
puts can be activated
a by assigning acctuating signal, SCADA protocol
p or Loogic.
A Recog gnition Time output. This applies a delay before activating th
e can be sett for each o he output re
elay
contactss.
Reset Tiime delays th
he de-activattion of the re
elay output affter the actua
ating signal iss deactivated
d.
The Outtputs can be configured to operate a as pulsed contacts when they are proogrammed to stay open (or
closed) ffor the speccific time. In this mode off operation, the “Pulse Enable”
E needds to be set to ON and the
Pulse Time must be set.
8.4.2 Enabling I/O

O Module
es
I/O Modu
ules can be fitted
f at the time
t of manu
ufacture or in
nstalled in the
e controller aat a later stag
ge.
When thhe I/O Module

e(s) are first connected t hey are reco
ognised by th
he relay softw
ware and the
e Serial Nummber
and I/O Number are e displayed ono the Inputt/Output settings screen (it may takee about 60 seconds
s for the
moduless to be recog
gnised). If thhe two Modu ules are avaailable then the
t I/O1 or II/O2 designaation can be re-
assigned
d as required
d.
Panel Na
avigation INPUT/OU
UTPUT SETTINGS

ST [Press ESC] Devic
ce Mode
Ø Local Inputs:
I Local
I/O 1: Local
[MAIN M
MENU] I/O 2: Local
S
I/O Confi
iguration
ª [I//O Settings] ⇒ Serial Number I/O
O Number
0151200
0090407 1
0151200
0090408 2

ser Manua
al
NOJA-5002-08
General settings
Local Inputs operation mode Local Inputs Local/Remote – Local
I/O1 operation mode1 I/O 1 Local/Remote – Local
1
I/O2 operation mode I/O 2 Local/Remote – Local
I/O Number2 I/O Number 1/2 – N/A
Notes:
1. The Operational Mode for an I/O module can be set to Local or Remote mode and applies to inputs only. This
allows the commands to be executed in the same mode as the RC-10. Selection of operation mode is only
relevant when an I/O Module is connected.
2. To confirm that the correct number is assigned to the I/O module, check the displayed serial number of the I/O
module on the panel and confirm with the label on the I/O module. The flash rate will indicate if this is I/O
module 1 or 2. Module 1 LED will flash once each second, I/O Module 2 will flash twice each second.
For wiring details, refer to section 4.7.1 and 4.7.2.
The I/O modules can be Enabled or Disabled from CMS or the Operator Panel (in CMS go to Online
Operations - > I/O Configuration).
Individual inputs and outputs on the /O Modules can be Enabled or Disabled using CMS only whereas local
Inputs can be Enabled or Disabled through the operator panel as well as CMS. To Enable or Disable
individual inputs or outputs in CMS go to Offline Settings - > I/O.
Individual inputs and outputs can only be configured through CMS.

INPUT/OUTPUT STATUS
Panel Navigation
[Turn Panel ON] ⇒ [SYSTEM STATUS] Local Inputs: Disable
1 2 3
ª [Input/Output] ⇒
Na Na Na
I/O 1 Module: Disable

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
In: Na Na Na Na Na Na Na Na
Out: Na Na Na Na Na Na Na Na

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
General settings

Local Inputs Local Inputs Disable/Enable – Disable
I/O1 Module I/O 1 Module Disable/Enable/Test1/Test2/Test31 – Disable
I/O2 Module I/O 2 Module Disable/Enable/Test1/Test2/Test31 – Disable
Notes:
1. Three Test Modes are available through the operator panel to check the correct I/O Module operation:
• Test1 - Activation of any input activates all eight outputs.
• Test2 - Activation of any input activates its corresponding output.
• Test3 - Activation of any input activates its corresponding output with any assigned parameters (such as
pulse time or recognition time) for the input or output.

NOJA
A-5002-08
8.4.3 Loca
al Digital Inputs S
Signal Map
M
Input Sig
gnal Map
Inpu
ut Range Facto
ory Default
1 Any co
ontrol signal + Disable Generic Input
2 Any co
3 Any co
Configurrable Settings (applicable

e for each loccal input – co
onfigured thrrough CMS)
Title Designation Range Reso

olution Fa
actory Defaultt
Mode Mode
e Enable/Disable N/A En
nable
Recog
gnition Time Recog
gnition Time, s 0.01 – 1.00s 0.01s 0.0
01
8.4.4 I/O Modules

M Signal M
Map
If the I/O
O Modules arre replaced, the
t Digital M
Mapping is rettained in the Relay Moduule.
Input sig
gnal map
Inpu
ut Range Facto
ory Default
1 Any co
2 Any co
3 Any co
4 Any co
5 Any co
6 Any co
7 Any co
8 Any co
Configurrable Settings (applicable

e for each I/O
O module dig
gital input – configured
c thhrough CMS)))
olution Fa
actory Defaultt
Mode Mode
nable
Triggered1
Edge T Edge Triggered Yes/N
No N/A No
o
gnition Time1
Recog Recog
gnition Time, s 0.01 – 2.00s 0.01s 0.0
01
Note: The input sttatus follows the

t input signaal i.e. it will ch
hange to On when
w the inpuut voltage sign
nal changes from
f
low to high and
a it will channge to Off whe
en the input vo oltage signal changes
c from high to low. The
T control siggnal
is activated when the inpuut status chan
nges from Offf to On. In ord der for an Inpuut to operate with a time deelay
(apply Recoognition Time), the Edge Trig
gger must be set to “No”.
Output ssignal map

Outp
put Range Facto
ory Default
1 Any ind
dication signal + disable Generic output
2 Any ind
3 Any ind
4 Any ind
5 Any ind
6 Any ind
7 Any ind
8 Any ind

ser Manua
al
NOJA-5002-08
Configurable settings (applicable for each I/O module digital output - configured through CMS)
Mode Mode Enable/Disable N/A Enable
Recognition Time Recognition Time, s 0.01 – 2.00s 0.01s 0.01
Reset Time Reset Time, s 0.00 – 180.00s 0.01s 0.00
Pulse Enable1 Pulse Enable On/Off N/A Off
Pulse Time1 Pulse Time, s 0.02 – 180.00s 0.01s 0.02
Note 1: The outputs can be configured to operate as pulsed contacts when they are programmed to stay open (or
closed) for the specific time. In this mode of operation, the “Pulse Enable” needs to be set to “On” and the
Pulse Time must be set.
8.5 Logic
Logic expressions can be built using CMS software. The expressions employ logic operators such as “or,
nor, xor, and, nand, not and ( )” with other variables such as pickup, open, alarm, closed, status, malfunction
or any general control or indication point.
The Logic Expression is evaluated on change of state of any of its input signals, upon download of logic
settings from CMS and upon startup of the controller.
Recognition and Reset Times are applied to the Logic Expression Output. This will determine the Logic
Status displayed.
The “Set When” mode will be applied to the Logic Status to determine the Expression Output. The output
can then be assigned to SCADA points or the I/O to initiate other actions. For more details, please refer to
NOJA 5591 RC Relay IO and Logic User Guide.
Note: The operation of Logic is independent of the device being in local or remote mode.
The “Set when” mode is set by the user in CMS. Definition of Operation for the “Set When” mode is
described below:
EITHER The Expression Output will be activated when the Logic Status is TRUE and it will be deactivated when the
Logic Status is FALSE.
TRUE The Expression Output will be activated when the Logic Status is TRUE and it will stay in this state.
(Equivalent to turning the Output ON and leaving it in the ON state).
FALSE The Expression Output will be deactivated when the Logic Status is FALSE and it will stay in this state.
(Equivalent to turning the Output OFF and leaving it in the OFF state).
CMS Logic Device Settings

Recognition Time User set time before a change in the Logic Expression Output causes the Logic
Status to change. Recognition time initiation is dependent on the “Set When” mode
selected.
Reset Time User set time before a change in the Logic Expression Output causes the Logic
Status to change. Reset time initiation is dependent on the “Set When” mode
selected.
Pulse time Time the Expression Output remains ON or OFF depending on “set when” condition.
Log Enable Enables a log entry (expression name) to occur for this expression output.
Recognition and Reset Time Initiation

“Set when” Mode Logic Expression Output Change Recognition Time Initiated Reset Time Initiated
Either False to True Yes No
True to False No Yes
True False to True Yes No
True to False No Yes
False False to True No Yes
True to False Yes No

NOJA
A-5002-08
CMS Co
onfigurable Settings
S (applicable for ea
ach logic outp
put)
olution Fa
actory Defaultt
Mode Mode
nable
Recog
gnition Time Recog
gnition Time, s 0.00 – 180.00s 0.01s 0.0
00
Reset Time Resett Time, s 0.00 – 180.00s 0.01s 0.0
00
Pulse Enable Pulse
e Enable On/Off N/A Offf
Pulse Time Pulse
e Time, s 0.02 – 180.00s 0.01s 0.0
02
Log En
nable Log Enable
E On/Off N/A Offf
Panel Na
avigation LOG IC

[Turn Pa [ ST
TATUS] ►Logic Status◄ Sm utomation
mart Grid Au
Logic] ⇒
ª [L Logic: D Wri
ite Prot 17-32: D
<CH 1-8> CH 9-16 CH 17-24 CH

C 25-32
1 2 3 4
Disable Disable Disable Disable

Off Off Off Off
5 6 7 8
Disable Disable Disable Disable

Off Off Off Off
General S
Settings
Title Designation
n Range Reso
olution Fa
actory Defaultt
Logic Logic
c Disab
ble/Enable/Tes
st N/A Dis
sable
Prot 17-321,2
Write P Write
e Prot CH 17-3
32 Disab
ble/Enable N/A Dis
sable
Note:
1. The field Wriite Prot 17-322 indicates whhether the log
gic channels 17-32 are wririte protected. By default write
w
p
protection of channels
c 17-3
32 is disabled.
2. The field Write
e Prot 17-32 can
c be change ed through thee factory settin
ngs menu or inn CMS.
8.5.1 Smart Grid Automattion

NOJA Po ower’s Smarrt Grid Autom mation (SGA)) enables customers to immplement annd deploy dis
stributed con
ntrol
and auttomation applications on the RC recloser in accordance e with the IIEC 61499 standard. The T
functiona
ality includess PC software tools and e
embedded sooftware for th
he RC reclosser.
Panel Na
avigation LOG
GIC

ST [Press ESC] Logic Status ►Sm art Grid Aut
tomation◄
Ø
[MAIN M
MENU] Smart Grid Autommation Enabl
led
ª [System Status]
S TCP Port Number 614
499
Command
ª [L
Logic] Send SGA WARM EEvent Initia
ate
mation] ⇒
ª [Smarrt Grid Autom Send SGA STOP EEvent Initia
ate
Delet
te FBOOT Initia
ate
Insta
all FBOOT ffrom USB Initia
ate
Status
Avail
lable resouurces 1
Faile
ed resourcees 0
FBOOT
T Status Install
led

ser Manua
al
NOJA-5002-008
Smart G
Grid Automation
olution Fa
actory Defaultt
Smart G
Grid Automatio
on SGA Disab
bled / Enabled
d NA Disa
abled
TCP Port Number TCP Port
P Number 1025
5-65535 1 6149
99
1 1
Send SG
GA WARM Evvent Send SGA
S WARM E
Event Initiatte NA Initia
ate
Send SG ent2
GA STOP Eve Send SGA
S STOP Evvent2 Initiatte NA Initia
ate
Delete F
FBOOT Delete
e FBOOT Initiatte NA Initia
ate
U 3
Install FBOOT from USB Install FBOOT from USB Initiatte NA Initia
ate
Notes:
1. A WARM Eve ent will be sentt to the Smart Grid Applicatiion.
2. A STOP even nt will be sent to
t the Smart GGrid Applicatioon.
3. When a file is installed from
m USB, the file
e is copied to non-volatile
n me
emory on the relay.
SGA Sta
atus
Stattus Description Commeent
Available Disp plays the num mber of availab
ble Resources are loadedd into the runntime from thee sga.fboot file
e or
es
resource resoources on the RC. downloaded to the rela
ay via the SGAA application.
Failed Disp plays number of resource es
resource
es thatt have failed to load into th he
runttime.
FBOOT Status Disp plays whethe er the FBOO OT When FB BOOT is insta
alled, the resouurces included
d in the sga.fb
boot
file is installed. file are loaded into the non-volaatile memory y of the devvice.
Deleting FBOOT does s not remove tthe resources from memoryy.
Note:
• IIf you have an
ny failed resou
urces, please g
go back to the
e SGA applica ation to check the function blocks
b and linkks.
• The operationn of SGA is ind
dependent of tthe device beiing in Local orr Remote modde.
For more
e details plea
ase refer to NOJA
N 5019 S
Smart Grid Automation
A (S
SGA) User G
Guide.
8.5.2 Logic Throtttling

If the number of lo ogic operatioons impacts on the perrformance of the devicee(1), the rela ay will limit the
responsiiveness of the logic pro ocess. This 'logic throttliing' will occur for 30 m inutes or un ntil a new loogic
configura t system rrestarts. While logic throtttling is appl ied, the relay will enforcce a
ation is downloaded or the
minimumm interval of 200ms
2 between the handdling of logic
c triggering events. It is ppossible for trriggering eve
ents
to be misssed while th
his occurs.
Note 1: The relay willl apply logic throttling whe

en 200 or more logic evalu
uations have occurred with
hin any 3 seccond
Logic Configurration Issue” warning will be reported. Refer to secction Appendiix F – Indica
iinterval. A “L ation
SSignals.
8.5.3 SGA
A Throttle
e Thresh
hold
If the number of exe ecuted SGA events
e in a o
one second window
w exceeeds the throottle threshold (150 even nts),
a time de elay is applie
ed before the
e application
n can move to o the next evvent. The thrrottle threshoold and the tiime
delay are dependentt on the num mber of embe edded resou urces running g on the devvice i.e. if the
ere is one SGA
S
embedde ed resource running on the device, after 150 ev vents have beenb executeed there will be a 1ms tiime
delay, if there are twwo SGA embe edded resou rces running g on the device each embbedded resource will havve a
throttle tthreshold of 75 and the time
t delay wwill be 2ms, iff there are th
hree SGA em mbedded res sources runnning
on the de evice each embedded
e re
esource will h
have a throttlle threshold of 50 and thee time delay will be 3ms.
Notes:
• The time delay will only be applied to the
e embedded re esource that has reached thhe throttle thre
eshold.
• FFrom firmwaree 1.16 onward ds, the relay onnly allows a maximum
m of three SGA embbedded resourrces to run
ssimultaneouslly (if an SGA application
a waas developed for
f earlier vers sions of firmwaare please ma
ake any
nnecessary chaanges to ensu ure that only th
hree resources s are used).
• You could havve one or morre embedded rresources ass sociated with one
o SGA applilication. Please refer to NOJJA
55019 Smart Grid
G Automatio on (SGA) Userr Guide for mo ore details.
OSM User Ma
anual Control
C and
a Indic
cation 129
NOJA
A-5002-08
9 Ins
stallattion
Installation of both the OSM Auto Circuitt Recloser and RC Co ontrol Cubiccle is straightforward. Itt is
recomme ended the preparation
p foor installatio n be done in
n a clean wo
orkshop envvironment an nd the prepaared
equipme ent is transpo
orted to site.
9.1 De
e–crating
The OSM
M Auto Circu uit Recloser and
a RC Cub icle are pack ked in a singlle crate conta
taining:
• Routine Testt Summary and a User Ma anual in the document
d pocket Inside thhe RC Cubic
cle
• OOSM Auto Circuit
C Reclosser Tank
• Pole Mountin ng Bracket and
a fastenerss
• RC Control
• CControl Cablle
• VVT (if require
ed) and its mounting
m braccket
Access into the cratte is by paneels fastened with tabs. The
T top and sides of thee crate can be removed by
bending up the metaal tabs with a screwdriverr and hamme er allowing prroduct removval.
9.2 RC
C Cubicle Prepa
aration
The batttery of the Control
C Cub
bicle may ha ave discharg ged during transit or stoorage. The Control
C Cubicle
should h
have an auxilliary AC supp
ply fitted prio
or to carrying
g out prepara
atory testing.
9.2.1 Aux
xiliary Supply Con
nnection
ns
The RC Cubicle requ uires an AC supply to be
e connected into the circu
uit breaker. T
The cubicle is configured for
the corre
ect auxiliary supply voltage (110Vac or 220Vac) at the factory as requestted by the cuustomer prioor to
delivery.

f configura
ation and con
nnection deta
ails.
9.2.2 RC and
a OSM
M Compa
atibility
The OSMM Recloser and
a RC Cubicle are matcched and tes sted togetherr in the factoory. Recloserr type is defin
ned
by the O
OSM Serial Number.
N It is
s important tthat the OSMM Serial Nummber matchees the OSM Serial Num mber
program
mmed into the
e RC Controller. Refer to Section 9.2.5.
Measureement within specification

n requires a set of sensoor calibration coefficientss to be progra ammed into the
RC Conttrol Relay me
emory. Durin ng factory Rooutine Test, the calibratio
on coefficiennts relating to
o the OSM ha ave
been pre
e-programme ed into the memory
m of the
e RC accommpanying it. Where
W this iss not done, th
he correct se
et of
130 Ins
stallation
n OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
sensor ccalibration co
oefficients an
nd OSM Reccloser serial number mus
st be progra mmed into the Relay. OSM
measureement coefficcients are reccorded on th
he Routine Te y document pprovided.
est Summary
Retaining pairing is not

n critical, but
b advisablee, otherwise accurate line
e measurem ments cannot be expected d. If
program
mming for an nother OSM is required, section 5.2 2 shows whe ere the RC Measureme ent Settings are
located. Alternately, CMS softwa are can be u
used to downnload a conffiguration filee that has be
een preparedd in
advancee.
If the co
orrect Measu urement setttings have b been misplaced, they ca an be suppllied by your nearest NO OJA
Power office or distributor. For prrovision of th
he correct settings the OS
SM Recloserr serial numb
ber, as record
ded
on the ra
ating plate, iss required.
9.2.3 Initia
al Check
ks
ngs. Prior to commissionning, the corrrect settings for
The RC cubicle is shipped with default Prottection settin
the inten
nded applicattion must be programme d.
Before ccommencing tests make sure the AC C supply is coonnected. Ne
ext open thee escutcheon n panel and turn
t
on the battery circuitt breaker. Ob
bserve the sttart-up mess
sage on the LCD
L Panel, tthe flashing System runnning
LEDs on n the front pa
anel and otheers on the SI M, Relay and I/O Module
e(s).
1. Press the Pa
anel ON button to see the
e SYSTEM STATUS
S disp
play.
Panel Navigation
SYSTE M STATUS
[[Turn Panel ON] ⇒ [SYS TUS] ⇒
STEM STAT
►GENERAL◄ WARNIN G CTION
MALFUNC
Date/Time : 21
1/01/2011, 10:00:18
Config : 3 phase, Rec
closer
Status : CClosed
Measurements ality
Power Qua
Input/Output Power Sup
pply
Protection Communica
ations Port
t
Automation Protocols
Logic
Check th
he date and
d time are displayed
d correct, adjust as illustraated in the diagram
corrrectly. If inc d below.
OSM User Ma
anual Insttallation 131
NOJA-5002-08
Panel Navigation
Ø REAL TIME CLOCK SETTINGS
[MAIN MENU] Date: 21/01/11

ª [System Settings] Time: 14:12:10
ª [RTC Settings] ⇒ Date Format dd/mm/yy

Time Format 24 Hours
Time Zone (hr) +00.00
Select a parameter, enter the password (default is “NOJA”), then change the setting.
Use the arrow keys to change the settings.
Press the Enter key when finished, or ESC to cancel the change.
2. Select any Malfunction or Warning messages and press Enter for extra details.
Panel Navigation
SYSTEM STATUS
GENERAL ►WARNING◄ MALFUNCTION
ª [WARNING] ⇒
21/01/2011, 14:12:18
OSM Disconnected
Press the ESC key to return to SYSTEM STATUS.
3. Select ‘Power Supply’, select the External Load Output and change it from OFF to ON.
Panel Navigation
POWER SUPPLY STATUS
Last Power Restart:
ª [Power Supply]
12:01:14 16/11/2010
ª [External Load Output] ⇒
AC Input OFF
Battery Voltage (Ubt) 13.8V
Battery Current (Ibt) 0.50A
Battery Capacity (%) 100
External Load Output OFF
Battery Test Initiate
Battery Test Result:

04:44:03 AM 02/10/2015
Battery Test Passed
Confirm that 12Vdc appears across the External Load terminals on the SIM module. Set the External
Load Output voltage back to OFF, press the ESC key to return to SYSTEM STATUS.
4. If any optional I/O Modules are fitted, note the Serial Number on the module case. Observe that the
I/O Modules running LEDs are flashing. I/O Module 1, one flash each second. The second I/O
Module, twice each second.
132 Installation OSM User Manual

NOJA-5002-08
Panel Navigation
Ø INPUT/OUTPUT SETTINGS
[MAIN MENU]
Device Mode
ª [Systems Settings] Local Inputs: Local
I/O 1: Local
ª [I/O Settings] ⇒
I/O 2: Local
I/O Configuration
Serial Number I/O Number
0151200090407 1
Confirm that the I/O Module(s) Serial Number Is displayed on the panel.
5. From the SYSTEM STATUS screen, select and view ‘Input/Output’ to confirm the I/O Modules are
indicating correctly. Note that if an I/O module is not fitted, or is disabled, NA appears next to the
input / output status.
Panel Navigation INPUT/OUTPUT STATUS
Local Inputs: Disabled
ª [Input/Output] ⇒ 1 2 3
Na Na Na

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
In: Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off
Out: Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
General settings

I/O1 Module I/O 1 Disable/Enable/Test1/Test2/Test3 – Disable
Note: Selection of modes (Enable/Disable/Test1/Test2/Test3/) is only applicable if the relevant module is connected
and communication is established between the module and Panel.
6. Select a ‘Test1’ mode for an I/O Module. In this mode, application of the correct operating voltage to
any input will cause ALL outputs to change state. Applying voltage to each input and confirming that
all outputs change state each time tests operation of the I/O module. Refer to section 8.4.2.
7. On completion set the module under test back to ‘Disable’ mode. Press the ESC key to return to
SYSTEM SETTINGS
The above checks confirm the RC Control system is functioning correctly and can be connected to an OSM
Recloser for further testing.
OSM User Manual Installation 133

NOJA
A-5002-08
9.2.4 Con
ntrol Cable
Remove e the protectivve plastic co
overing the e nds of the ca
able and insp
pect the connnectors to en
nsure they ha
ave
not been n damaged in transit. Also
A inspect the length ofo the cable to ensure iit has not be een crushedd or
otherwisse damaged.
Connectt the control cable
c to the socket inside e on the SIM module – m
e the cubicle make sure the e plug is align ned
correctlyy before inse
erting. Securee the plug byy pushing thee clamping ring
r in and tuurning it until it clicks (loccks)
into placce (about 1/3 of a turn).
Care mu ust be taken to not apply undue strain
n on the Conntrol Cable pllug and sockket before the
e Control Ca
able
ed with wing nuts at the Cubicle
is secure C Conttrol Cable En
ntry Hole.
9.2.5 OSM
M Reclos
ser Opera
ation
Once the OSM Reccloser has been
b remove
ed from the crate it sho
ould be placeed on a worktable or le
evel
surface.
1. CConnect the e Control Caable to the pplug in the base
b of the Recloser annd ensure the plug is firmly
llocked into place
p using th
he integral cllamping arra
angement.
2. Press the ON
O button on n the RC C ubicle operaator panel. Allow
A 60 secconds before e operating the
Recloser. Confirm
C the OSM Reclo oser Model and Serial Number maatches the panel p displayyed
Recloser Moodel and Serrial Number. Confirm thee position LEED is lit and agrees with the indicator at
tthe base of the Reclose er. If the OSSM is closed, press thee green OPE EN Button anda confirm the
Recloser ope
ens, that the OPEN LED is lit and tha
at the indicator shows thee correct stattus.
3. Press the red
d CLOSED button
b and co
onfirm that th
he Recloser closes and tthe CLOSED
D LED is lit.
4. T
Trip the OSM
M using the mechanical
m ttrip ring ensu
uring the mec
chanism is fuully withdraw
wn.
5. V
View ‘System Status’ on o the pane el. Select ‘W
Warning’ and d confirm thhat a ‘Mechanical Lockoout’
message is displayed. This
T indicate
es that the Recloser
R is unable
u to bee closed. Pre
ess the CLO
OSE
push button to confirm it does not cauuse the Reclloser to close
e.
6. Push the me erating position and conffirm that pre
echanical trip ring back into the ope essing the clo
ose
pushbutton causes
c the Recloser
R to c lose.
7. Navigate to ‘System Seettings’ as illlustrated in the diagramm below andd confirm th he ‘OSM Se erial
Number’ field matches the
t number engraved on n the rating plate of the Recloser. Also
A confirm the
O
OSM Voltag ge Sensor Coefficients
C m
match those e on the testing documeent supplied with the OSM
Recloser.
Pane
el Navigation
n
[[Turn Panel ON] ⇒ [SYS TUS] ⇒ [Pres
STEM STAT ss ESC]
SWITCHG
GEAR CALIBR
RATION
Ø
OSM Mo
odel OSM 38-12-800-300
[[MAIN MENU]
Switch
hgear Type 3 phase
ª [Systems Settings] OSM Se
erial Numbeer 0200112080
0 770
ª [S
Switchgear Calibration]
C ⇒
Switch
hgear Coeff
ficients:
A/kA A/M
MV A/MV
CIa 0.4000 CUa
a 0.0157 CUr 0.0157
CIb 0.4000 CUb
b 0.0157 CUs 0.0157
CIc 0.4000 CUc
c 0.0157 CUt 0.0157
CIn 0.4000
134 Ins
stallation
n OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
8. Press the ‘ESC’ button tw

wice to return
n to the MAIN
N MENU.
9. Ensure the recloser
r is in the closed p
position.
10. G
Go to the SYSTEM
S ST
TATUS page e and selectt ‘Measurem ments’. Injectt 20A primary current, one o
phase at a time and conffirm that indiccations of ph
hase and earrth current arre correct in each case.
Panel Na
avigation MEASUREM ENTS
>Power< 1 Phas
se Energy
[[Turn Panel ON] ⇒ [SYS
STEM STAT
TUS]
Other 3 Phas
se Energy
ments] ⇒
ª [Measurem
Voltages (kV):
A 0.0 B 0.0
0 C 0.0
R 0.0 0
S 0.0 T 0.0
AB 0.0 BC 0 .0 CA 0.0
RS 0.0 ST 0 .0 TR 0.0
Currents (A):
A 20 B 0 C 0
N 20 I2 0
11. If HV testing is required, refer to secttion 9.3.2

12. T
Turn the Ope
erator Panel OFF using tthe ON/OFF pushbutton and disconnnect the Auxilliary supply.
13. Disconnect the
t control ca able and repplace the plas
stic covering
g over each cconnector en
nd for protecttion
ffrom dust, grrit and moistu
ure entering during trans
sportation to site.
The above confirms the OSM and RC are fun
nctioning corrrectly.
9.2.6 Prog
grammin
ng Settin gs
Settings for the RC
C cubicle must
m be proggrammed by owledge of the
y a competent techniciaan with kno
equipmeent, CMS (SSCADA com mmunication)) as describ
bed in this manual annd the intennded protecttion
application.
Settings can be man

nually enteredd using the P
Panel or tran
nsferred using the PC bassed CMS sooftware. Refe
er to
section 4.3 CMS Software.
S his can be done on site or in the
Th e workshop as preferre ed. To prevvent
unauthorized changees it is reco
ommended tthe factory sets default password
p “N OJA” is cha
anged. Referr to
section 1
11.10.5.
9.3 OS
SM Reclloser Prreparatiion
9.3.1 OSM
M HV Terrminal Co
onnectio
ons
No prepa
aration is req
quired for the
e OSM HV te
erminals othe
er than to ensure they aree clean priorr to installatio
on.
OSM User Ma
NOJA
A-5002-08
9.3.2 HV Testing
T
All NOJA A Power outd door switchin
ng devices ppass ANSI C37.60
C requirrements for ppower freque
ency and parrtial
dischargge testing prior to dispatc
ch from the mmanufacturerr. Where pow
wer frequenccy testing is required
r prio
or to
installatio
on, testing to
t 80% ANS SI C37.60 Po ower Freque ency withstand voltage iss recommen nded to conffirm
insulation integrity without unduly
y stressing in
nsulating com
mponents.
Equipme
ent Rating Recommend
ded 1minute Test
T Voltage
15kV 42kV AC 50kV
V DC
27kV 50kV AC 60kV
V DC
38kV 56kV AC 80kV
V DC
e the OSM HV
Energise H circuit to the correct vo
oltage as ind
dicated in the
e table abovee for 1 minute
e.
HV shou
uld only be ap
pplied to the OSM HV terrminals.
The OSM M Recloser should be co bicle by the Control Cabble. The Recloser should be
onnected to the RC Cub
tested in
n the closed position.
p
Connect (using min1.5mm2 wire) the OSM Reclos
1. C ser, RC and HV Test Sett earth points
s to ground.
Where a single phase HV
2. W H test set iss being used, test across s each phasee individually
y or if preferrred,
a ases at once. Use fuse wiire or similarr to tie the ph
all three pha hases togetheer.
3. Energise the
e OSM HV te
erminals to syystem phase
e to ground voltage.
v
4. SSelect ‘Meassurement’ fro
om the SYST nfirm the six voltage indic
TEM STATUS page. Con cations for ea
ach
tterminal.
Pane
el Navigation
n MEASUREM ENTS
>Power< 1 Phas
se Energy
[Turrn Panel ON]] ⇒ [SYSTEM
M STATUS]
Other 3 Phas
se Energy
ments] ⇒
ª [Measurem
Voltages (kV):
A 6.3 B 6. 3 C 6.3
R 6.3 S 6. 3 T 6.3
AB 10.2
2 BC 10
0.2 CA
A 10.2
RS 10.2
2 ST 10
0.2 TR
R 10.2
Currents (A):
A 0 B 0 C 0
N 0 I2 0
5. T
Turn off the HV and remo
ove the conn
nections from
m the OSM HV
H terminals..
6. Disconnect the
t Control Cable
C from th
he OSM Rec
closer.
! CAUUTION: Inapproopriate energisation or exce

resullt in equipmennt damage.
essive voltagee may
WARRNING: Inapprropriate groun nding of the re

ecloser, cubiclle or test
equip
pment will app ply hazardous
s voltage that may result in
! perso
onnel injury o r death or equ
Only personnel tra
uipment damage.
ained in HV te
esting should carry
c out the teests
desc
cribed in this ssection.
136 Ins
stallation
n OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
9.3.3 Mou
unting Brracket
The OSM M15-310 and OSM27-31 10 Pole Mou unting Brackkets are norm
mally supplieed attached to t the Reclo
oser
tank. The OSM38-3000 requires fitting
f of the mounting brracket by thee customer. IIf the OSM15-310, OSM M27-
310 or O
OSM38-300 requires
r braccket fitting usse the four su
upplied M12 bolts with spplit ring and flat
f washers.
The two M20 bolts fo
or attaching the
t mounting
g bracket to the
t pole are not supplied .
9.4 Sitte Installlation

The reco
ommendation
ns that follow
w are designe
ed to minimis
se installation effort and product dam
mage.
9.4.1 Tran
nsport to
o Site
For transsport to site the Recloser, RC and Co
ontrol Cable should be fixed back onnto the crate base as facttory
supplied
d.
Any item
ms which can n be affected by dust, dirtt, water or moisture
m before they are iinstalled mus
st be kept cle
ean
and dry. For example, disconnec cted Control Cables shou uld have the ends covereed with their protective ba
ags
as factorry supplied.
9.4.2 HV Surge
S Arrrestors
It is reco
ommended th
hat HV surge
e arrestors arre fitted to th
he OSM priorr to installatioon on a pole..
All six su
urge arrestors can be mounted
m on thhe tank usinng the mountting points ssupplied. The
e surge arresstor
mounts h have a 13mm m diameter hole
h for fitting
g of a surge arrestor
a or sttand-off.
The reco ommended connection to
t the HV cconductor is by means of
o a Parallell Groove Cla
amp with ca
able
length ass short as po
ossible.
9.4.3 OSM
M Installa
ation
The OSM M has four liifting points. Ensure the Pole Mountiing Bracket is
i fitted to thhe OSM befo
ore lifting it onto
o
the pole..
The Pole e Mounting Bracket
B is seecured to the o M20 bolts at 280mm ceentres. The bracket has the
e pole by two
top hole keyed to faccilitate fitting over a bolt hhead or nut. Once the top
p bolt is secuured, the botttom bolt can
n be
d tightened to
fitted and t fix the Rec closer in placce.
The Polee Mounting Bracket
B can also be usedd to mount the
t Recloserr on concretee poles using
g a bolt throu
ugh
the top h
hole and a ba
anded strap through botto
om slots to go
g around the
e pole.
Note: The
e pole mountin
ing bracket allo
ows for the usse of C-clamp mounting as an
a alternative to through bo
olt mounting.
Connectt the HV cables to the HV Tunnel Connectors on each bushing.
b Tig hten the hexagonal soccket
with an 8mm Allen Key to
screws w o 30Nm.
OSM User Ma
NOJA
A-5002-08
If a tin-plated brass Palm

P Connector is fitted to the bushin
ng use two M12
M bolts to attach a mattching cable lug
and tailss. Tighten bolts to 50Nm.
Lock the
e Control Cab
ble into the OSM
O when th ositioned on the pole.
he OSM is po
Warning: The OSM M tank is normmally mountedd in a horizon
ntal position. If it is not posssible, it may be mounted in a
vertical position
p with no
n considerab ble impact on the operationnal speed of tthe recloser. If the arc vennt is
pointing down the arc fault feature m
may be comprromised and safety needs too be reviewed d.
Standard pole mountin

ng with C-clamps
9.4.4 RC Installati
I ion
The RC has two liftinng holes in th
he top sectio
on of its pole mounting brracket. The R
RC cubicle is s secured to the
pole by bbolts or coacch screws wiith diameter up to 22mm m. The top ho ng over a bolt or
ole is keyed tto allow fittin
nut. Oncce the top is secured
s the bottom bolt ccan be fitted and tightene
ed. Refer to section 4.1.1 1 for RC cubicle
dimensioons.
9.4.5 Eartthing
The OSM M Recloser is
i earthed by t back wall of
y means of a M12 hex head bolt (earth point) poositioned on the
the tank..
a M12 stud (earth point)) on the base
The RC is earthed byy means of an e of the cubiccle.
Recomm
mended torqu
ue for connec
cting the Earrth Lugs is 40
0Nm.
There sh
hould be no earthing
e mettal or cables between the
e bushing and
d the surge aarrestor or sttand-off.
m recommended Earth Conductor req
Minimum quirement forr OSM Reclo
oser and RC cubicle:
• 35mm2 copp
3 per conductor
• C
Crimp type Connection
C Lugs
L
• Parallel Groo
ove Clamp be
b used for b ngth conducctor to OSM unbroken Ea
bonding the RC short len arth
C
Conductor. See the follo ms.
owing diagram
138 Ins
stallation
n OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
Supply Load
OSM User Manual

Bond VT to
OSM Earth
VT
OSM Output VT (Phase to Phase)
Control Cable Unbroken OSM
Cable Earth to Ground
Conductor
OSM Control
Cable
RC
Controller NOTE
Minimum Requirement:
Bond • All cable separation from Ground Conductor, minimum 150mm.
2
Controller to • Use minimum 35mm copper for Earth Conductors.
Installation
OSM Earth • Crimp type Lugs used to connect to Earth Studs.
• Parallel Groove Clamps or Line Taps used to bond RC
Controller Earth and VT to the unbroken OSM Earth
Conductor.
/ 310
Typical Pole Mounting Arrangement for OSM300 and OSM310 with VT
NOJA-5002-08
139
NOJA
A-5002-08
9.4.6 Bird
d Guards
s and HV Cables
It is reco
ommended th
hat Bird Guards and Insu
ulated Cables
s are used fo
or the HV connnections.
Bird Gua
ards must be
e fitted underr the top shed
d on the bushing so the bushing
b creeepage distance is not
comprommised.
Notes:
• OSM38-300 In
nstallations re
equiring 170kV
V BIL must hav
ve bird guards
s installed as a minimum.
• OSM38-300 In
nstallations re
equiring 195kV
V BIL levels must use bird guards and inssulated cable tails.
t
9.4.7 Aux
xiliary Supply
The Reccloser Contro
ol allows connection to eitther an 110V
Vac or 220Va
ac configuredd supply.
Check th
he power sup e correct voltaage has bee
pply input setting before cconnecting to ensure the en configured
d.
f connectio
on details.
9.4.7.1 LV Surge
e Arrestorr
It is reco
ommended th he user instaall an LV surgge protector at the point of supply off the auxiliary
y voltage, eitther
at the VTT terminals or
o tee off from
m utility main
ns.
9.4.8 Com
mmunications Intterface
Remote communica ations with the
t Reclose r Control ca an be achie eved by usinng the I/O Modules or by
connectiing to the SCADA
S interrfaces. In e
either case, all commun nications wirring must bee by meanss of
screened d cable with the screens s earthed to the RC cub bicle earth at one end onnly. Where cabling
c exits the
RC cubiccle, it shouldd be fitted witth an approp cated as closse as possible to the (insiide)
priate RFI ferrrite filter, loc
floor of the cubicle.
urge protecti on must be used on the SCADA porrts if conducttive twisted pair
Opto or galvanic isolation and su p
cables a
are to be used as the com
mmunicationss medium.
Do not cconnect custtomer equipment directlyy to the RC--10 battery under
u any ciircumstances
s. The Exterrnal
Load Po
ower Supply isi provided fo
or this purpo
ose.
f details.
140 Ins
stallation
n OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
10 Ma
ainten
nance
The OSM
M Auto Circu
uit Recloser and
a RC cub icle are designed for a maintenance
m ffree pole life
e.
This secction providess recommendations for m
monitoring eq
quipment con
ndition.
10.1 OS
SM Reclloser
Contact Wear (both mechanical and fault) iss calculated forf every Op pen / Close ooperation. Mechanical Wear
W
due to a single Open n / Close ope
eration (with
hout fault inte
erruption) is negligible sinnce the mec
chanism is ra
ated
for 30,00
00 operation ns. Fault We ated during fault interruption considdering the brreaking curre
ear is calcula ent.
Refer Seection 2.1.2 for
f the rated number of o operations un nder fault con
nditions.
The maxximum conta act wear on any
a one phasse is indicate ed by the RC
C as percentaage consume ed. On reach hing
100% the Vacuum In nterrupter co
ontacts shoul d be conside
ered to be att the end of ttheir service life. The valu
ues
for numb
ber of operattions and con ntact wear s hould be mo he user throuugh periodic captures of the
onitored by th
RC mem mory to a commputer using CMS softwa are or a SCAADA master application.
a R
Refer Sectioon 7.7.1 Lifetiime
Counterss for monitorring wear.
an RC cubicle is connec
Where a cted to a neww OSM Recloser, the lifetime and w
wear counterr values for that
t
OSM muust be reset. This can be done with a PC using CMS.
Once the Mechanism
m or Contac ct (Vacuum IInterrupter) Wear
W on any
y pole has rreached 100% contact your
y
nearest NOJA Power office or dis
stributor for a refurbishment assessm
ment.
10.2 RC
C Cubicle
The RC cubicle is maintenance e free with the exceptio
on of the se
ealed lead aacid battery which requiires
periodic replacementt. Refer to Se
ection 10.5 S
Spare Parts List.
10.2.1 Batttery Repllacemen

nt
Approve
ed batteries
s:
Pa
art Number Recommmended se
ervice interv
val Temp rating
BA
AT-14 2 yearss -20 oC to +50 oC
BA
AT-11 4 yearss -40 oC to +60 oC
Tempera atures outsidde of ambieent 25 oC m
may negativeely affect ba
attery longevvity. For further informattion
contact tthe battery manufacturer
m . NOJA Pow
wer does not warrant
w batte
ery life.
To ensure informatio
on is not acc
cidentally lostt during battery replacem
ment, all histoorical data stored
s within the
Relay sh
hould be captured using CMS
C softwarre prior to proceeding.
OSM User Ma
anual Maintenance
e 141
NOJA
A-5002-08
10.2.1.1 Rep
placementt Procedu re
Refer to Section 10.4
4.1 RC Gene
eral Layout.
Battery rreplacement is carried ou
ut as follows::
1. O
Open the escutcheon an
nd turn off the
e battery Circ
cuit Breaker.
2. Disconnect the
t battery su
upply connecction to the SIM
S module.
3. Disconnect the
t e terminal off the battery and secure the wiring hharness to avoid
negative a acciden
ntal
sshorting.
4. Disconnect the
t positive terminal
t of th
he battery.
5. Remove the wingnuts se
ecuring the b attery.
6. Remove the battery, insttall a replace
ement and tig
ghten the win
ngnuts.
7. C
Connect the positive term
minal followe gative terminal.
ed by the neg
8. Reconnect th
he battery su SIM module and turn on the battery C
upply to the S Circuit Break
ker.
9. CClose the esscutcheon, turn
t nel ON, select ‘SYSTEM
the Pan M STATUS’ aand then ‘Po
ower Supplyy’ to
cconfirm batte a charging current are correctly indicated.
ery voltage and
Notes:
• DDamage due to
t accidental reverse
r polaritity connection is prevented by
b a circuit breeaker switch.
• MMake sure th
he AC Supply y is left on du uring this pro
ocess so the system time clock does not n reset afterr 60
sseconds.
10.2.2
2 Doo
or Seal
The inte
egrity of the cubicle
c door seal should
d be monitore
ed. It is reco
ommended too be include
ed as a perio
odic
check with the same cycle as batttery replace
ement.
Ingress o of dust at an
ny time indic
cates the cubbicle IP rating has been compromiseed and that the cubicle door
d
seal or ccable entry glands require
e attention.
142 Ma
aintenanc
ce OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
10.2.3
3 Upg
grading RC
R Firmw
ware
The Relaay and SIM modules
m can
n be upgrade
ed to provide improvemen
nts or new feeatures. These are releassed
as firmw
ware updatess which can be downloadded from thee NOJA Powwer secure w website and loaded into the
RC.
The firmmware upgra ade can be performed ffrom CMS using u pdate Tool. Alternative
the Up ely files can be
updated manually ussing a USB Flash drive.. Ensure tha at the USB fllash drive iss formatted with
w FAT32 and a
files are stored in the “//rc10/upd
dates” directo he USB Flash drive into one of the th
ory. Plug th hree USB po orts
located oon the Relayy module and d follow the p
panel navigattion as show
wn below.
Refer to NOJA-793 RC ep by step instruction on the upgrade
R Relay Firrmware Upgrrade for a ste e process.
Note: When upgra ading from ve
ersions earlie
ier than firmw
ware 1.14, please
p ensure
re there are no
n more tha
an 7
ffiles in the “//
//rc10/update
es” folder.
Updatin
ng Firmware
Panel Na
avigation
USB O
OPERATIONS
S
ST [Press ESC]
Ø ►Install Updates◄◄
Copy Logs to USB
Insert US
SB Flash Driive Eject USB
(Wait a ffew seconds) Factory Settings (Disabled)
Status : Ready
[MAIN M
MENU] Files : 5
ª [USB Ope
erations] Update Files:
RLM-01_
_HW2_DB19_
_S2_1.16.0.0
<Enter Password
d>
ª [Install Updates]
Downgrrading Firmw
ware
Warning
g: Downg grading to ann earlier verssion is not recommended
d as this will rreset all settiings to defau
ult
and errase all logs.
Panel Na
avigation FACTOR
RY SETTINGS
S
ST [Press ESC]
Factory
y Settings ed
Disable
Ø Lifetim
me Counterss
Insert US
SB Flash Driive Recover
ry Options
Identif
fication
(Wait a ffew seconds) Switchg
gear Calibrration
[MAIN M
MENU] HMI Set
ttings
►Install Firmware from USB◄
ª [USB Ope
erations]
Install DNP3-SA UUpdate Key
<Enter Password
d 1> Logic CH
C 17-32 Wr rite Protec
ct Disabled
d
ª [Facto
ory Settings]]
<Enter Passsword 2>
ª [Innstall Firmwa
are from USB
B]
Notes:
• The update folder
f on the
e USB Flash drive must only
o contain the
t firmware files required.
• P
Please conta
act NOJA Su upport if you require pass
sword(s).
OSM User Ma
anual Maintenance
e 143
NOJA
A-5002-08
10.3 Fault Find

ding
10.3.1 RC Cubicle
C
10.3.1.1 Ope
erator Pan
nel
When thhe cubicle is powered up p from a shu utdown statee, the panel will display the “System
m Powering Up”
message e. This messsage can sta o 90 seconds. In normal operation th
ay on the scrreen for up to he message will
be replacced by the System
S Status page, and the System Running LED will start flaashing everyy second.
A “Comm munications Error” messsage will be displayed iff the Panel does not esstablish a co onnection to the
Relay affter 90 secon dicates that t he Relay is not commun
nds. This ind nicating with the Panel att all. Check that
t
the Rela g the Relay Running LED is flashing
ay is running by checking g once a seccond. If the relay
r is runniing,
reset the
e Operator Panel by re-sttarting the cu
ubicle to re-e
establish com
mmunicationss.
If the panel detects some
s communications, b en the Panel will
but there is a problem witth the data rreceived, the
display ““Cable Fault””. Check the cable betwe
een the Relayy and Panel. Replace thee cable if neccessary.
10.3.1.2 Relay Module

e
In norma
al operation, the Relay module
m will fla
ash the “Rela
ay Running” LED every seecond.
The Rela
ay module iss powered fro om the SIM module. If th
he Relay Running LED iss not lit, then
n check that the
SIM moddule is runnin
ng, and that the battery a
and AC poweer is connected.
If the po
ower is connnected and the
t unning LED”” is flashing normal oncee every two
“SIM Ru o seconds, th
hen
replace tthe Relay mo
odule.
10.3.1.3 Status of Wi--Fi, 4G and

d GPS
There arre three additional LEDs on the Relayy 15 module indicating the status of W
Wi-Fi, 4G and
d GPS.
LED Off Solid O

On Flickering Fast Fast Flasshing Slow
S Flashing
Wi-Fi Disabled/Restarting Initialisin

ng Wi-Fi
W Active -
Initialising
g/No
4G Disabled/Restarting - Connection Active Con
nnection Inactive
Sim Carrd
Disableed/Insufficient
GPS - - Rece
eiving GPS Sign
nal
Signal Strrength/Restartinng
10.3.1.4 SIM
M Module
In norma
al operation, the SIM mod
dule LED willl flash once every two se
econds.
If the LE
ED is not lit att all, check th
hat there is D
DC power be eing supplied
d from the baattery and the
e Power Sup
pply
module. Check the fu uses in the battery
b wiringg loom and th
he Power Supply modulee.
The batttery voltage should mea asure above e 10.5 VDC.. If AC supp ply is off andd the batterry is below this
t
voltage, then the SIM
M will not be able to powe
er up the cub
bicle. Refer to
o section 4.88.4.1
The DC output to the SIM from the Power S
Supply modu
ule should be
e in the rangge of 22 – 60 VDC. Norm
mal
voltage iis usually aro
ound 45 VDC
C.
If power to the SIM module
m looks
s correct and
d the LED is not
n lit at all, replace
r the S
SIM module.
144 Ma
aintenanc
ce OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
10.3.2
2 Recovery Mo
ode
The RC C will move into Recove ery mode if the controlller RECO
OVERY MODE
restarts tthree times in quick succ
cession.
It is imp
portant to ide
entify the cau
use of these e restarts. Any The RC
C10 Relay h
has encount
tered a
cables b between the e SIM and Relay
R modu les should beb proble
em and coul
ld no start
t. Select
checked d carefully an
nd then try se
electing “Resstart”. from one
o of the following recovery
Option
ns:
It the prroblem persists, it is recommended d that “Form
mat
File System” is selected to reset the relay b back to facto
ory Restar
rt
settings. Please no ote that all settings willl need to be
b Erase Logs
reloadedd after a file system
s formaat has been done.
Erase Database VValues
For morre information or assistance please contact NOJ
JA Format
t File Systtem
Power. Update
e from USB
Restor
re Settingss and Logs from USB
Restor
re Settingss from USB
Copy Settings
S annd Logs USB
B
View Logs
L
CAUTION: Remo oving and reco onnecting CAN

N bus cables
will cause a resta
art of the contrroller.
!
10.3.3
3 Cop
py Logs to
t USB
To copy logs to USB B, plug a USSB Flash drivve into one of the USB ports locatedd on the Relay module and
a
follow the panel navigation as shown below.
Logs can
n then be imported into CMS.
C Refer tto CMS Help
p file for more
e details.
avigation
Panel Na
US
SB OPERATIO
ONS
ST [Press ESC]
Ø Install Updatees
►Copy Logs to USB◄
Insert US
SB Flash Driive Eject USB
(Wait a ffew seconds) Factory Settinngs (Disabled)
Status : Ready
y
[MAIN M
MENU] Files : 5
ª [USB Ope
erations] Update Files:
RLM-01_HW2_DB116_S2_1.13.0.31748
<Enter Password
d>
ª [Copyy Logs to US
SB]
10.3.4
4 OSM
M Reclos
ser
Where a an OSM faullt is suspecte ed it should be confirmeed by substittuting a secoond RC cubicle and con
ntrol
cable. If the fault reoccurs the OS
SM should bee taken to a workshop fo
or further diaggnostic testin
ng.
AUTION: Repllacement of an OSM Reclos

CA ser requires thhe
me
easurement co
oefficients for the new OSM to be transferrred to the
! RC
C10 cubicle
me
. Faailure to do so
easurement acccuracy.
o will result in less than speccified
OSM User Ma
anual Maintenance
e 145
NOJA-5002-08
10.3.4.1 OSM Actuator Coil Resistance Testing

The actuator coil resistance can be measured from the control cable connector located on the tank if a
malfunction is suspected. The resistance measured should be:
• OSM 15-12/16-800-310 pins 15 and 16 9 ohms +/- 2 ohms
• OSM 15-12/16-800-312 pins 15 and 16 14 ohms +/- 2 ohms
• OSM 27-12-800-310 pins 15 and 16 9 ohms +/- 2 ohms
See Section 10.4.2 Control Cable connectors to help identify pin positions.
10.3.4.2 OSM Current Sensor Resistance Testing

The CT resistance can only be measured when the Recloser is de-energized, otherwise it shorts
automatically to Earth.
CT resistance is 13.2 +/-0.3 Ohm measured on Harting connector pins on the OSM.
• CT Phase A - pins 1 and 2
• CT Phase B - pins 3 and 4
• CT Phase C - pins 5 and 6
10.3.4.3 OSM Position Microswitch Status Testing

The OSM Recloser reports its position status to the RC Cubicle using micro switches. They can be
measured from the control cable connector located on the tank as follows:
• When OSM is Open pins 21 and 18 is closed
pins 21 and 19 is open
• When OSM is closed pins 21 and 19 is closed
10.3.4.4 OSM Manual Trip Microswitch Testing

The status of the OSM manual trip micro switches can be checked. They can be measured from the control
cable connector located on the tank as follows:
• When Manual Trip is engaged (Down) pins 20 and 21 is open
• When Manual Trip is Off (Up) pins 20 and 21 is closed
pins 15 and 16 is closed
10.3.4.5 OSM HV Contact Resistance Testing

Contact resistance between HV Connector to HV Connector across a closed VI, should be:
• OSM 15-12/16-800-310/312 – 130 micro ohms or less
• OSM 27-12-800-310/312 – 130 micro ohms or less
• OSM 38-12-800-300/302 – 130 micro ohms or less
146 Maintenance OSM User Manual

NOJA-5002-008
10.4 Schematic
cs
10.4.1 RC General
G Layout
Note:
• Wi-Fi, GPS and
a Mobile Network
N conn nectivity only
y available in
n RC-15 cubic
icle.
• The Dual Inp
put PSM mod
dule consistss of 2 x AC In
nput connecttions.
OSM User Ma
anual Maintenance
e 147
NOJA
A-5002-08
10.4.2
2 Con
ntrol Cable
Conttrol Cable
e Wiring
Co
ontrol Cab
ble Conn
nectors
148 Ma
aintenanc
ce OSM Us
ser Manu
ual
NOJA-5002-008
10.4.3
3 Pow
wer Supp
ply
SIIM
PSM
MCB 4A, 6kA

f AC voltag
ge selectionss.
Sock
ket Outlet
OSM User Ma
anual Maintenance
e 149
NOJA-5002-08
10.5 Spare Parts List

Description Part Number
Battery, Sealed Lead Acid
Genesys 12V26AhEPX Side Mount RC-10ES (Higher operational parameters battery, different BAT-11
mounting bracket used) (Battery only BAT-0001)
Power Sonic PS-12260H Vertical Mount RC-10ES (Standard Generic) BAT-14

(Battery only BAT-0004)
1
Control Cable, 7 metres long CC07-11
OSM Pole Mounting Bracket OMB-18
Combined OSM/VT Pole Mounting Bracket OMB-17
VT Mounting Bracket
11kV VTMB-03 / 04
11kV, 22kV or 38kV VTMB-10
I/O Module IOM-11
Operator Control Panel (including panel labels for fast keys)
English PAN-01-1-E
Spanish PAN-01-1-S
Portuguese PAN-01-1-P
US PAN-01-1-U
US (Single Triple) PAN-01-5-U
English (with variable fast keys) PAN-01-6-E
Power Supply Module (does not include general purpose outlet) PSM-02
Power Supply Module (Dual AC Input) (does not include general purpose outlet) PSM-04
Power Supply Module (Dual AC/DC Input) (does not include general purpose outlet) PSM-06
Printed Circuit Board Assembly for Power Supply Module PSMS-PCB
Relay Module REL-01
Relay Module (Ethernet Port) REL-02
Relay Module (Wi-Fi, GPS, Ethernet Port) REL-15
Relay Module (Wi-Fi, GPS, 4G, Ethernet) REL-15-4GA
Relay Module (Wi-Fi, GPS, 4G, Ethernet) (Europe/APAC)
REL-15-4GB (Americas)
Switchgear Interface Module (Single Phase, 2-Phase, 3-Phase) SIM-01
Switchgear Interface Module (Single Triple) SIM-02
Cables
SIM to Relay Analogue WA30-10
Panel to Relay Cable Assembly RC10-3050
IOM-11v2.9 and below to IOM-11 v2.9 and below CAB-0047
IOM-11v2.9 and below to IOM-11 v3.0 and above CAB-0064
IOM-11 v3.0 and above to IOM-11 v3.0 and above RC10-1161
IOM-11 v2.9 and below to REL-01/REL-02v1.0 and below CAB-0047
IOM-11 v3.0 and above to REL-01/REL-02v1.0 and below CAB-0064
IOM-11 v2.9 and below to REL-02v1.1 and above, REL-15, REL-15-4GA, REL-15-4GB CAB-0064
IOM-11 v3.0 and above to REL-02v1.1 and above, REL-15, REL-15-4GA, REL-15-4GB RC10-1161
SIM-01v4.2 and below (with RJ45) to REL-01/ REL-02v1.0 and below CAB-0047
SIM-02 and SIM-01v4.3 and above (with mini-fit connector) to REL-01/ REL-02v1.0 and below CAB-0064
SIM-02 and SIM-01v4.3 and above (with mini-fit connector) to REL-02 v1.1 and above, REL-15, REL- RC10-1161
15-4GA, REL-15-4GB
150 Maintenance OSM User Manual

NOJA-5002-08
Description Part Number

Voltage Transformer, Phase to Phase Type (Auxiliary Supply)
11kV primary, 110V secondary VT11/110
33kV primary, 110V or 220V secondary VT33/110-220
HV Surge Arrestor For Part Numbers, contact

NOJA Power for each
installation specific
requirements.
Bird Guards
for Tunnel Type HV Connectors BGD-02
Palm Type HV Connectors BGD-06
Voltage Transformer BGD-03
Note 1: Standard length supplied. Other lengths supplied upon Customer request.
OSM User Manual Maintenance 151

NOJA-5002-08
11 Appendices
11.1 Appendix A – Group Settings Elements Structure
Protection Settings
OC - Overcurrent Elements
OC1+ Low set time delayed OC element attributed with forward power flow.
OC2+ Low set OC element attributed with forward power flow
OC3+ High set instantaneous OC element attributed with forward power flow
OC1- Low set time delayed OC element attributed with reverse power flow.
OC2- Low set OC element attributed with reverse flow
OC3- High set instantaneous OC element attributed with reverse power flow
NPS - Negative Phase Sequence Elements
NPS1+ Low set time delayed NPS element attributed with forward power flow.
NPS2+ Low set NPS element attributed with forward power flow
NPS3+ High set instantaneous NPS element attributed with forward power flow
NPS1- Low set time delayed NPS element attributed with reverse power flow.
NPS2- Low set NPS element attributed with reverse flow
NPS3- High set instantaneous NPS element attributed with reverse power flow
I2/I1 Broken Conductor Protection
I2/I1 Protection against broken conductor using ratio of negative sequence current over
positive sequence current.
EF - Earth Fault Elements
EF1+ Low set time delayed EF element attributed with forward power flow.
EF2+ Low set EF element attributed with forward power flow
EF3+ High set instantaneous EF element attributed with forward power flow
EF1- Low set time delayed EF element attributed with reverse power flow.
EF2- Low set EF element attributed with reverse flow
EF3- High set instantaneous EF element attributed with reverse power flow
SEF - Sensitive Earth Fault Elements
SEF+ SEF element attributed with forward power flow.
SEF- SEF element attributed with reverse power flow.
Yn - Admittance Protection Element
Yn Yn - Protection element using neutral admittance characteristics of the network
LL - Live Line Overcurrent Elements
OCLL 1-3 OC Live Line Overcurrent elements
NPSLL 1-3 NPS Live Line Overcurrent elements
EFLL 1-3 EF Live Line Overcurrent elements
SEFLL SEFLL Overcurrent elements
MNT - Maximum Number of Trips
FE - Frequency Element
UF Under Frequency Element
OF Over frequency Element
VE - Voltage Elements
UV1 Phase Undervoltage balanced element
152 Appendices OSM User Manual

NOJA-5002-08
Protection Settings
UV2 Line to Line Undervoltage element
UV3 Loss of Supply element
UV4 Sag Voltage Sag Protection
OV1 Phase Overvoltage balanced element
OV2 Line to Line Overvoltage element
OV3 Neutral Displacement Overvoltage
OV4 Negative Sequence Overvoltage protection
ABR - Automatic Backfeed Restoration
LSD - Loss of Supply Detector
Uabc < Loss of Voltage detector related to abc
Urst < Loss of Voltage detector related to rst
Iabc < Loss of current detector
VRC - Voltage Reclose Control

VRC Voltage Restoration Control
LLB Live Load Blocking
HRM - Harmonics
THD/TDD Total Harmonic Distortion/Total Demand Distortion
A,B,C,D,E Individual Harmonics
Auto Reclosing
AR Auto Reclosing Element for OC, NPS, EF and SEF
AR VE Voltage Reclosing Element
Directional Elements
DE OC OC Directional element
DE NPS NPS Directional element
DE EF EF Directional element
DE SEF SEF Directional Element
Other
CLP Cold Load Pickup element
IR Inrush Restraint element
TTA Temporary Time Addition adder
Note:
• Each individual protection group has the same functional structure.
• Protection Status Control (PSC) allows global changes to protection groups from a variety of sources.
OSM User Manual Appendices 153

NOJA-5002-08
11.2 App
pendix B – Dire
ectional Protec
ction
11.2.1 Overc
current direction
d nal eleme
ents (DE OC, DE NPS, DE
E EF and
d
DE SE
EF)
NOJA’s directional pro otection use
es symmetriccal componeents to provide polarisinng voltage and operating
g
current for calculation
n of the opeerating angle
e associated
d with directtional protecction. Which symmetrica
al
componen nts are used depends on the elementt in question, DE OC, DE NPS, DE EF F or DE SEF
F.
The phase overcurren nt directiona
al element ((DE OC) uses positive sequence vvoltage as th he polarising
g
voltage annd positive sequence currrent as the ooperating cuurrent. The Negative
N Phaase Sequenc ce (DE NPS S)
directionall element usses negativee sequence voltage as the polarising voltage and negativ ve sequence e
ng current. The Earth Fau
current as the operatin ult (DE EF) and
a Sensitive e Earth Faultt (DE SEF) elements
e usee
zero seque ence voltage
e as the polarising voltag e and zero sequence
s currrent as the ooperating current.
In general, a directiona
al element op
perates as illlustrated in the diagram.
where: Upool polaris
sing voltage
Iopp operatting current
Aop
o phase angle betweeen Upol and current Iop
At preset torque angle
Depending upon the derived operrating angle, the relevan
nt
directional element selec
cts states as foollows:
+ Aop is within
w At ± 90oo
– Aop is outside
o At ± 990o
? Upol or Iop is too low to provide pollarisation
(for OCC: Upol ≤ 0.5kVV, I1 < 3A)
(for NP
PS: Upol ≤ 0.5kkV, I2 < 3A)
(for EF
F: Upol ≤ 0.5kV V, In < 3A)
(for SE
EF: Upol ≤ 0.5kkV, In < 1A)
(for 0.2
2A SEF modeel: Upol ≤ 0.5kV V, In < 0.2A)
Note: I1 is the curre

rent level for DE
D OC
In is for DE EF and DE SEF S
I2 is for DE NPS.
States are d
defined as folllows:
+ forwarrd fault directio ments enabled for directionall control will noot respond to the fault.
on; reverse prrotection elem
– reversse fault directio ments enabled for directionall control will noot respond to the fault.
on; forward prrotection elem
? undeteermined fault direction; if a protection ele ment is enabled for directional control, if “Direction nott Detected” is
set to “Block” the element will nott respond to thhe fault, if “Dirrection not Dettected” is set tto “Trip” the element will
responnd to the fault. Please refer to section 6.1
1.7 Directionall Overcurrent Elements.
Note:
• In the Close/Open n log in CMS thhe phase angle es A0 and A1 are displayed ass “0.0” for undeetermined fault directions
d where
re
Upool or Iop is too low
w to provide pollarisation.
o
• Wh hen the torque e angle is 0 and the power flow direction is i configured as
a “RST to AB BC”, forward po ositive sequence e
powerflow directio on in the OSM ta
ank is from the RST side to the
e ABC side and reverse positive
ve sequence pow werflow direction
n
is ffrom the ABC siide to RST side e.
Operation of the Directtional Eleme ent is as illusttrated in the state diagram

m.
Transitionss 1 - 4 are illustrated on the
t following g pages.
154 Appendices
s O
OSM Use
er Manua
al
NOJA-5002-08
The following operation diagrams describe transition conditions 1 – 4.

Transition Operation diagram Description
1 A Power flow direction
o p
changes from reverse
A t + 9 00 to forward
At
ti m e
A t- 9 0 0
S t(DE )
+
-
ti m e
<3 0 m s
2 Power flow direction

changes from forward
At +900 to reverse
At t im e
At -900
S t ( D E)
+
- t i me
<30m
s
3 Polarization
or
Notes
• Iop level shown above is 1A for SEF and 0.2A for 0.2A SEF
model.

NOJA-5002-08
4 Depolarization
or
Notes
• During the 3 cycles DE uses remembered voltage or current for
polarization
• If a pickup related to any element enabled for directional control
is detected within 3 cycles of voltage dropping below 0.5kV,
depolarization cannot proceed until the pickup is reset.
This avoids depolarization of DE during close short circuit faults.

NOJA--5002-088
11.3 App
pendix C - Syn
nchronis
sation
The synch
hronisation fu
unctionality can
c be used ffor the follow
wing applicatiions:
co
onnection of incoming generators to t he grid
re-establishme
ent of a conn
nection betwe
een two interrconnected parts
p of the nnetwork
re-establishme
ent of a conn
nection betwe
een islanded
d systems.
Synchronism limits mu
ust be configu d faulty synchronisation.
ured to avoid
11.3.1 Synchronism Limits

The follow
wing figure dissplays the op
perational re
egions of the synchronism
m function.
Sync
chronism wo
orking limits
s
As shown in the figure above:

• The closing of a device is allowed whe
T en synchronism condition ns are satisfieed i.e. when both sides
off the reclose
er are within the
t desired liimits of frequ
uency, phase
e angle and vvoltage to peermit the
paralleling of two circuits.
• A manual closse or an auto
o-reclose is a
allowed for re
econnection of two dead sections of a network orr
energizing a dead
d section of the netwo
ork if the ass
sociated settiings are conffigured.
Please reffer to section

n 6.12 Synchronisation fo
or more details.
OSM U
User Man
nual Appe
endices 157
NOJA-5002-08
11.4 Apppendix D – T
Time Current Charac
cteristic
c (TCC))
Currves
11.4.1 ANSI TCC
ANSI TCC
C’s are descrribed by the following
f gen
neral equatio
on:
⎛ ⎞
⎜ A ⎟ where: A, B, p constants
Tt = ⎜ + B ⎟ * TM TM time multipplier
⎜ ( I Ip ) − 1 ⎟
p
⎝ ⎠ Ip pickup currrent
Tt tripping tim
me
I fault currennt
The ANSI TCC progra ammable within the RC C
Cubicle are defined
d by th
he parameteers in the following Table
e,
as applied
d to the above
e equation.
For curren nts below 16kkA the ANSI TCC progra ammable within the RC cubicle
c are d efined by the
e parameterss
owing Table, as applied to
in the follo o the above equation.
For curren
nts above 16
6kA, the time
e to trip is a cconstant time
e defined by
y the above eequation with
h I=16kA and
d
the approp
priate parameters from th
he table beloow.
TCC type D
Designation A B D p
Extreme ely Inverse EI 6.407 0.025 3 2.0
Very Invverse VI 2.855 0.0712 1.346 2.0
Inverse I 0.0086 0.0185 0.46 0.02
Short Timme Inverse STTI 0.00172 0.0037 0.092 0.02
Short Timme Extremelyy Inverse STTEI 1.281 0.005 0.6 2.0
Long Timme Extremely Inverse LTTEI 64.07 0.250 30 2.0
Long Timme Very Inverse LTTVI 28.55 0.712 13.46 2.0
Long Timme Inverse LTTI 0.086 0.185 4.6 0.02
ANSI TCC
C’s are provid
ded with a disk emulating
g reset timer described by
y the followinng general eq
quation:
D where: Tres(I) re
eset time at givven current I.
Tres( I ) =
(
1 − 0.9988 ∗ I
Imin
) D
Imin
co
onstant
minimum operaating current;
Imin M ∗Ip∗max(OC
MIN CLM & OIRM)),
and: MIN
M minimuum current mu ultiplier
OCLM operattional cold load d multiplier
OIRM operattional inrush re estraint
multipllier
11.4.2 IEC TCC

T
IEC TCC’ss are describ
bed by the following gene
eral equation:
A ∗ TM where: TM time multipplier

Tt = p A, p constants
⎛⎜ I ⎞⎟ − 1 Ip pickup currrent
⎝ Ip ⎠ Tt tripping tim
me
I fault currennt
The IEC TTCC program mmable within
n the RC Cu
ubicle are deffined by the parameters in the following Table, ass
applied to the above equation.
158 Appendices
s O
OSM Use
er Manua
al
NOJA--5002-088
For currennts below 16kkA the IEC TCC

T program
mmable within
n the RC cub
bicle are defiined by the parameters
p in
n
the following Table, ass applied to th
he above eq uation.
For curren
nts above 16
6kA, the time
e to trip is a cconstant time
e defined by
y the above eequation with
h I=16kA and
d
the approp
priate parameters from th
he table beloow.
TCC ty
ype Designation
n A p
Extreme ely Inverse EI 80
0 2.0
Very Invverse VI 13
3.5 1.0
Inverse I 0.14 0.02
Long Timme Inverse LTI 12
20 1.0
IEC TCC’ss have a use er configured
d, definite tim
me reset time
er. Conseque
ently the IEC
C TCC reset characteristic
c c
is indepen
ndent of curre
ent.
11.4.3 User Defined Univers al Invers

se TCC (U
UDC)
This TCC can be app plied to the master
m and low set OCEEF elements
s (OC1+, OC
C1-, OC2+, OC2-, EF1+
+,
EF1-, EF2 d consists of up to three ssections.
2+, EF2-) and
The UDC curve is desscribed by en ntering from 5 to a maxim mum of 32 pairs
p of time--current coorrdinates. The
e
current co
oordinate of the
t first charracteristic pooint (I1) deterrmines the minimum
m opeerating current (Imin) and
d
time coord
dinate of the last characte
eristic point d
determines thhe minimum operating tim me.
The UDC TCC points can
c only be edited
e in CM
MS.
UDC TCC nfigured, defi nite time res
C Curves havve a user con set timer.
11.4.4 Addittional TC
CC Curve
es
43 addition
nal TCC curvves are available. These
e are designe
ed to emulatte curves avaailable in old
der protection
n
equipmentt.
These currves cannot be
b selected from
f the Pan
nel. They are only availab
ble in CMS.
The availa
able curves are:
a
101, 102, 103, 104, 10 7, 111, 112, 113, 114, 11
05, 106, 107 15, 116, 117
7, 119, 120, 121, 122, 1331, 132, 133
3,
134, 135, 136, 137, 13
38, 139, 140
0, 141, 142, 151, 152, 16
61, 162, 163 02, 400, 401,
3, 164, 165, 2200, 201, 20
402.
Additional TCC Curve
es have a use
er configured
d, definite tim
me reset time
er.
Note: De
efinite Time, ANSI
A and IEC curves are allways availablle in the RC. Up to 10 Addi
ditional TCC orr User Defined
d
cu
urves can be lo
oaded into the
e RC at one tim
me.
11.4.5 TCC Library

L
In CMS th he user has access to a TCC librarry where sta andard curve
es, with theiir applicable settings, fo
or
particular zzones/areas can be crea
ated and mai ntained (refe
er to CMS He
elp File).
OSM U
User Man
nual Appe
endices 159
NOJA-5002-08
11.5 Appendix E – ANSI Support

ANSI / IEEE standard C37.2, 1996 provides definition and application of function numbers for devices used
in electrical substations, generating plants and in installations of power utilisation and conversion apparatus.
The table below links RC protection functions to the relevant ANSI device number.
ANSI Definition Comment

Device
Function
Number
21Yn Admittance Protection Yn element - Protection using neutral
admittance characteristics of the network
A device that functions when the circuit
based on the value of conductance, Gn
admittance increases or decreases beyond a
(real part of admittance) and susceptance,
predetermined value.
Bn (imaginary part of admittance).
25 Synchronism-Check Device
A device that operates when two a-c circuits
are within the desired limits of frequency,
phase angle, or voltage, to permit or to cause
the paralleling of these two circuits.
25A Auto-Synchroniser
The automatic synchronising functionality
allows the switch to close automatically
under synchronising satisfying conditions
27 Undervoltage Relay RC can be set to operate on three variants

of under voltage:
A device that operates when its input voltage
is less than a predetermined value. UV1 - Phase under voltage operates in
response to positive sequence voltage
UV2 - Line to Line under voltage operates
in response to a voltage drop across any
two phases.
UV3 – Loss of Supply under voltage
operates in response to a loss of voltage on
all six terminals and loss of current on all
three phases.
46 Negative Phase Sequence Relay
Protection against phase unbalance, detected
by the measurement of negative sequence
current.
46BC Broken Conductor Detection I2/I1 – Ratio of negative sequence current

over positive sequence current.
Protection against broken conductor using
ratio of negative sequence current over
positive sequence current.

NOJA-5002-08

Device
Function
Number
47N Negative Sequence Overvoltage OV4 element
If the degree of negative sequence voltage in
the network exceeds the acceptable levels, the
Negative Sequence Overvoltage protection
shall protect the system against voltage
imbalance.
50 Instantaneous Overcurrent Relay
A device that operates with no intentional time
delay when the current exceeds a preset
value.
50N Instantaneous Overcurrent Relay (Neutral Instantaneous Overcurrent applied to the
current) neutral or residual current in a three phase
system is differentiated as 50N.
Residual current is sensed using the sum of
3 current transformers, one on each phase.
51 AC Time Overcurrent Relay
A device that functions when the ac input
current exceeds a predetermined value, and in
which the input current and operating time are
inversely related through a substantial portion
of the performance range.
51N AC Time Overcurrent Relay (Neutral AC time overcurrent applied to the neutral
Current) or residual current in a three phase system
is differentiated as 51N.
EF and SEF protection are provided, each
with independent trip characteristics and
reclose sequence settings.
59 Overvoltage Relay RC can be set to operate on four variants of
over voltage:
A device that operates when its input voltage
is greater than a predetermined value. OV1 - Phase over voltage operates in
response to positive sequence voltage
OV2 – Line to Line over voltage operates in
response to a voltage rise across any two
phases.
OV3 – Neutral Displacement Overvoltage
(see 59N)
OV4 – Negative Sequence Overvoltage
(see 47N)

NOJA-5002-08

Device
Function
Number
59N Neutral Displacement Overvoltage OV3 element
The “Neutral Displacement Overvoltage”
protection is used in distribution networks with
high grounding impedance in which the neutral
displacement overvoltage can reach non-
acceptable levels.
67 AC Directional Overcurrent Relay Positive sequence voltage is used as the
reference (polarising voltage) for
A device that functions at a desired value of ac
determining direction.
overcurrent flowing in a predetermined
direction.
67N AC Directional Overcurrent Relay (Neutral AC directional overcurrent applied to the
Current) neutral or residual current in a three phase
system is sometimes differentiated as 67N.
Zero sequence voltage is used as the
reference (polarising voltage) for
determining direction.
EF and SEF directional protection is
provided.
79 Reclosing Relay
A device that controls the automatic reclosing
and locking out of an ac circuit interrupter.
81 Frequency Relay Partially Supported
A device that responds to the frequency of an
electrical quantity, operating when the
The RC can be set to provide under and
frequency or rate of change of frequency
over frequency protection.
exceeds or is less than a predetermined value.
86 Lockout Relay
A device that trips and maintains the
associated equipment or devices inoperative
until it is reset by an operator, either locally or
remotely.

NOJA-5002-08
11.6 Appendix F – Indication Signals

Indication Signals are generated by the Indication Signals Conditioner Element (ISC). The Indication Signals
Conditioner derives signals applicable for indication from data generated by other elements.
It also provides diagnostic functions by monitoring operation of the RC, internal communications and
opening/closing times of the OSM. If any discrepancy in operation is detected, an indication signal is
generated.
A complete list of indication signals available for use by SCADA and I/O is presented in the table below.
Signal Description
TYPE: GENERAL
AR initiated Autoreclose initiated
DNP3-SA Enabled DNP3-Secure Authentication is enabled
Dummy Control Dummy control signal for testing purposes
Group 1 Trip Trip request by Group 1 protection settings
Local Control Device is in Local mode
Lockout (Any) Device is in Lockout state for any reason
MNT Exceeded Maximum Number of Trips exceeded.
Prot initiated Protection initiated
Remote Control Device is in Remote mode
SGA Enable Smart Grid Automation is enabled
Test Mode1 Test Mode is ON
Update Key Installed DNP3-SA Update Key is installed
79_Lockout (Any) Lockout due to any Protection Operation and with any number of trips
TYPE: PICKUP
Pickup Pickup output of any protection elements activated.
P(Any HRM) Pickup output of harmonics (THD, TDD or any individual harmonic) activated
P(EF) Pickup output of any EF element activated
P(EF1+) Pickup output of EF1+ activated
P(EF1-) Pickup output of EF1- activated
P(EF2- ) Pickup output of EF2- activated
P(EF3- ) Pickup output of EF3- activated
P(EFLL1-3) Pickup output of EFLL1-3 activated
P(HRM) Pickup output of individual harmonics activated
P(I2/I1) Pickup output for Broken Conductor, I2/I1 is activated
P(LSD) Pickup of Loss of Supply Detector
P(NPS) Pickup output of any NPS element activated
P(NPS1+) Pickup output of NPS1+ activated
P(NPS1-) Pickup output of NPS1- activated
P(NPSLL1-3) Pickup output of NPSLL1-3 activated
P(OC) Pickup output of any OC element activated

NOJA-5002-08
Signal Description
P(OC1+) Pickup output of OC1+ activated
P(OC1- ) Pickup output of OC1- activated
P(OCLL1-3) Pickup output of OCLL1-3 activated
P(OF) Pickup output of OF activated
P(OV) Pickup output of any OV element activated
P(OV1) Pickup output of OV1 activated
P(PhA) Pickup output of any OC element on Phase A – activated
P(PhB) Pickup output of any OC element on Phase B – activated
P(PhC) Pickup output of any OC element on Phase C – activated
P(PhN) Pickup output of any EF or SEF element on Phase N – activated
P(SEF) Pickup output of any SEF element activated
P(SEF+) Pickup output of SEF+ activated
P(SEF- ) Pickup output of SEF- activated
P(SEFLL) Pickup output of SEFLL activated
P(Ua) Voltage on A bushing is above LSD level
P(Ub) Voltage on B bushing is above LSD level
P(Uc) Voltage on C bushing is above LSD level
P(Uabc>) Pickup output of Uabc> activated
P(Uabc<) Pickup output of Uabc< activated
P(UF) Pickup output of UF activated
P(Ur) Voltage on R bushing is above LSD level
P(Us) Voltage on S bushing is above LSD level
P(Ut) Voltage on T bushing is above LSD level
P(Urst>) Pickup output of Urst> activated
P(Urst<) Pickup output of Urst< activated
P(UV) Pickup output of any UV element activated
P(UV1) Pickup output of UV1 activated
P(UV4 Sag) Pickup output of UV4 Sag activated
P(Uabc UV4 Sag) Pickup output of any of Ua/Ub/Uc in Single Phase mode or Uab/Ubc/Uca in Phase to
Phase mode for UV4 Sag activated
P(Urst UV4 Sag) Pickup output of any of Ur/Us/Ut in Single Phase mode or Urs/Ust/Utr in Phase to Phase
mode for UV4 Sag activated
P(Yn) Pickup output of Yn is activated
TYPE: OPEN
Open(Any) PS=0 irrespective to source
Open(Any HRM) Open output of harmonics (THD, TDD or any individual harmonic) activated
Open(ABR AutoOpen) Open due to ABR AutoOpen operation
Open(ACO) Open due to ACO being initiated
Open(EF) Open due to any EF element tripping

NOJA-5002-08
Signal Description
Open(EF1+) Open due to EF1+ tripping
Open(EF1-) Open due to EF1- tripping
Open(EF2- ) Open due to EF2- tripping
Open(EF3- ) Open due to EF3- tripping
Open(EFLL1-3) Open due to EFLL1-3 tripping
Open(HMI) Open due to HMI control signal
Open(HRM) Open output of individual harmonics activated
Open(I2/I1) Open due to Broken Conductor protection, I2/I1
Open(IO) Open due to I/O control signal
Open(Local) Open due to Panel, CMS control signal or manual tripping
Open(Logic) Open due to Logic
Open(LSRM) Open due to Loss of Supply Reclosing Mode
Open(Manual) Open due to a manual trip
Open(NPS) Open due to any NPS element tripping
Open(NPS1+) Open due to NPS1+ tripping
Open(NPS1+) Open due to NPS1- tripping
Open(NPS2-) Open due to NPS2- tripping
Open(NPS3-) Open due to NPS3- tripping
Open(NPSLL1-3) Open due to NPSLL1-3 tripping
Open(OC) Open due to any OC element tripping
Open(OC1+) Open due to OC1+ tripping
Open(OC1- ) Open due to OC1- tripping
Open(OCLL1-3) Open due to OCLL1-3 tripping
Open(OF) Open due to OF tripping
Open(OV) Open due to any OV element tripping
Open(OV1) Open due to OV1 tripping
Open(PC) Open due to Personal Computer control signal (CMS)
Open(PhA) Open due to Phase A tripping
Open(PhB) Open due to Phase B tripping
Open(PhC) Open due to Phase C tripping
Open(PhN) Open due to Phase N tripping
Open(Prot) Open due to any of the protection elements activated.
Open(Remote) Open due to SCADA or I/O control signal
Open(SCADA) Open due to SCADA control signal
Open(Sectionaliser) Open due to Sectionaliser
Open(SEF) Open due to any SEF element tripping
Open(SEF+) Open due to SEF+ tripping

NOJA-5002-08
Signal Description
Open(SEF- ) Open due to SEF- tripping
Open(SEFLL) Open due to SEFLL tripping
Open(UF) Open due to UF tripping
Open(Undefined) Open state recognized after On (Power) or switch reconnection
Open(UV) Open due to any UV element tripping
Open(UV1) Open due to UV1 tripping
Open(UV3 AutoClose) Open due to UV3 Protection and UV3 AutoClose is enabled.
Open(UV4 Sag) Open due to UV4 Sag
Open(UV4 Sag Midpoint) Open due to UV4 Sag and midpoint alarm generated
Open(Yn) Open due to Admittance Protection, Yn
TYPE: ALARM2
Alarm(Any) Alarm output of any of the protection elements activated
Alarm(Any HRM) Open output of harmonics (THD, TDD or any individual harmonic) activated
A(EF) Alarm due to any EF element activated
A(EF1+) Alarm output of EF1+ activated
A(EF1-) Alarm output of EF1- activated
A(EF2- ) Alarm output of EF2- activated
A(EF3- ) Alarm output of EF3- activated
A(EFLL1-3) Alarm output of EFLL1-3 activated
A(I2/I1) Alarm output for Broken Conductor, I2/I1 is activated
A(NPS) Alarm due to any NPS element activated
A(NPS1+) Alarm output of NPS1+ activated
A(NPS1-) Alarm output of NPS1- activated
A(NPS2- ) Alarm output of NPS2- activated
A(NPS3-) Alarm output of NPS3+ activated
A(NPSLL1-3) Alarm output of NPSLL1-3 activated
A(OC) Alarm due to any OC element activated
A(OC1+) Alarm output of OC1+ activated
A(OC1- ) Alarm output of OC1- activated
A(OCLL1-3) Alarm output of OCLL1-3 activated
A(OF) Alarm output of OF activated
A(OV) Alarm due to any OV element activated
A(OV1) Alarm output of OV1 activated
A(PhA) Alarm of OC Elements on Phase A Activated (OC1+, OC2+, OC1-, OC2-)
A(PhB) Alarm of OC Elements on Phase B activated (OC1+, OC2+, OC1- , OC2)-

NOJA-5002-08
Signal Description
A(PhC) Alarm of OC Elements on Phase C activated (OC1+, OC2+, OC1- , OC2)-
A(PhN) Alarm of EF elements Phase N activated: (EF1+, EF2+, EF1-, EF2- , SEF+, SEF-).
A(SEF) Alarm due to any SEF element activated
A(SEF+) Alarm output of SEF+ activated
A(SEF- ) Alarm output of SEF- activated
A(SEFLL) Alarm output of SEFLL activated
A(UF) Alarm output of UF activated
A(UV) Alarm due to any UV element activated
A(UV1) Alarm output of UV1 activated
A(UV4 Sag) Alarm output of UV4 Sag activated
A(UV4 Sag Midpoint) Alarm output of UV4 Sag Midpoint activated when UV4 Sag element activated and
voltages between UV4 Sag mid and UV4 Sag max
A(Uabc UV4 Sag) Alarm output of UV4 Sag for Uabc activated
A(Uabc UV4 Sag Alarm output of UV4 Sag Midpoint for Uabc activated when UV4 Sag element activated
Midpoint) and voltages between UV4 Sag mid and UV4 Sag max
A(Urst UV4 Sag) Alarm output of UV4 Sag for Urst activated
A(Urst UV4 Sag Midpoint) Alarm output of UV4 Sag Midpoint for Urst activated when UV4 Sag element activated
and voltages between UV4 Sag mid and UV4 Sag max
A(Yn) Alarm output of Yn is activated
TYPE: ALARM/OPEN
UV4 Sag(Ua) Open or Alarm output of Ua for UV4 Sag activated
UV4 Sag(Ub) Open or Alarm output of Ub for UV4 Sag activated
UV4 Sag(Uc) Open or Alarm output of Uc for UV4 Sag activated
UV4 Sag(Ur) Open or Alarm output of Ur for UV4 Sag activated
UV4 Sag(Us) Open or Alarm output of Us for UV4 Sag activated
UV4 Sag(Ut) Open or Alarm output of Ut for UV4 Sag activated
UV4 Sag(Uab) Open or Alarm output of Uab for UV4 Sag activated
UV4 Sag(Ubc) Open or Alarm output of Ubc for UV4 Sag activated
UV4 Sag(Uca) Open or Alarm output of Uca for UV4 Sag activated
UV4 Sag(Urs) Open or Alarm output of Urs for UV4 Sag activated
UV4 Sag(Ust) Open or Alarm output of Ust for UV4 Sag activated
UV4 Sag(Utr) Open or Alarm output of Utr for UV4 Sag activated
TYPE: CLOSED
Closed(Any) Position Status of OSM is Closed irrespective to origin
Closed(ABR) Closed due to ABR closing
Closed(ABR AutoOpen) Closed due to a ABR operation while an ABR AutoOpen operation count is active
Closed(ACO) Closed due to ACO being initiated
Closed(AR) Closed due to AR OC/NPS/EF/SEF, AR VE, ABR control signal
Closed(AR Closed due to AR OC/NPS/EF/SEF reclosing
OC/NPS/EF/SEF)
Closed(AR VE) Closed due to AR VE reclosing
Closed(Auto-Sync) Closed due to Auto-Sync release command.
Closed(HMI) Closed due to HMI control signal
Closed(I/O) Closed due to I/O control signal
Closed(Local) Closed due to Panel, CMS control signal or undefined closed
Closed(Logic) Closed due to Logic
Closed(PC) Closed due to Personal Computer control signal (CMS)

NOJA-5002-08
Signal Description
Closed(Remote) Closed due to SCADA or I/O control signal
Closed(SCADA) Closed due to SCADA control signal
Closed(Undefined) Source of close undefined, recognized after On (Power) or servicing
Closed(UV3 AutoClose) Closed due to a UV3 AutoClose
TYPE: STATUS
ABR On Automatic Backfeed Restoration is switched on
ACO On Auto Change Over is ON
Alarm Mode ON Alarm Mode ON
AR On Auto Reclosing for OC/EF, UV/OV, NPS, SEF and ABR are switched on
Auto Battery Test Auto Battery Test ON
Auto-Sync Initiated Auto-Synchroniser has been initiated.
Auto-Sync Release Auto-Synchroniser has released to close the switch.
Battery Test Not Battery Test Not Performed (Battery is not connected, AC Off, Battery discharging at >
Performed 100mA, Battery voltage < 12.5V or Battery Test Resting)
Battery Test Running Battery Test Running
Battery Test Passed Battery Test Passed
3
Block P(EF+) On Pickups and protection operations due to EF1-, EF2- and EF3- will be blocked.
Block P(EF-) On3 Pickups and protection operations due to EF1+, EF2+ and EF3+ will be blocked.
Block P(SEF+) On3 Pickups and protection operations due to SEF- will be blocked.
Block P(SEF-) On3 Pickups and protection operations due to SEF+ will be blocked.
3
Block P(OV3) On Pickups and protection operations due to OV3 will be blocked.
CLP On Cold load pickup element is switched on
DFT On Disable Fast Trips is On
EF On Earth overcurrent element is switched on
GPS Locked The real time clock is synchronised with GPS time.
Group1 On Active Group 1
Hot line Tag On Hot Line Tag is On
HRM On Harmonic Protection is switched on
LL On Live line element is switched on
LLB ON Live Load Blocking is ON
Logical Block Close Control to block close from all sources has been enabled.
MNT On Maximum Number of Trips On
NPS On Negative Phase Sequence element is switched on
OF On Over Frequency element is switched on
OV On Over Voltage element is switched on
OV3 On OV3 protection element is switched on
Phase Sequence Match The phase sequence between Line and Bus matches (e.g. ABC and RST)
Status
Power Flow Direction ABC to RST is selected for the power flow direction
(ABC to RST)
Prot On Protection is switched on
Sectionaliser Mode ON Sectionaliser Capability ON
SEF On Sensitive Earth fault element is switched on
SSM On Short Sequence Mode is On
Sync-Check Health All ∆V, ∆φ and ∆f are within the configured ranges.

NOJA-5002-08
Signal Description
Timed Sync-Check Health All ∆V, ∆φ and ∆f are within the configured ranges for the duration of pre-sync time.
UF On Under Frequency element is switched on
UV On Under Voltage element is switched on
UV4 Sag On UV4 Sag protection ON
UV4 Sag Blocking UV4 Sag blocking activated and has prevented a close from any source
Yn On Admittance Protection, Yn is ON
79-2 Trips to Lockout On Maximum Number of Trips to Lockout is set to 2
79-3 Trips to Lockout On Maximum Number of Trips to Lockout is set to 3
TYPE: IO Modules
IO1 Input Channel1 Input Channel 1 on I/O module 1 has been activated
IO1 Output Channel1 Output Channel 1 on I/O module 1 has been activated
Local Input 1 Input asserted

TYPE: MALFUNCTION
Battery Charger Fault Battery Charger Fault

NOJA-5002-08
Signal Description
CAN Bus Malfunction CAN Bus malfunction.
Capacitor Voltage Close capacitor voltage drop too high or Trip capacitor voltage drop too high or Trip
Abnormal capacitor voltage drop on close.
Controller Fault Active due to Module Fault and Communication Error
Controller Module Fault Active due to Panel module, SIM disconnected, SIM fault, IO1 fault, IO2 fault, Relay fault.
Excessive Tc Closing time exceeds 100ms or no confirmation received that close command was
executed successfully.
Excessive To Opening time exceeds 60ms or no confirmation received that open command was
executed successfully.
External Load Overload External Load overload detected.
GPS Malfunction Invalid NEMA strings received.
I/O1 Comms Error No response from I/O1
I/O2 Comms Error No response from I/O2
I/O1 Fault I/O1 internal fault detected
I/O2 Fault I/O2 internal fault detected
Malfunction Any malfunction signal activated
Module Comms Error SIM or I/O module comms error detected
OSM Coil OC OSM Coil open circuit detected
OSM Coil SC OSM coil short circuit detected
OSM Fault Active due to OSM Coil OC, Limit Switch fault, Coil SC, excessive To, excessive Tc
OSM Limit Switch Fault OSM Limit Switch Fault
Panel Comms Error Panel communication error
Panel Module Fault Internal fault of HMI (panel) module detected.
Relay Module Fault Internal fault of Relay Module detected
RTC Hardware Fault Real Time Clock hardware failure

SIM Circuit Faulty SIM test circuit is faulty and the battery test could not be performed.
SIM Comms Error No response from SIM
SIM Module Fault SIM Module Fault
TYPE: WARNING
AC Supply High Power supply voltage into SIM module is too high.
AC Off (On Battery UPS is in "AC Off" state – running on Battery supply only
Supply)
ACO Unhealthy Conditions detected not to allow an ACO operation
Battery Charge State: Battery charge state is in low power mode.
Low Power
Battery Off (On AC UPS is in "Battery Off" state – running on AC supply only
Supply)
Battery Status Abnormal Battery is either high, low or disconnected
Check Battery Battery needs to be checked. Battery Test performed and battery suspect.
Close Req. Blocked The switch is in a mode that will block a close operation from ANY source
Critical Battery Level System shutdown in less than 5 min due to low battery level.
GPS Unplugged GPS is enabled but unplugged.
Logic Configuration Issue Set when RC detects logic operations are happening too fast, probably due to a loop
outside the loop detection capability.
Mechanically Locked OSM Mechanically Locked, Trip Ring pulled down.
OSM Disconnected OSM Disconnected

NOJA-5002-08
Signal Description
OSM Position Status OSM Position Status is Unavailable due to being disconnected or a malfunction.
Unavailable
Source Not Healthy Source detected as outside specified supply parameters
SIM Caps Not Charged SIM Module capacitors are not fully charged.
SIM Not Calibrated SIM not calibrated
Warning Any warning signal activated
TYPE: VARIABLES4
VAR1 Logic output Variable 1
Notes:
1. “Test Mode” can be used to put a message in the event log when the Test Mode starts and when the Test Mode
ends. Its purpose is to allow filtering the events to determine which sections of events were generated while the
test mode was active.
2. An alarm is activated when a protection element detects that a protection operation is required.
3. Block status is available through Logic, I/O and SGA.
4. All 32 variables (VAR1 – VAR32) are available for Logic configuration. Only 16 Variables (VAR1-VAR16) are
available as IO and SCADA signals.

NOJA-5002-08
11.7 App
pendix G – Eve
ents
11.7.1 Prote
ection Ev
vents
R
Relevant signa
al/parameter
Event ttitle Old value Sourc
ce of event C
Critical param
meter
Title → New
value
ACO End AC
CO On→Off ACO OSM Statuus Incorrect, UV V3 AR Map
Incorrect, VVRC Mode Incorrect, ABR On,
This Reclosser not Healthy, Protection is
Off, LL or HHLT is On, Peerr Comms Failed d,
Prot Settinggs Changed, AC CO Settings
Changed, M Main/ALT/Equal Mode Incorrecct,
Make beforre break mode Incorrect,
Remote Reecloser not Healthy, Operator
Trip, Prot LLockout, Close/T
Trip Failed, AR
Timer Activve, Operator, Crritical Error –
Close Bothh, Remote Reclo oser, Load Live,,
ACO Enab le Timeout, UV is Off, Close
Blocking, P Protection Open Blocking, Single
Triple Modee, Sectionaliserr is Enabled,
Synchronissation is Enabled.
Alarm N/A A(E
E) 0→1 OC1+, OC22+, OC3+ OC1- , Iop and A,B
B or C phase for OC1+, OC2+,
OC2- , OC3
3- OC3+, OC11- , OC2- , OC33-,
EF1+, EF2+ +, EF3+, EF1- , Iop for NPSS1+, NPS2+, NPS3+,

N NPS1-,
EF2-, EF3- ,NPS1+, NPS2-, NP PS3-, EF1+, EF22+, EF3+, EF1-
NPS2+, NPS3+, NPS1-, ,EF2- , EF33- , SEF+, SEF--
NPS2-, NPS S3- SEF+, SEF F- Gn REV, m
mSi=REV Gn; Gn FWD,
, Yn, I2/I1 mSi=FWD Gn; Bn REV, mSi=REV
m Bn; Bn
n
FWD, mSi==FWD Bn for Yn
n
UV1, UV2, UV3,
U UV4 Sag
Iop, I2/I1 = configured pick
kup value %
OV1, OV2, OV3,
O OV4
Up for UV11, OV1, OV3, OV
V4, Uabc>,
UF, OF Urst>, UV44 Sag
Up AB, BC
C or CA phase fo
or UV2 OV2
HRM
Fp for UF, OF
Occurs afteer pickup for HR
RM
AR initiation N/A St((E) Any closed→ S/EF/SEF/Yn,
AR OC/NPS
Open2/Open ABR
3/Open4
UV3 AutoClose
ARVE N/A AR
RVE Initiation Any closed→ ARVE OV/U
UV
Initiation
Open2/Open
3/Open4
Block Pickup Start Blo
ock Pickup 0→1 OV3, EF+, EF-, SEF+, SE
EF-
Protection
End 1→0 OV3, EF+, EF-, SEF+, SE
EF-
Capture N/A N/A

A N/A OSC Trigger Eveent: Pickup, Trip p, Close, Alarm,,
IO Input Loogic, SCADA. Optional:
O Disc
full, cannott overwrite, faile
ed to write.
Close N/A C(E
E) 0→1 AR OC/NPS
S/EF/SEF/Yn, N/A
ARVE OV/UV, ABR, ABR R
AutoOpen, HMI, PC, I/O
O,
SCADA
UV3 AutoClose
172 Appendices
s O
OSM Use
er Manua
al
NOJA-5002-08
Relevant signal/parameter
Event title Old value Source of event Critical parameter
Title → New
value
Count N/A Count C1 → C2 Sectionaliser N/A
C2 → C3
C3 → C4
Dir. control N/A St(E) Old→New DE OC, DE EF, DE NPS N/A
change DE SEF
Hot Line Tag Start Hot Line Tag On 0→1 HMI, PC Relevant State: Lockout
On
End Hot Line Tag On 1→0 HMI, PC
Freeze Start Input current below Imax OC2+, OC2-, EF2+, EF2- Imax and A, B or C phase for OC2+, OC2-
→ above NPS2+, NPS2- Imax for EF2+, EF2-, NPS2+, NPS2-
Imax
End Input current above Imax OC2+, OC2-, EF2+, EF2-, A, B or C phase for OC2+, OC2-
→ below NPS2+, NPS2-
Imax
Inhibit OV3 Start Inhibit OV3 0→1 Protection “RST”,“ABC”,“RST, ABC”
End Inhibit OV3 1→0 Protection
LLB Blocking Start Live Load 0→1 LLB

Blocking
End Live Load 1→0 LLB

Blocking
Logical Block Start Logical Block 0→1 I/O, Logic or SCADA

Close Close
Blocking
End Logical Block 1→0 HMI
Close
Pickup Start P(E) 0→1 OC1+, OC2+, OC3+, OC1-, Iop and A,B or C phase for: OC1+, OC2+,
OC2-, OC3-, OCLL1-3, OC3+, OC1- ,OC2-, OC3-, OCLL1-3,
NPS1+, NPS2+, NPS3+
NPS1-, NPS2-, NPS3-, Iop for EF1+, EF2+, EF3+, EF1- , EF2- ,
NPSLL1-3 EF3- , EFLL1-3, NPS1+, NPS2+, NPS3+,
NPS1-, NPS2-, NPS3-, NPSLL1-3,SEF+,
EF1+, EF2+, EF3+, EF1-, SEF-, SEFLL
EF2-, EF3-, , EFLL1-3,
SEF+, SEF-, SEFLL, I2/I1 Gn REV, mSi=REV Gn; Gn FWD,
mSi=FWD Gn; Bn REV, mSi=REV Bn; Bn
Yn FWD, mSi=FWD Bn for Yn
UF, OF, UV1, UV2, UV3, Iop, I2/I1 = configured pickup value %
OV1, OV2, OV3, OV4
Up AB, BC or CA phase for UV2, OV2
Uabc<, Urst<, Uabc>,
Urst>, LSD, ABR Up for UV1, OV1, OV3, OV4, Uabc>,
Urst>
AutoOpen
Fp for UF, OF
HRM
T(open), secs for AutoOpen
UV4 Sag
THD, TDD, A, B, C, D or E > operating
threshold (where A,B,C,D,E are individual
harmonics selected by the user).
Up for UV4 Sag min and UV4 Sag max
(Only the first element triggering the
pickup will be recorded)

NOJA-5002-08
Event title Old value Source of event Critical parameter
Title → New
value
End P(E) 1→0 OC1+, OC2+, OC3+ OC1- , Maximum current registered during pickup
OC2- , OC3- , NPS1+, duration and A. B or C phase for OC1+,
NPS2+, NPS3+ NPS1-, OC2+, OC3+, OC1-, OC2-, OC3-, OCLL1-
NPS2-, NPS3-, OCLL1-3, 3
NPSLL1-3
Maximum current registered during pickup
EF1+, EF2+, EF3+, EF1-, duration for EF1+, EF2+, EF3+, EF1- ,
EF2-, EF3- - SEF+, SEF-, EF2-, EF3-, EFLL1-3, NPS1+, NPS2+,
EFLL1-3, SEFLL, I2/I1 NPS3+, NPS1-, NPS2-, NPS3-, NPSLL1-
3, SEF+, SEF-, SEFLL
Yn
Max (I2/I1), I2/I1 = measured pickup
UF, OF, UV1, UV2, UV3, value %
OV1, OV2, OV3, OV4
Max(Gn FWD) mSi= Maximum Recorded
Uabc<, Urst<, Uabc>, Conductance during pickup when “forward
Urst>, LSD, HRM conductance” exceeded for Yn; Max(Bn
UV4 Sag FWD) mSi= Maximum Recorded
Susceptance during pickup when “forward
Susceptance” exceeded for Yn; Min(Gn
REV) mSi= Minimum Recorded
Conductance during pickup when “reverse
conductance” exceeded for Yn; Min(Bn
REV) mSi= Minimum Recorded
Susceptance during pickup when “reverse
Susceptance” exceeded for Yn
Maximum voltage registered during pickup

duration for Uabc>, Urst>
Minimum voltage registered during pickup
duration for UV1
duration for OV1
duration and AB, BC or CA phase for UV2
duration and AB, BC or CA phase for OV2
Max Un voltage registered during pickup
duration for OV3
Max U2 voltage registered during pickup
duration for OV4
Minimum frequency registered during
pickup duration for UF
Maximum frequency registered during
pickup duration for OF
Max of any of the following: THD, TDD, A,
B, C, D, E (where A,B,C,D,E are individual
harmonics selected by the user).
duration for UV4 Sag.
1
Protection N/A Protection 0→1 Any Protection Element N/A
Operation Operation
AutoOpen
Reset N/A N(E) above 0→0 OC1+, OC2+, OC3+, OC1- A, B or C phase for OC1+, OC2+, OC3+,
, OC2- , OC3- , NPS1+, OC1- , OC2- , OC3-
NPS2+, NPS3+ NPS1-,
NPS2-, NPS3-, OCLL1-3,
NPSLL1-3
EF1+, EF2+, EF3+, EF1-,
EF2-, EF3- , SEF+, SEF- ,
EFLL1-3, SEFLL
AR OC/NPS/EF/SEF/Yn
ARVE OV/UV

NOJA--5002-088
R
Relevant signa
al/parameter
Event ttitle Old value Sourc
ce of event C
Critical param
meter
Title → New
value
Sequence N/A Se
equence AR OC/NPS
S/EF/SEF N/A
Advance Ad
dvance
Time addition
n N/A Toat 0→Tat RTA Tta
T_rec start N(C

CLP) 0→above 0 CLP (Cold Load
L Protection) CLM (Cold Load Multiplierr)
end N(C
CLP) below 1→1 CLP (Cold Load
L Protection) N/A
2
Trip Request N/A Trip Request 0→1 Any Protection Element N/A
AutoOpen
Trip N/A T(E
E) 0→1 Sectionalise
er/Protection N/A
T,LSRM start AR (OC/NPS/EF/SEF/Yn)

T,LSRM end AR (OC/NPS/EF/SEF/Yn)
T_ocl start N(C
CLP) Incrementing CLP (Cold Load
L Protection) OCLM (Opperational Cold Load
L Multiplier)
or stable →
decrementin
g
end N(C
CLP) above 0→0 CLP (Cold Load
L Protection) N/A
T_oir start N(IR) 1→below 1 IR (Inrush) OIRM (Opeerational Inrush Multiplier)
end N(IR) above 0→0 IR (Inrush) N/A
UV4 Sag start UV

V4 Sag 0→1 UV4 Sag N/A
Blocking Blo
ocking
end UV
V4 Sag 1→0 UV4 Sag N/A
Blo
ocking
3
VRC Blocking
g Start VR
RC Blocking 0→1 VRC Relevant S
State: Lockout
End VR
RC Blocking 1→0 VRC N/A
ZSC N/A AR
R( OC/NPS/ C1→C2, AR (OC/NPS/EF/SEF/Yn) N/A
EF
F/ SEF) C2→C3,
C3→C4
Notes:
1. Th
he Protection Operation
O eveent is for relay firmware vers sion 1.11.0 and above.
2. Th
he Trip Requeest event is forr relay firmwarre version prio
or to 1.11.0.
3. VR
RC blocking does
d not start or record an e end under the following conditions:
• Switch
h has transitionned to Lockou ut by any sourcce
• AutoCllose Mode is enabled
e and th
he switch is op
pen due to UVV3
• Switch
h is Closed.
11.7.2 Statu
us Events
s
Relevant sig
gnal/parametter
Eventt title
e→
Old value ource of event
So Critical param
meter
Title
New vallue
Auto-Sync Start Au
uto- On→Off HMI,L
Logic, Relay Input,
Syynchronisation SCADDA
End Au
uto- Off→On HMI,L
Logic, Relay Input, Failed/R
Released/Cance
elled
Syynchronisation SCADDA
Battery N/A Ba
attery Status Change of sttatus SIM Normal, Disconnected, Low, High
Status
Battery Tesst Start Ba

attery Test On→Off HMI, SCADA,
S IO, Log
gic,
Auto
OSM U
User Man
nual Appe
endices 175
NOJA-5002-08
Event title
Old value → Source of event Critical parameter
Title
New value
End Battery Test Off→On HMI, SCADA, IO, Logic, Battery Test Passed, Check Battery,
Auto SIM Circuit Faulty, Not Performed,
AC Off, Resting, Battery Off, Battery
being discharged, Voltage too low,
Not Supported, Timeout.
Close Req. N/A Close Req. Off→On LL,HLT, LLB, UV4 Sag, LLDB Blocking / DLLB Blocking /
Blocked Blocked I/O, SCADA, Logic, DLDB Blocking, Sync-check Fail, ∆V
Synchronisation Fail / ∆f Fail / ∆φ Fail/ LLLB Fail
Connection N/A Connection DCD = 1 → DCD Comms N/A
completed completed = 0 or receive “NO
CARRIER” string
or hang up
modem
Connection N/A Connection DCD = 0 → DCD Comms Unsolicited Dial Out, Remote Dial In
established established = 1 or receive
“CONNECT” string
or receive valid
frame
Core Dump N/A N/A N/A Relay N/A
Generated
Data Save N/A Data Save N/A HMI, Protection N/A
Database N/A N/A N/A SMP

Retored
Dial-up N/A Dial-up initiated Unsol= 0 → Unsol Comms N/A

initiated =1
Dir. Control N/A N/A N/A DE OC/NPS/EF/SEF N/A

Changed
Entered N/A N/A N/A SMP System Error, System Check or User
Recovery Request
Mode
External N/A External Supply N/A Relay N/A
Supply Reset
Reset
External Start External Supply Off→On SIM N/A
Load Off Reset
End Ext. Load Off On→Off SIM N/A
External Start External Load Off→On SIM N/A

Load Shutdown
Shutdown
End External Load On→Off SIM N/A
Shutdown
GPS NA GPS Restart NA HMI/PC

1
Restart
GPS Start GPS Locked Off→On GPS

1
Locked
End GPS Locked On→Off GPS
Hot Line Tag Start Hot Line Tag On On→Off HMI, PC, SCADA, I/O N/A
On

NOJA-5002-08
Event title
Title
New value
End Hot Line Tag On Off→On HMI, PC, SCADA, I/O N/A
ICD/CID File N/A IEC 61850

Deleted
ICD/CID File N/A IEC 61850 Failed

Loading
ICD/CID File Start IEC 61850 CID Name

Loading
End IEC 61850 CID Name
IO1 N/A IO1 Connected Off→On Relay N/A

Connected
IO2 N/A IO2 Off→On Relay N/A

Connected Connected
Load profile N/A Load profile N/A PC N/A

configuration configuration
changed changed
Log Id N/A N/A N/A Relay Event Log, Close/Open Log, Fault
Rollover Log, Load Pofile Log, Settings Log,
Interruptions Log, Sags/Swells Log,
Harmonics Log
Manual Trip N/A Manual Trip SIM N/A
Mobile N/A Mobile Network N/A HMI/PC/UPS N/A

Network Modem Restart
Modem
1
Restart
OSM N/A Calibration data N/A HMI, PC N/A
Calibration updated
Changed
OSM Closed N/A OSM Closed SIM N/A
OSM Open N/A OSM Open SIM N/A
PC N/A PC Connected Off - > On Relay N/A

Connected
Prot status N/A Protection status Old→New HMI, PC, SCADA, Relay List of Protection Elements being
change Input, Logic switched On, AR, HLT
Relay N/A N/A PC, USB Relay firmware version number

Firmware
Update
Remote Start Control mode Local → Remote HMI N/A

control
End Control mode Remote → Local HMI N/A
Restart N/A Restart N/A PC, SCADA, HMI Protocol, System Process
Restored N/A N/A N/A SMP
Logs
RTC Reset N/A N/A Relay N/A
SGA fboot N/A SGA Failed
SGA Res Start SGA Res N/A SGA [Resource Name].IDE

NOJA-5002-08
Event title
Title
New value
End SGA Res N/A SGA [Resource Name].IDE, Floating point
2 3
exception , External Events Limit ,
4
Internal Events Limit
SGA N/A SGA N/A SGA Warm
N/A SGA N/A SGA Stop
SIM N/A Calibration data N/A PC N/A
Calibration updated
Changed
SIM N/A N/A SIM Calibrated, Not Calibrated, Cal
Calibration Values corrupted
Status
Simulator Start Simulator Step Change PC Simulation Step number
Step
Simulator Start Simulator Run Off - > On PC N/A
Run
End Simulator Run On - > Off PC N/A
System N/A N/A N/A Relay ID Value 1, Code Value 2
Message
Logged
Time N/A N/A N/A TTA Tat,s=time
Addition
Update N/A Update Initiated N/A Relay Relay Firmware, SIM Firmware,
Initiated Language, DB Schema
Update N/A Update N/A Relay Relay Firmware, SIM Firmware,
Successful Successful Language, DB Schema
USB GPRS Start USB GPRS Inserted Relay USB A/B/C
Connected Device Detected
End USB GPRS Removed Relay USB A/B/C
Device
Detached
USB LAN Start USB LAN Inserted Relay USB A/B/C
End USB LAN Removed Relay USB A/B/C
Device
Detached
USB Serial Start USB Serial Inserted Relay USB A/B/C
Connect Device Detected
End USB Serial Removed Relay USB A/B/C
Device
Detached
USB WLAN Start USB WLAN Inserted Relay USB A/B/C
End USB WLAN Removed Relay USB A/B/C
Device
Detached
Wi-Fi N/A Wi-Fi Restart N/A HMI/PC/UPS N/A
1
Restart
Notes:
1. Applies only to REL-15 module.
2. Occurs when an application attempts to divide by zero. SGA will shutdown when this event occurs.
3. Occurs if the delay, cycle or self-eventing function blocks are triggered too regularly and cannot be transferred
to a resource before the buffer is filled (buffer limit is 9). SGA will shutdown when this event occurs.
4. Occurs if there are a very high number of waiting events within a resource at any one time (buffer limit is 255).
SGA will shutdown when this event occurs.

NOJA--5002-088
11.7.3 Warn
ning Even
nts
Relevant sig
gnal/parametter
E
Event title ource of
So
alue →
Old va event
Critical pa
arameter
Title
New value
v
AC Off Start AC Off Off→On SIM
M N//A
(On Batteryy Supply) En
nd AC Off On→Off SIM
M N//A
Battery Cha
arger Start Battery Charger Statte: Off→On SIM
M N//A
State: Low Power Low Power
P
En
nd Battery Charger Statte: On→Off SIM
M N//A
Low Power
P
Battery Off Start Battery Off Off→On SIM
M N//A
pply)
(On AC Sup En
nd Battery Off On→Off SIM
M N//A
Battery Sta
atus Start Battery Status Off→On SIM
M N//A
Abnormal Abnormal
En
nd Battery Stattus On→Off SIM
M N//A
Abnormal
Close Requ
uest Fail N//A Close
e Request Fail Off→On SIM
M OSSM Not Connec cted, OSM
Meechanically Loc
cked,
Coommand Pendin ng, Faulty
Acctuator, Mechannism Failure,
Duuty Cycle Exceeeded, Close
Caap Not OK, Trip
p Cap Not OK,
Alrready Closed, Excess
E
Acctuator Current Draw
Critical Batttery Level Start Critica
al Battery Levell Off→On SIM
M N//A
En
nd Critica
al Battery Levell On→Off SIM
M N//A
Dial-up Failled N//A Dial-u

up failed Dialled all 5 phone Comms N//A
numbers without
w
connecting to a
master
1
GPS Unplu
ugged Start GPS Unplugged Off→On GP
PS
En
nd GPS Unplugged On→Off GP
PS
Hot Line Ta
ag On Start Hot Line Tag On Off→On Panel,I/O, N//A
gic,PC
Log
En
nd Hot Line Tag On On→Off Panel,I/O, N//A
gic,PC
Log
HLT Forced
d Reset N//A Hot Line
L Tag force
ed On→Off HM
MI N//A
reset
Operation B
Blocked N//A Opera
ation Blocked byy I/O1 or I/O2 I/O
O1 Input1-8, I/O
O2 Input 1-8.
by HLT HLT
Incorrect Ph
hase Start Incorrrect Phase Off→On Pro
otection N//A
Sequence Seque ence
En
nd Incorrrect Phase On→Off Pro
otection N//A
Seque ence
IO Module Changed N//A N/A N/A HM
MI, OC IO
O ID, serial numb
ber
Line Supplyy Status Start Line Supply

S Status Off→On SIM
M offf, high, low, abn
normal
Abnormal
En
nd Line Supply Stattus On→Off SIM
M offf, high, low, abn
normal
Abnormal
Logic Channel N//A N/A N/A Log
gic Loogic Channel Na
ame
Output
OSM U
User Man
nual Appe
endices 179
NOJA-5002-08
Event title Source of
Old value → event
Critical parameter
Title
New value
Logic Configuration Start Logic Configuration 0→1 Logic N/A
Issue Issue
End Logic Configuration 1→0 Logic N/A
Issue
Logic Exp error N/A N/A N/A Logic Logic Channel Name Disabled
Mechanically Locked Start Mechanically Locked Off→On SIM N/A
End Mechanically Locked On→Off SIM N/A
Module No. Invalid N/A N/A N/A HMI, PC Serial Number
OSM Disconnected Start OSM Disconnected Off→On SIM N/A
End OSM Disconnected On→Off SIM N/A
OSM Position Status Start OSM Position Status Off→On SIM N/A
Unavailable Unavailable
End OSM Position Status On→Off SIM N/A
Unavailable
Panel Disconnected Start Panel Comms Error Off→On HMI N/A
End Panel Comms Error On→Off HMI N/A
Peer Comms Failed Start Peer Comms Failed Off→On Comms N/A
End Peer Comms Failed On→Off Comms N/A
Power Restart N/A Power Restart Off→On SIM N/A
Restore Failed N/A N/A N/A SMP Relay Settings or Relay Log
SGA fboot failed N/A SGA fboot failed Off→On Relay N/A
Shutdown N/A Shutdown SIM, Relay User Shutdown, Power Supply,

Internal Error, Unknown Error,
OSM Model Change
SIM Caps Not Start SIM Caps Not Off→On SIM N/A
Charged Charged
End SIM Caps Not On→Off SIM N/A
Charged
SIM not Calibrated Start SIM not Calibrated Off→On SIM N/A
End SIM not Calibrated On→Off SIM N/A
Trip Request Fail N/A Trip Request Fail Off→On SIM OSM Not Connected, OSM
Mechanically Locked Out,
Operation Active, Faulty
Actuator, Mechanism Failure
Update Failed N/A Update Failed Relay/IO/US Unknown Error /Invalid
B/PC Database Version/
Unsupported
Hardware/Unsupported Part
Number/Incompatible File
System/ Invalid Microkernel/
Invalid Relay Serial Number/
Invalid Update File/GPIO
Firmware Comms Error/IO1
Comms Error/ IO2 Comms
Error/Incompatible
Files/Internal File System
Error/USB Access Error/No
Files

NOJA--5002-088
Relevant sig
gnal/parametter
E
So
alue →
Old va event
Critical pa
arameter
Title
New value
v
Update Revverted N//A Update Reverted Off→On Relay N//A
Update Setttings or N//A Update Settings or Off→On Relay N//A

Logs Failed
d Logs Failed
USB Host P
Power Off Start USB Host Power Offf Off→On Relay N//A
En
nd USB Host Power Offf On→Off Relay N//A
USB Misma
atched Start USB Mismatched Off→On Relay US
SBA,B,C
En
nd USB Mismatched On→Off Relay US
SBA,B,C
USB Unsup
pported Start USB Unsupported Off→On Relay US
SBA,B,C
En
nd USB Unsupported On→Off Relay US
SBA,B,C
APP Not Found / Wrong

W AP
Paassword Lengthh / Wrong
1 Cllient Password / Wrong Client
WLAN Erro
or N/A WLAN Error N//A Comms
C
Paassword Lengthh / Wrong
Paassword Lengthh
Wrong Con
ntrol Mode N//A Wrong Control Mode
e I/O1, I/O2 or I/O
O1 Input1-8, I/O
O2 Input 1-8,
Relay Input Loocal Input 1-3
Note:
1. Ap
pplies only to RE
EL-15 module
11.7.4 Malfu
unction Events
E
Relevant sig
gnal/paramete
er
E
So
Old value → event
e
Critical parameter
Title
New value
v
Battery Cha
arger Sttart Battery
y Charger Faultt 0→1 SIM
M N/A
A
Fault
En
nd Battery
y Charger Faultt 1→0 SIM
M N/A
A
CAN Bus Sttart CAN Bus

B Fault 0→1 Relay N/A
A
n
Malfunction
En
nd CAN Bus
B Fault 1→0 Relay N/A
A
CAN Bufferr Overflow N//A CAN Buffer

B Overflow 0→1 SIM
M N/A
A
CAN Bus E
Error N//A CAN Controller
C Error 0→1 SIM
M N/A
A
CAN Bus O
Overrun N//A CAN Controller
C 0→1 SIM
M N/A
A
Overru
un
Capacitor V
Voltage N//A Capac
citor Voltage 0→1 SIM
M Cloose capacitor vooltage drop too
Abnormal higgh or Trip capac
citor voltage
droop too high or Trip
T capacitor
volltage drop on cllose.
Excessive T
Tc N//A Excess
sive Tc 0→1 SIM
M N/A
A
Excessive T
To N//A Excess
sive To 0→1 SIM
M N/A
A
External Lo
oad Sttart External Load Overloa
ad 0→1 SIM
M N/A
A
Overload
En
nd External Load Overloa
ad 1→0 SIM
M N/A
A
1
GPS Malfun
nction GPS Malfunction
M GPS
S
I/O1 Comm
ms Error Sttart I/O1 Comms
C Error 0→1 I/O N/A
A
En
nd I/O1 Comms
A
I/O2 Comm
ms Error Sttart I/O2 Comms
A
OSM U
User Man
nual Appe
endices 181
NOJA-5002-08
Old value → event
Critical parameter
Title
New value
End I/O2 Comms Error 1→0 I/O N/A
I/O1 Fault Start I/O1 Fault 0→1 I/O N/A
End I/O1 Fault 1→0 I/O N/A
I/O2 Fault Start I/O2 Fault 0→1 I/O N/A
End I/O2 Fault 1→0 I/O N/A
Incorrect DB Values N/A Incorrect DB Values 0→1 SIM N/A

2
Loaded Loaded
Log process fault Start Log process fault 0→1 Relay N/A
End Log process fault 1→0 Relay N/A
Mobile Network Mobile Network UPS

3
Shutdown Shutdown
Module Comms Start Module Comms Error 0→1 Relay N/A
Error
End Module Comms Error 1→0 Relay N/A
OSM Coil SC Start OSM Coil SC 0→1 SIM N/A
End OSM Coil SC 1→0 SIM N/A
OSM Coil OC Start OSM Coil OC Normal Æ Open, SIM N/A

Short, Sw Fault
End OSM Coil OC Open, Short, Sw SIM N/A
Fault Æ Normal
OSM Limit Switch Start OSM Limit Switch Fault 0→1 SIM Open Switch Failed Close,
Fault Open Switch Failed Open,
Closed Switch Failed Open,
Closed Switch Failed Close,
Close and Mechanical Interlock
Switch Closed
End OSM Limit Switch Fault 1→0 SIM N/A
Panel Comms Error Start Panel Comms Error 0→1 HMI N/A
End Panel Comms Error 1→0 HMI N/A
Panel Module Fault Start Panel Module Fault 0→1 HMI N/A
End Panel Module Fault 1→0 HMI N/A
Relay Module Fault Start Relay Module Fault 0→1 Relay REL-15 Module Fault,
REL-15-4G Module Fault
End Relay module fault 1→0 Relay N/A
RTC Hardware Fault Start RTC Hardware Fault 0→1 Relay N/A
End RTC Hardware Fault 1→0 Relay N/A

1
SIM Circuit Faulty Start SIM Test Circuit Fault 0→1 SIM N/A
End SIM Test Circuit Fault 1→0 SIM N/A
SIM Comms Error Start SIM Comms Error 0→1 SIM N/A
End SIM Comms Error 1→0 SIM N/A
SIM Comms Fail Start SIM Comms OK OK - > Not OK SIM N/A
SIM Disconnected Start SIM Disconnected 0→1 SIM N/A
End SIM Disconnected 1→0 SIM N/A
SIM Driver Q503 Start N/A N/A SIM N/A

NOJA-5002-08
Old value → event
Critical parameter
Title
New value
Failed End N/A N/A SIM N/A
SIM Minibootloader Start SIM Minibootloader 0→1 SIM Bootloader CRC

mode mode
End SIM Minibootloader 1→0 SIM N/A
mode
SIM Module Fault Start SIM Module Fault 0→1 SIM Flash, Ram, Temp Sensor,
Power Supply, Firmware CRC,
Bootloader CRC, Manufacturing
Details, Incorrect Software.
End SIM Module Fault 1→0 SIM N/A
3
Wi-Fi Shutdown Wi-Fi Shutdown UPS
Failed Booting / Failed Loading
Firmware / Failed Initialisation /
AP Config Failure / Invalid
Channel / Query MAC Failed /
AP Failure / AP Scan Failure /
Channel Region Failed /
Initialisation Failed / Invalid
Channel / Invalid RF band /
3 Joining AP Failure / Password
WLAN Fail N/A WLAN Fail N/A Comms Missing / Query FW Ver Failed /
Set RF Frequency Failed /
Setting Password Failed /
Setting RF Failed / Setting TX
Power Failed / SSID Mismatch /
Unsupported RF / Wrong Join
Command / Wrong Join
Parameter / Wrong Operation
Mode / Wrong Parameter
Note:
1. SIM Circuit Faulty indicates that the SIM circuit which is used to test the battery is faulty.
2. One or more saved configuration values are not within the permitted limits. The out of range values have been set to default.
It is recommended to review and update the settings. The malfunction warning will be reset once the configuration settings
have been updated.
3. Applies only to REL-15 module.

NOJA-5002-08
11.8 Appendix H – Change Log Messages

Parameter Old value New value
ACO Old status New status
Auto Battery Test Old mode New mode
Battery Test : Interval, days Old value New value
Logical Block Close Old value New value
COMMS General: Group Settings N/A Changed
COMMs RS232 (USB A; USBB; LAN; WLAN; Mobile Network; RS232P): Config Type Old value New value
(Device Mode; Baud Rate; Duplex Type; Parity; Obtain IP Automatically; Provide IP
Automatically; AP IP Address; IP Address; Subnet Mask; Default Gateway; Connection
Mode; Wi-Fi Tx Power , AP Network Key)
COMMs RS232 (USBA; USBB; LAN; WLAN; Mobile Network; RS232P): Group Settings N/A Changed
COMMs RS232DTE: Group Settings N/A Changed
RS-232 (USB A, USBB, USBC, LAN): Port Local Remote Mode Old mode New mode
COMMs Status Test RS232DTE (USBA ; USBB ; USBC) Old value New value
COMMs: DNP3 (IEC 60870; CMS; IEC 61850; P2PComms Panel): Logging (Max Log Old value New value
Size, MB)
Control Mode Old mode New mode
Date/Time N/A Changed
Demonstration Unit Old Value New Value
External Load Status Old status New status
Energy Meters (Fault Counters; SCADA Counters) N/A Erased
Erase Interruption Counters N/A Changed
Erase Oscillography Records N/A Changed
Erase Sag/Swell Counters N/A Changed
Fault Flags: Reset Fault Flags on Close (Alarm, Display Alerts) Old mode New mode
GPS:Enable Old value New value
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) OC1+ (OC1- , NPS1+, NPS1-, EF1+, EF1-, OC2+, OC2-, NPS2+, NPS2-, Old TCC New TCC
EF2+, EF2- ): TCC type
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) OC1+ (OC1-, NPS1+, NPS1-, EF1+, EF1-, OC2+, OC2-, NPS2+, NPS2- Old value New value
,EF2+, EF2-, OC3+, OC3-, NPS3+, NPS3-, EF3+, EF3-, SEF+, SEF-, OCLL1-3, NPSLL1-
3, EFLL1-3, SEFLL): Ip, A (Tdt Min, s, TM, MIN, Tmin, s, Tmax, s, Ta, s, FLTRes, s, MAX)
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) OC2+ (OC2- ; NPS2+, NPS2-, EF2+; EF2-): MAX Mode Old mode New mode
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) OC2+ (OC2- ; NPS2+, NPS2-, EF2+; EF2-): ImaxM Old value New value
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) OC1+ (OC1-, NPS1+, NPS1-, EF1+, EF1-, OC2+, OC2-, NPS2+, NPS2-, Old mode New mode
EF2+, EF2-, OC3+, OC3-, NPS3+, NPS3-, EF3+, EF3-, SEF+, SEF-): Dir En
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) DE OC (DE EF; DE SEF, DE NPS): At Old value New value
GRP 1 (2 ;3 ;4) DE OC (DE NPS, DE EF, DE SEF): DND (Dir Change response) Old mode New mode
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4): I2/I1: Mode Old mode New mode
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4): I2/I1: Tdt Min, s (Pickup Value, %; Min I2, A ) Old value New value
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4): Yn: Operational Mode (Directional Mode) Old mode New mode
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4): Yn: Tdt Min, s (Min In, A; Min Un UM, FLTRes, s; Forward Susceptance, Old value New value
mSi; Reverse Susceptance, mSi; Forward Conductance, mSi; Reverse Conductance, mSi)
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) AR OC/NPS/EF/SEF MAP N/A Changed
GRP 1 (2, 3, 4) AR OC/NPS/EF/SEF: Tr1,s (Tr2,s, Tr3,s, Tres,s) Old value New value
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) SST OC+ (OC-, NPS+, NPS-, EF+; EF-) 1 (2, 3,4) Old value New value
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) AR OC/NPS/EF/SEF: ZSC mode Old mode New mode
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) AR OC/NPS/EF/SEF: LSRM mode Old mode New mode
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) AR OC/NPS/EF/SEF: LSRM time Old value New value
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) Sequence Advance Old value New value
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) CLP: CLM (Tcl,min; Trec,min) Old value New value
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) IR: IRM (Tir,s) Old value New value
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) TTA: TTA mode Old mode New mode
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) TTA: Tat,s Old value New value
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) VRC: VRC Enable Old mode New mode
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) VRC: VRC mode Old mode New mode
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) VRC: UM Old value New value
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) LLB: UM Old value New value
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) ABR: ABR mode Old mode New mode
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) ABR: Tr, s Old value New value
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) AutoOpen: Mode Old mode New mode

NOJA-5002-08

GRP 1(2; 3; 4) AutoOpen: Tr, min (OPS), Power Flow Dir Changed (Power Flow Old value New value
Reduced; % Power Flow Reduced; Tr, sec)
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) LSRM mode Old mode New mode
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) LSRM: Time, s Old value New value
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) UV: UV1 UM (UV2 UM; UV1 Tdt Min,s; UV2 Tdt Min,s; UV3 Tdt Min, s) Old value New value
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) UV3: AutoClose Mode (Operation in SST only) Old mode New mode
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) UV3: AutoClose: Tr, sec Old value New value
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) UV4 : UM (Min) (UM(Max);UM(Mid); Tdt Min, s; Lockout Time , min) Old value New value
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) UV4 : (Voltage Type, Voltages) Old mode New mode
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) OV: OV1 UM (OV2 UM; OV3 UM; OV4 UM; OV1 Tdt Min,s; OV2 Tdt Old value New value
Min,s; OV3 Tdt Min,s; OV3 Moving Average Mode; OV3 Moving Average Window, s; OV4
Tdt Min,s;)
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) AR VE: UV1 mode (UV2 mode ; UV3 mode ; UV4 Sag mode, OV1 mode, Old mode New mode
OV2 mode ; OV3 mode, OV4 mode)
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) AR VE: Tr,s (No. Of Trips to Lockout) Old value New value
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) UF: UF mode Old mode New mode
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) UF: Fp,Hz (Tt,s) Old value New value
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) OF: OF mode Old mode New mode
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) OF: Fp,Hz (Tt,s) Old value New value
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) Group Name Old value New value
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) Group Description Old value New value
GRP 1 (2; 3; 4) Group Settings Old mode New mode
Group 1 (2; 3; 4) N/A Changed
GRP 1 (2;3;4):HRM: THD Mode Old mode New mode
GRP 1 (2;3;4):HRM: THD% (THD Time) Old value New value
GRP 1 (2;3;4):HRM: TDD Mode Old mode New mode
GRP 1 (2;3;4):HRM: TDD Level (TDD Time) Old value New value
GRP 1 (2;3;4):HRM: Old value New value
GRP 1 (2;3;4):HRM: IND Mode Old mode New mode
GRP 1 (2;3;4):HRM: IND Time Old value New value
GRP 1 (2;3;4):HRM: IND A (B;C;D;E) Name (Level) Old value New value
GRP 1 (2;3;4):Sectionaliser mode Old mode New mode
HMI SETTINGS: Prot On/Off (EF On/Off; SEF On/Off; AR On/Off; CLP On/Off; LL On/Off; Old mode New mode
Grp 1 – 4 On/Off; ABR On/Off; ACO On/Off; UV4 Sag On/Off); Delayed Close
HMI SETTINGS: Close Delay(s) Old value New value
HMI SETTINGS: Key Configuration Option Old value New value
HRM Log: Enable Old mode New mode
HRM Log: THD Enable Old mode New mode
HRM Log: THD% Old value New value
HRM Log: TDD Enable Old mode New mode
HRM Log: TDD % Old value New value
HRM Log: HRM_I Enable Old mode New mode
HRM Log: HRM_I% Old value New value
HRM Log: HRM_V Enable Old mode New mode
HRM Log: HRM_V% Old value New value
HRM Log: T,s Old value New value
IN1 (IN2, IN3) SETTINGS: Control signal Old signal New signal
Interruption: Mon Old mode New mode
Interruption: Log Short Duration Old mode New mode
Interruption: Duration T,s Old mode New mode
I/O SETTINGS: I/O1 mode (I/O2 mode) Old mode New mode
I/O1 (I/O2) I1 (I2; I3; I4; I5; I6) SETTINGS: Control signal Old signal New signal
I/O1 (I/O2) O1 (O2; O3; O4; O5; O6) SETTINGS: Indication signal Old signal New signal
I/O1 (I/O2) O1 (O2; O3; O4; O5; O6) SETTINGS: Trec, s (Tres, s) Old value New value
Lifetime Counters N/A Changed
Link HLT to LLL Old value New value
LL Allow Close Old value New value
Load Profile Configuration Changed N/A Changed
Logic: Write Prot CH 17-32 Old mode New mode
ME SETTINGS: U Rated, kV (LSD Level, kV) Old value New value
Osc: Mon Old mode New mode
Osc: Event (Capture T, s; Capture %; Overwrite; USB Save) Old value New value

NOJA-5002-08

Password N/A Changed
PORT SETTINGS: Port type (Baud rate, Duplex type, Parity) Old value New value
Power Flow Direction Old value New value
Prot On(ABR On; Alarm Mode On; AR On; CLP On; DFT On; EF On; SEF On; Yn On, Old status New status
HLT On; HRM On; LL On; LLB On; Link HLT to LL; MNT On; NPS On; OF On; OV On;
OV3 On, SSM On; UF On; UV On; UV4 Sag On; 79-2 Trips to Lockout; 79-3 Trips to
Lockout)
PROTECTION STATUS: Active Group Old status New status
Protocol DNP3 (IEC60870; 2179; CMS; P2PComms): Protocol Enable (Time; Port; Old value New value
Slave address; Master address; Unsolicited; Check Master IP Address; Master IP
Address; Poll Watchdog Time, min; Binary Control Watchdog Time, min; Update Key;
Update Key Version; DNP3-SA; Scaling; Data Link address; Common Address of ASDU;
Poll Watchdog Time, min; Binary Control Watchdog Time, min; Send Day of Week; COI
Qualifier; Block Until Disconnected; SBO Timeout, s; Enable Port 2; Channel Port 2;
Remote ACR LAN Address; Update Rate, s; Mon GOOSE SimFlag; ProcSimGOOSE;
QualTestHandling; MMS Server; GOOSE Publisher; GOOSE Subscriber; MMS Port;
GOOSE Port; SCADA IEC61850 MMS, P1 Maximum Frame Size, Bytes; P2 Maximum
Frame Size, Bytes)
Remote Control Old value New value
Reset Binary Fault Targets (Reset Trip and Max Measured Values) Old value New value
Restrict Trip Mode Old value New value
RTC SETTINGS: Date FMT (Time FMT) Old format New format
Sag: Mon Old mode New mode
Sag: Normal pu (Min pu; T, ms) Old value New value
Sag/Swell Reset Time, ms Old value New value
SGA: Enable (TCP Port Number, fboot) Old value New value
Sync: Synchronisation (Phase Selection; Bus and Line; Live/Dead Autoreclose; DLDB
Autoreclose; Live/Dead Manual Close; DLDB Manual Close; Live Bus Voltage Mult; Live
Line Voltage Mult; Bus Max Voltage Mult; Line Max Voltage Mult; Synch-Check; Voltage
Diff Mult; Max Sync Slip Frequency, Hz; Phase Angle Difference, deg; Manual Pre-Sync
Old Value New value
Time, s; Fundamental Frequency, Hz; Max Frequency Deviation, Hz; Max Slip Frequency,
Hz; Max ROC Slip Freq, Hz/s; Auto-sync Waiting Time, s; Anti-Motoring)
Swell: Mon Old mode New mode
Swell: Normal pu (T, ms) Old value New value
Switchgear Calibration: OSM Type (OSM Serial Number; Cla, AkA; CIb, AkA; CIc, AkA; Old value New value
CIn, AkA; CUa, AMV; CUb, AMV; CUc, AMV; CUr, AMV; CUs, AMV; CUt, AMV))
System Settings (IO Settings; Logic Settings, Comms Settings; SCADA Settings) N/A Changed
System Status: Analogue On/Off Old mode New mode
UPS: Battery Shutdown Level, % (Rated Capacity, Ah; Battery Type; External Load Old value New value
Time, min; External Load Reset Time, hr; Enable USB Host Ports Shutdown; Battery Test,
Mobile Network Time, min; Mobile Network Reset Time, hr; WLAN Time, min; WLAN
Reset Time, hr)
Notes:
• For groups of parameters (AR maps, Group settings, System settings (including Protocol and Power Quality),
IO, Logic, Lifetime counters readings, Date/Time)) old and new values are not shown in the record when
changes are made via a CMS download. Old value is left as NA or blank and “Changed” is used for New
Value. Similarly, for erased data (Energy meter readings, Fault counters readings, CO Operations, Event log,
Load profile and Change messages) Old and New values are not shown in the record. Statement “NA” is used
in place of Old value and statement “Erased” instead of New one.
• Refer to the description of control and indication element for applicability of Panel, PC, SCADA and I/O for
different control functions.
• Capital letters represent a parameter example. Applicable alternative parameters are in parentheses.
• Change log messages for GPS, Wi-Fi and Mobile Network apply only to REL-15, from firmware 1.16 onwards.

NOJA-5002-08
11.9 Appendix I – Control and Indication of Settings

Control and Indication of Element settings are provided by the Panel and PC Control and Indication
elements only. The structure of Control and Indication settings is illustrated below.
Notes:
• Groups 1 to 4 have the same settings as shown for group 1.
• Within the Group 1 – 4 settings, the Group Names can only be assigned or edited using CMS software.
• Within the OC and EF settings, User Defined 1(UD1) characteristic points can only be assigned or edited using CMS software.
• On the panel, The NPS element is sometimes referred to as the “NS” element due to space restriction.

NOJA-5002-08
11.10 App
pendix J – Operator Pa
anel Me
enu
This appendix illustrate
es how to na
avigate within
n the menus to access information.
11.10.1 Syste
em Status Menu
MAIN MENU
SYSTEM STATUS
S
[Alerts]
[Warnings] WARNINGS
[Malfunctions] MALFUNCTIO
ONS
[Messages]
Date/Time
Config
Links to the C/O

Status
Operation
O Log Screen
MEASUREMENT
TS MEASUREMENTS
POW
WER
1 PHASE
E ENERGY
GRO
OUP SETTINGS
3 PHASE
E ENERGY
SYS
STEM SETTINGS
OTH
HER
LOGS
COUNTERS Page 1 Page 2
IDE
ENTIFICATION Power Quality POWER QU
UALITY
Input/Output INPUT / OUTPU

UT STATUS
R
RESET DATA
TESTS Power Supply POWER SUPPL

LY STATUS
CHAN
NGE PASSWORD Protection PR
ROTECTION GLOB
BAL SETTINGS
CHAN
NGE LANGUAGE
Page 1 Page
P 2
SAVE
E SYSTEM DATA Communication Poorts COMMUNICATION
C PORT STATUS
USB
B OPERATIONS
RS232 U
USB A USB B USB C LA
AN WLAN Mobile Network RS232P
ACO ACO
Protocols PROTOCOL STA

ATUS
DNP3 IEC
C 60870 IEC 618
850 2179 CMS P2PCoomms
Logic LOGIC
Logic Status SMART GRID AU

UTOMATION
Note: US
SB Operationss item only app
pears when a USB flash dri
rive is inserted
d into one of thhe Relay USB ports.
188 Appendices
s O
OSM Use
er Manua
al
NOJA--5002-088
11.10.2
2 Group Setting
gs Menu
MAIN MENU
SYSTEM STATU
US SECTIIONALISER MOD
DE
Protectio
on Settings
GROUP SETTINGS
OC
C GROUP
G 1 OVERC
CURRENT
GROUP 1
OC1+ OC2+ OC3+ OC1- OC2- OC3-
GROUP 2
NPS
S GROUP
G 1 NEGATIVE PHASE SEQU
UENCE
GROUP 3
NPS
S I2/I1
GROUP 4
NPS1+
N NPS2+ NPS3+ N
NPS1- NPS2- NPS3-
EF
F GROUP
G 1 EARTH FAULT
EF1+ EF2+ EF3+ EF1- EF2- EF3-
SEF
F GROUP 1 SENSITIVE EARTH
H FAULT
SEF + SEF
F-
Yn GROUP
G 1 Yn ADM
MITTANCE
LL GROUP
G 1 LIVE LIN
NE
MNT
T GROUP
G 1 MAXIMU
UM NUMBER OF TRIPS
FE
E GROUP
G 1 FREQUENCY ELEMENT
VE
E GROUP
G 1 VOLTAG
GE ELEMENT
ABR
R GROUP
G 1 AUTO BA
ACKFEED RESTO
ORATION
VRC
C GROUP
G 1 VOLTAG
GE RECLOSING C
CONTROL
HRM
M GROUP
G 1 HARMONICS
Auto Recclosing
AR
R GROUP
G 1 AUTO RECLOSING
R
SYSTEM SETTIN
NGS
AUTO RECLOSING MAP
LOGS ARV
VE GROUP
G 1 AR VE
Direction
nal Elements
COUNTERS
OC
C GROUP
G 1 OC DIRE
ECTIONAL ELEME
ENT
IDENTIFICATIO
ON NPS
S GROUP
G 1 NPS NEG
GATIVE PHASE S
SEQUENCE ELEM
MENT
EF
F GROUP
G 1 EF DIRE
ECTIONAL ELEME
ENT
RESET DATA
A
SEF
F GROUP
G 1 SEF DIR
RECTIONAL ELEM
MENT
TESTS
Other
C
CHANGE PASSWO
ORD
CLLP GROUP
G 1 COLD LO
OAD PROTECTIO
ON
C
CHANGE LANGUA
AGE IR GROUP
G 1 INRUSH RESTRAINT
TT
TA GROUP
G 1 TEMPOR
RARY TIME ADDIITION
S
SAVE SYSTEM DA
ATA
OSM U
User Man
nual Appe
endices 189
NOJA-5002-08
11.10.3
3 Syste
em Settin
ngs Menu
MAIN MENU
System Status
Group Settings
System Settings System Settinggs
Switchgear Calibration
C SWITCHGEA
AR CALIBRATION
Switchgear Co
onfiguration SWITCHGEAR
R CONFIGURATIO
ON
Measurement Settings MEASUREM

MENT SETTINGS
I/O Settings INPUT/OUT

TPUT SETTINGS
UPS Setttings UPS SETTINGS

S
Protocol Settings PROTOCO

OL SETTINGS
DNP3 IEC
C 60870 IEC 61850 2179 CMS P2PComm
ms Panel
Port Setttings PORT SE

ETTINGS
RS232
R USBA USBB USBC LAN WLAN Mobbile Network RS2
232P
RTC Setttings REAL TIME CLOCK

C SETTINGS
S
HMI Setttings HMI SETTINGS

S
Comms Log Settings COMM LO

OG SETTINGS
DNP3 IEC 608870 IEC 61850 2179 CM

MS P2PComm
ms Panel
Power Quality
y Settings POWER QUA
ALITY SETTINGS
OSC Hrm Interruptions Sags/S

Swells
Fault Flags FAULT

T FLAGS
Logs
Counters
Indentification
Reset Data
Tests
C
Change Password
C
Change Language
S
Save System Data
190 Appendices
s O
OSM Use
er Manua
al
NOJA--5002-088
11.10.4
4 Eventt Log, Co
ounters a
and Iden
ntification Menus
s
MAIN MENU
System Status
Group Settiings
System Sett ings
Logs LO
LOGS
Close/Open
C
[C
CLOSE/OPEN DETAIIL]
Event
[EVENT DETAIL]
Counterss COU
UNTERS
Faault Counters [FAU
ULT COUNTERS DET
TAIL]
Lifettime Counters [LIFETTIME COUNTERS DETAIL]
SCA
ADA Counters [SCAADA COUNTERS DETAIL]
DNP
P3‐SA Counters [D
DNP3‐SA COUNTER
RS]
GO
OOSE Counters [[GOOSE COUNTERSS]
Identificattion
IDENTIFICATION
Relay SIM Panel I/O Languages
Reset Data
Tests
Change Passsword
Change Langguage
Save System Data
Note: Th
he Fault profille, Load profille and Chang
ge log are not visible on the
e Panel but ccan be capture
ed using CMS
S
so
oftware.
OSM U
User Man
nual Appe
endices 191
NOJA-5002-08
11.10.5
5 Resett Data, Tests,
T Ch
hange Pa
assword and Sav
ve System
m Data
MAIN M
MENU
System Status
G
Group Settings
S
System Settings
Logs
Counters
Identification
Reset Menu RESET

T MENU
Energy M
Meters [CONFIRM RESET]
Fault Couunters [CONFIRM RESET]
SCADA Coounters [CONFIRM RESET]
Reset Hot LLine Tag (7)
DNP3-SA C
Counters [CONFIRM RESET]
Oscillographyy Records [CONFIRM RESET]
Interruption C
Counters
[CONFIRM RESET]
and Duraation
Sag/Swell C
Counters
[CONFIRM RESET]
and Duraation
Reset Logiccal Block

[CONFIRM RESET]
Closee
Reset Binarry Fault
[CONFIRM RESET]
Targeets
Reset GPS H
Hardware [CONFIRM RESET]
Reset Wi-Fi H
Hardware [CONFIRM RESET]
Reset Mobilee Network

[CONFIRM RESET]
Modeem
Tests TESTS
CHANGE PASSWORD
(88)
ENT
TER PASSWORD
(4) CHAN
NGE PASSWORD (3) EN
NTER PASSWORD
(5) ENT
TER PASSWORD (6) EN
NTER PASSWORD
Change Language CHANGE

E LANGUAGE
English Spanish R
Russian Portu
uguese Polish US Englissh
S
SAVE SYSTEM DAT
TA
(2)
(1)
Please wait.
System data save
ed.
Saving system datta.
Press <Esc>
Press <Esc> to cancel.
(1)) This appearss during the da

ata saving pro
ocess.
(2)) This appearss when the syystem data hass been saved.
(3)) This appearss when an incorrect passwo ord has been entered.
e
192 Appendices
s O
OSM Use
er Manua
al
NOJA--5002-088
(4)) This appearss when a corre

ect password has been ente ered.
(5)) This appearss when the pa
assword entereed at NEW an nd CONFIRM are a the same.
(6)) This appearss when the pa
assword entereed at NEW an nd CONFIRM are a different.
(7)) Password acctivated
(8)) From the “TTests” menu th
he user can tur
urn Test Mode On or Off whiich puts a messsage in the event
e log when
n
Test mode starts
s and wheen Test Modee ends. Its purp
rpose is to allo
ow filtering thee events to de
etermine which
h
sections of events
e were ge
enerated while
e the test mod
de was active.
11.10.6
6 Enterring Pass
swords
Notes: (1)) This menu appears

a when user tries to e
edit password protected parrameter
(2)) This menu appears
a when incorrect passsword has bee en entered
(3)) The default password
p “NO
OJA” is used u until changed by
b user to prevent unauthorrised setting ch
hanges.
See Section 11.10.5.
Panel passwords have

e the format AAAA,
A where
e A can be a digit (from 1 to 9) or a leetter (from A to Z).
All parame
eters are passsword prote
ected except::
• SCCADA -> CM MS Settings
• Sa
ave System Data
• UP
PS Status ->
> External Lo
oad On/Off
• All parameterss in the Prote
ection Statuss menu
• AC
CO setting.
OSM U
User Man
nual Appe
endices 193
NOJA-5002-08
12 Index
WLAN Port ........................................................... 39

A
Communications Log Settings ................................ 101
Accuracy Contact Wear........................................................... 142
Measurement ........................................................... 7 Control and Indication............................................. 116
Protection ................................................................ 8 Control Cable .................................................. 135, 149
Sensor ...................................................................... 5 Counter
Actuator Driver ......................................................... 33 Maximum Demand Indication ............................ 110
Admittance – (21Yn)................................................. 62 Counters .................................................................. 105
Alarm Latching ......................................................... 78 Creepage ................................................................... 21
Alarm Mode .............................................................. 77 Current
Alerts ....................................................................... 109 Sensing .............................................................. 4, 22
Altitude.................................................................... 4, 7 Curve Modifiers ........................................................ 57
Analogue Values ....................................................... 52
D
Antenna ..................................................................... 35
Auto Date/Time ............................................................... 132
Frequency Detection ............................................. 49 Dead Break Elbow Connectors ................................. 22
Auto Change Over Dimensions
Protection .............................................................. 92 OSM ........................................................................ 4
Auto Reclose OSM15-310 and OSM27-310 ......................... 16, 17
Phase and Earth Overcurrent ............................. 8, 68 OSM38-300 ........................................................... 18
Voltage .................................................................. 84 RC10 Cubicle .................................................... 7, 25
AutoClose.................................................................. 84 Directional Protection ............................................. 155
Automatic Backfeed Restoration............................... 89 Disable Fast Trips ..................................................... 75
Automation DNP3 Secure Authentication .................................. 121
Auto Change Over................................................. 91
E
Auto-Synchroniser ................................................ 94
Earthing ............................................................. 14, 139
B
OSM Recloser ..................................................... 139
Battery ....................................................................... 13 RC cubicle ........................................................... 139
Circuit Breaker ...................................................... 44 Unbroken Conductor ........................................... 139
Temperature .......................................................... 46 Electromagnetic Compatibility ................................... 9
Battery Test ............................................................... 45 EMC ............................................................................ 8
Bird Guards ............................................................. 141 Escutcheon ........................................................ 24, 143
Block Functionality ....................................... 55, 59, 83 Event Log ........................................................ 104, 173
Breaking Duty ............................................................. 6 Test Mode ........................................................... 172
Broken Conductor – (46BC) ..................................... 59 External Load Supply........................................ 43, 141
Bushings .................................................................... 21
F
C
Fast Keys ........................................................... 30, 118
Change Enabling and Disabling ....................................... 119
Password ............................................................. 136 Fault Finding ........................................................... 145
Change Messages ............................................ 104, 185 Fault Flags ............................................................... 108
Close Delayed ......................................................... 119 Fault profile ............................................................. 104
Close Open (CO) Operations .................................. 102 Filtering ....................................................................... 8
CMS Functional Overview OSM with RC10 ..................... 26
Control and Indication ......................................... 120
G
Software ................................................................ 31
Cold Load Pickup ...................................................... 66 Global Positioning System ................................ 42, 145
Communications ....................................................... 35 GPS ................................................................... 42, 145
LAN Port ............................................................... 38
Mobile Network Modem Port ............................... 41 H
Port Monitoring ................................................... 124 Harmonic Protection ................................................. 96
Ports ...................................................................... 26 HMI ......................................................................... 118
RS-232 Port ........................................................... 37 Hot Line Tag (HLT) .................................................. 85
USB Ports .............................................................. 37
194 Index OSM User Manual

NOJA-5002-08
Humidity ..................................................................... 4 O
HV
Operating Mode ........................................................ 78
Cable Tails .......................................................... 139
Operator
Palm Connector ............................................. 21, 139
Human Machine Interface ..................................... 27
Parallel Groove Clamp ........................................ 138
Panel...................................................................... 27
Surge Arrestors.................................................... 138
Panel Menu ......................................................... 189
Terminal Connection Preparation ....................... 136
Panel Module ........................................................ 26
Tunnel Connector .......................................... 21, 138
Operator Panel Settings ........................................... 118
I Optional Input Output (I/O) Modules ................. 10, 13
OSM Ratings ............................................................... 4
I/O Modules .............................................................. 26
Over Frequency ......................................................... 87
Testing ................................................................. 134
Over Voltage
Inrush Restraint ......................................................... 67
Line to Line ........................................................... 82
Installation ............................................................... 131
Negative Sequence Voltage .................................. 83
OSM .................................................................... 138
Neutral Displacement ............................................ 83
RC Cubicle .......................................................... 139
Phase ..................................................................... 82
L Overcurrent
Directional..................................................... 60, 155
Last Good Value Trapped ......................................... 53 Live Line ............................................................... 63
LCD........................................................................... 27
Control .................................................................. 29 P
Link LL to HLT ........................................................ 86
Padlock ...................................................................... 24
Live Line (LL)........................................................... 63
Password ................................................................. 132
Live Load Blocking................................................... 89
Phase
Load profile ............................................................. 105
Configuration ........................................................ 49
Local Control ............................................................ 28
Phase sequence .......................................................... 48
Logic
Pole Mounting Brackets ............................................ 20
Control ................................................................ 128
Position Indicator ...................................................... 22
Expressions ......................................................... 128
Power Flow Direction ............................................... 50
Throttling ............................................................ 130
Power Quality ......................................................... 110
Logs......................................................................... 101
Harmonics ........................................................... 111
Loss of Supply Detector (LSD) ........................... 66, 87
Long and Short Duration Interruptions ............... 112
Loss of Supply Reclosing Mode (LSRM) ................. 70
Oscillography ...................................................... 110
Loss of Supply Under Voltage (UV3) ....................... 81
Sags and Swells ................................................... 113
M Power Supply Module (PSM) ................. 10, 26, 32, 44
Auxiliary Supply ................................................... 32
Magnetic Actuator ..................................................... 14 Preparation
Main Circuit Bushings .............................................. 14 OSM .................................................................... 136
Maintenance ............................................................ 142
RC Cubicle .......................................................... 131
Max No of Trips to Lockout ..................................... 76 Programming........................................................... 136
Maximum Demand Indication................................. 110 Protection .................................................................. 54
Maximum Number of Trips ...................................... 75
Auto Change Over ................................................ 91
Measurement ............................................................. 48 Automatic Backfeed Restoration .......................... 89
Mechanical Trip .................................................. 14, 22 Current (OC, NPS, EF) ......................................... 54
Mobile Network Modem ................................... 41, 145 Frequency .............................................................. 86
Modem ...................................................................... 24 Harmonic Protection ............................................. 96
Monitoring .............................................................. 101
Over Frequency ..................................................... 87
Change Messages ................................................ 104 Status Control.................................................. 85, 98
Close Open Operations........................................ 102 Synchronism Check .............................................. 94
Comms Log Settings ........................................... 101
Under Frequency ................................................... 87
Counters .............................................................. 105 Voltage .................................................................. 79
Event Log ............................................................ 104 Protocols ................................................................. 120
Fault Profile......................................................... 104
Load Profile......................................................... 105 R
Power Quality...................................................... 110
Radio ......................................................................... 24
Mounting Bracket.................................................... 138
Radio/Modem
N Mounting Plate ................................................ 24, 35
Reclose Map
Negative Phase Sequence .......................................... 54 Phase and Earth Overcurrent ................................. 70
OSM User Manual Index 195

NOJA-5002-08
Voltage .................................................................. 85 OSM ........................................................................ 4

Recloser Control (RC10) Cubicle ............................. 23 RC Cubicle .............................................................. 6
Relay Module ...................................................... 26, 34 Surge Protection ........................................................ 35
Remote Control ......................................................... 28 Switchgear Interface Module (SIM) ................... 26, 33
RFI ferrite filter ......................................................... 35 Synchronisation ................................................. 92, 158
RTU........................................................................... 26 Auto-Synchroniser ................................................ 94
Synchronism Check .............................................. 94
S
Synchronism Limits ............................................ 158
Sampling and Filtering .............................................. 49
T
Save System Data ...................................................... 47
SCADA ................................................................... 120 Taut String Clearance................................................ 21
Schematics .............................................................. 148 Temperature ............................................................ 4, 6
Sectionalising ............................................................ 71 Temporary Time Addition ........................................ 68
Voltage ........................................................................ 4 Test Mode ....................................................... 172, 194
Sensitive Earth Fault ................................................. 58 Testing
Sequence Advance .................................................... 70 High Voltage ....................................................... 137
Settings RC and OSM ....................................................... 135
Alarm Latching ..................................................... 78 RC Cubicle .......................................................... 132
ARVE Reclosing ................................................... 84 Tests ........................................................................ 194
Automatic Backfeed Restoration........................... 90 Time Current Characteristic (TCC) Curves
Cold Load Pickup .................................................. 67 Additional TCC ................................................... 160
Directional Overcurrent......................................... 60 ANSI ................................................................... 159
High Set element ................................................... 57 IEC ...................................................................... 159
Inrush Restraint ..................................................... 67 User Defined ....................................................... 160
IO Modules ......................................................... 126
U
Live Line ......................................................... 64, 65
Max current mode ................................................. 57 Under Frequency ....................................................... 87
Max No of Trips to Lockout ................................. 76 Under Voltage
Maximum Number of Trips .................................. 75 Line to Line ........................................................... 81
Measurement ......................................................... 49 Loss of Supply ...................................................... 81
Over Frequency ..................................................... 87 Phase ..................................................................... 81
Over Voltage ......................................................... 82 UV3 AutoClose ......................................................... 84
Overcurrent ........................................................... 55
Phase and Earth Overcurrent ................................. 55 V
Protection Groups.................................................. 54 Voltage
Real Time Clock ................................................... 52 Live Load Blocking............................................... 89
Reclose Sequence .................................................. 69 Protection .............................................................. 79
Sequence Advance ................................................ 70 Reclosing Control ................................................. 88
Single Shot Trip .................................................... 72 Sensing .................................................................. 22
Temporary Time Addition .................................... 68
Under Frequency ................................................... 87 W
Under Voltage ....................................................... 81 Weight
UPS ....................................................................... 45 RC Cubicle .............................................................. 7
Voltage Reclosing Control .............................. 88, 89 Wi-Fi ................................................................. 39, 145
Zone Sequence Co-ordination ............................... 70 WLAN............................................................... 39, 145
Short Sequence Mode................................................ 76
Smart Grid Automation ........................................... 129 Z
Spare Parts .......................... 26, 32, 33, 35, 41, 51, 151 Zone Sequence Co-ordination ................................... 70
Specifications
196 Index OSM User Manual

NOJA-5002-08
Referenced Standards and Documents
• NOJA-793 RC Relay Firmware Upgrade – section 10.2.3

• NOJA-594 ACO User Manual – section 6.10
• NOJA-565 RC SCADA Interface Description – section 8.3
• NOJA-522 RC DNP3 Protocol Implementation - section 8.3
• ANSI / IEEE C37.2 – 2008 IEEE Standard Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers
and Contact Designations
• ANSI / IEEE C37.60 – 2012 Standards Requirements for Overhead, Pad-Mounted, Dry Vault,
and Submersible Automatic Circuit Reclosers and Fault Interrupters for Alternating Current
Systems Up to 38kV
• CISPR 11:2009 Amendment 1:2010 Industrial, scientific and medical equipment – Radio-
frequency disturbance characteristics – Limits and methods of measurement
• CISPR 22:2008 Information technology equipment – Radio disturbance characteristics – Limits
and methods of measurement
• EN 55022 – European Standard: Information technology equipment – Radio disturbance
characteristics disturbance Limits and methods of measurement
• FCC Part15 - Federal Communications Commissions (North America): Title 47 –
Telecommunication Part15 Radio Frequency Devices (Subpart b Unintentional Radiators) IEC
60694 Common specification for high-voltage switchgear and control gear standards.
• IEC 60255 – 1:2009 Measuring relays and protection equipment – Part 1: Common
requirements
• IEC 60255 – 5:2000 Measuring relays and protection equipment - Part 5: Insulation
coordination for measuring relays and protection equipment – Requirements and tests
• IEC 60255-21-1-1988 - 1st Ed, Electrical Relays – Part 21: Vibration, shock, bump and seismic
tests, Section 1 – Vibration tests (sinusoidal)
• IEC 60255-21-2-1988 - 1st Ed, Electrical Relays – Part 21: Vibration, shock, bump and seismic
tests, Section Two + Shock and bump tests
• IEC 60255-21-3-1993 – 1st Ed, Electrical Relays – Part 21: Vibration, shock, bump and seismic
tests, Section 3: Seismic tests
• IEC 60255 – 22 – 1 (Class III) Measuring relays and protection equipment – Part 22-1:
Electrical disturbance tests – 1MHz burst immunity
• IEC 60255 – 22 – 3 Measuring relays and protection equipment – Part 22-3: Electrical
disturbance tests – Radiated electromagnetic field immunity
• IEC 60255 – 25 Electrical relays – Part 25: Electromagnetic emission test for measuring relays
and protection equipment
• IEC 60255 – 26: 2013 Edition 3.0 Measuring relays and protection equipment – Part 26:
Electromagnetic compatibility requirements.
• IEC 61000-4-2-2008 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 4-2: Testing and measurement
techniques – Electrostatic discharge immunity test.
• IEC 61000-4-3:2006 Amendment 1:2007 and Amendment 2:2010 Electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC) – Part 4-3: Testing and measurement techniques – Radiated, radio-frequency,
electromagnetic field immunity test
• IEC 61000-4-4:2012 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 4-4: Testing and measurement
techniques – Electrical fast transient/burst immunity test
OSM User Manual References 197

NOJA-5002-08
techniques – Surge immunity test
techniques – Immunity to conducted disturbances, induced by radio-frequency fields
• IEC 61000-4-8:2009 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 4-8: Testing and
measurement techniques – Power frequency magnetic field immunity test
• IEC 61000–4-9:2001 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 4-9: Testing and
measurement techniques – Pulse magnetic field immunity test
measurement techniques – Damped oscillatory magnetic field immunity test
measurement techniques – Voltage dips, short interruptions and voltage variations immunity
tests
measurement techniques – Ring wave immunity test
measurement techniques – Test for immunity to conducted, common mode disturbances in the
frequency range 0 Hz to 150 kHz
• IEC 61000-4-18:2006 Amendment 1:2010 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 4-18:
Testing and measurement techniques – Damped oscillatory wave immunity test
• IEC 62271 – 111 High-voltage switchgear and control gear – Part 111: Overhead, pad-
mounted, dry vault and submersible automatic circuit reclosers and fault interrupters for
alternating current systems up to 38kV
• IEC 62271 – 200 High-voltage switchgear and control gear – Part 200: AC Metal-enclosed
switchgear and control gear for rated voltages above 1kV and up to and including 52kV
198 References OSM User Manual

NOJA-5002-08 OSM15 310, OSM27 310, OSM38 300 and RC10 Controller User Manual - Print (Adobe) PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

NOJA-5002-08 OSM15 310, OSM27 310, OSM38 300 and RC10 Controller User Manual - Print (Adobe) PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NOJA-5002-08

OSM Automatic Circuit Recloser

8 OA 13-09-2016 Relay 15 Communication Features, Broken Conductor (46BC) Protection,

© NOJA Power Switchgear Pty Ltd 2002 - 2017

4.7.55 Ethernet (LAN)

6 OTECTION ............................................................................................................................................................. 53

6.9.11 B) ..................... .......................................................................................................................... 88

7 NITORING .......................................................................................................................................................... 100

9.3.22 HV Testingg .............................................. ........................................................................................................................ 136

ABR Auto Backfeed Restoration

OSM Outdoor Switch Module

Note 1: SSwitchgear model

1.2 Safety Info

DANNGER: Contacct with hazardo ous voltage will cause deatth or

WAR RNING: This e equipment is not

WARRNING: Before e working with h equipment described

WAR RNING: Powe er distribution equipment

NOJA Power produccts are assem mbled, tested

2.1.1 Basic Opera

2.1.3 Sensor Accu

2.1.3.1 Current Transform

h and low currrent numberr of operation

uxiliary) supply circuit break

Phase to earth voltagess The greate r of ±1.0% or ± 0.1 kV 0.3 – 22.0 kV

onse delay to a step change

2.2.4 Prottection Accuracy

- Gn accuracy tthe greater of ±5% or ±0.05

Tripping ttime for time current

Reclose ttime tthe greater of ±1% or +10 ms

Restoratioon time for au

Electriical Fast Transsient/Burst Immunity 4.4 kV IEC

Surge Immunity (extternal AC voltage terminalss) IEC

put relay con

Rateed current tota

Un RRegulated DCC Source for Inputs:

Maximum time fro om expression becoming Tru ue or False to

Minimmum “settling” time after ann expression o

Notte 1: Respponse time is dependent

2.2.11 Rechargeable batterry

3 OSM Automatic Circuit Recloser

OSM User Manual OSM Recloser 13

3.2 Cross Section Diagram - OSM

14 OSM Recloser OSM User Manual

3.3 Dimensions – OSM 15-310 and OSM 27-310

Mechanical Trip Ring

OSM 15-310 OSM 27-310

Dimension A 653 mm 744 mm

OSM User Manual OSM Recloser 15

3.4 Dimensions – OSM 15-312 and OSM 27-312

Mechanical Trip Ring

OSM 15-312 OSM 27-312

Dimension A 594 mm 677 mm

16 OSM Recloser OSM User Manual

3.5 Dimensions – OSM 38-300

Mechanical Trip Ring

OSM User Manual OSM Recloser 17

3.6 Dimensions – OSM 38-302

Arc Fault Vent

Mechanical Trip Ring

18 OSM Recloser OSM User Manual

3.7 OSM Pole Mounting Bracket

Note: The bracket allows for the use of C-clamp

OSM User Manual OSM Recloser 19